Next Ias

Download as pdf or txt
Download as pdf or txt
You are on page 1of 128

Current Affairs

October 2024

Chief Editor
B. Singh (Ex. IES)
CMD, NEXT IAS & MADE EASY Group

MADE EASY Publications Pvt. Ltd.


Corporate Office: 44-A/4, Kalu Sarai, New Delhi-110016
Visit us at: www. madeeasypublications. org
 011-45124660, 8860378007
E-mail: infomep@madeeasy. in

© Copyright 2024

MADE EASY Publications Pvt. Ltd. has taken due care in collecting Disclaimer: The views and opinions expressed in this magazine are those of the
authors and do not necessarily reflect policy or position of CURRENT AFFAIRS Magazine
the data before publishing this book. Inspite of this, if any
or MADE EASY Publications. They should be understood as the personal opinions of
inaccuracy or printing error occurs then MADE EASY Publications the author/ authors. The MADE EASY assumes no responsibility for views and opinions
owes no responsibility. MADE EASY Publications will be grateful expressed nor does it vouch for any claims made in the advertisements published in
if you could point out any such error. Your suggestions will be the Magazine. While painstaking effort has been made to ensure the accuracy and
authenticity of the informations published in the Magazine, neither Publisher, Editor or
appreciated. © All rights reserved by MADE EASY Publications Pvt.
any of its employee does not accept any claim for compensation, if any data is wrong,
Ltd. No part of this book may be reproduced or utilized in any abbreviated, cancelled, omitted or inserted incorrect.
form without the written permission from the publisher. All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in a
retrieval system, or transmitted in any form or by any means, electronic, mechanical,
photocopying, recording or otherwise, without either the prior written permission of
the Publisher.

Compilation of UPSC relevant news from 1st September to 30th September 2024
Contents
Aparajita Bill.................................................................................................73
National Awards for e-governance.......................................................74
75 Years of Supreme Court........................................................................ 6
National Test House...................................................................................74
Centennial Commemoration of the IVC Discovery........................... 9
National Exit Test (NExT)..........................................................................75
India's outreach in South-East Asia......................................................12
Konyak Tribe................................................................................................75
1. India-Brunei Darussalam Relations..........................................12
Swachh Vayu Survekshan Awards.........................................................75
2. India and Singapore Relations..................................................13
National Testing House to Now Certify Drones................................76
3. India and Malaysia Relation.......................................................14
Inner Line Permit........................................................................................76
Electronic Warfare......................................................................................15
NITI Aayog on Future Pandemic Preparedness................................76
Port Blair to be renamed as ‘Sri Vijaya Puram’...................................78
Law on Early Elections..............................................................................79
9 Years of Digital India initiative............................................................17 Supreme Court Judgement on Child Pornography........................79
Delay in Appointment of NHRC Chairperson....................................20 PM E-DRIVE Scheme..................................................................................80
Performance Review of Regulatory Bodies........................................22 Pradhan Mantri Janjatiya Unnat Gram Abhiyan...............................80
Bulldozer Justice.........................................................................................25 CVC Report on Corruption Complaints...............................................81
India-UAE Civil Nuclear Cooperation...................................................26 Six Years of Ayushman Bharat PM-JAY.................................................82
India’s Special China Problem................................................................28
NITI Aayog Report on Edible Oils..........................................................31
Digital Agriculture Mission......................................................................34
2 International Relation
Semiconductor Production in India.....................................................36 China–hosted FOCAC Summit...............................................................83
Pradhan Mantri Matsya Sampada Yojana...........................................39 Eastern Economic Forum.........................................................................83
Relative Economic Performance of Indian States............................42 International Cooperative Alliance's General Assembly................83
India Tops Plastic Pollution Rankings..................................................45 Indo-Pacific Oceans Initiative (IPOI).....................................................84
Jal Sanchay Jan Bhagidari Initiative.....................................................48 Afghanistan set to begin Work on TAPI Pipeline..............................84
Man Animal Conflict..................................................................................50 UN Observes International Day of South-South Cooperation.....84
Delay in La Nina Phase of ENSO............................................................53 Operation Sadbhav....................................................................................85
Arctic-Indian Monsoon Climate Connection.....................................55 2024 Quad Leaders’ Summit...................................................................85
Heat Dome Effect.......................................................................................57 'Pact of the Future' Promising to Reform the UNSC........................86
India’s Military Diplomacy.......................................................................58 Minerals Security Finance Network (MSFN).......................................87
Drug Delivery with Nanotechnology...................................................60
Anusandhan National Research Foundation (ANRF)......................62
Rising Demand for Mental Healthcare in India.................................64 3 Economy
Invisible Barriers: The Overlooked Gender Disparities...................66 VisioNxt.........................................................................................................88
Concerns Related to Work-Life Balance..............................................68 5 Years of Pradhan Mantri Kisan Maandhan Yojana........................88
Micronutrients Malnutrition...................................................................70 Nano DAP vs Conventional Granular Fertilizer.................................89
Central Silk Board.......................................................................................90

1 Polity & Governance Nidhi Companies........................................................................................91


NPS Vatsalya Scheme................................................................................91
23rd Law Commission................................................................................72 ADB Raises Inflation Forecast for India................................................92
10 Years of PMJDY......................................................................................72 Schemes for Improving Farmers’ Lives and Livelihoods................93

ii
4 Environment Bio-RIDE Scheme..................................................................................... 112
Circumnutations...................................................................................... 113
Nagar Van Yojana (NVY)...........................................................................95 Bhartiya Antriksh Station (BAS).......................................................... 113
Air Quality Management Exchange Platform (AQMx)....................95 Recommendations to Address AI-Related Risks and
Governance Gaps.................................................................................... 113
World Ozone Day.......................................................................................96
Women in Space Leadership Programme....................................... 114
Phrynarachne Decipiens..........................................................................97
Neuralink’s Blindsight............................................................................ 114
Elongated Tortoise (Indotestudo Elongata).......................................97
Global Cybersecurity Index 2024....................................................... 115
Assam Cascade Frogs................................................................................98
Differential Rotation of the Sun.......................................................... 115
Tardigrades...................................................................................................99
Global Innovation Index 2024............................................................. 115
Amur Falcons...............................................................................................99
CDSCO Releases a List of “Not of Standard Quality” Drugs........ 116
Greater One-Horned Rhino.................................................................. 100
PARAM Rudra Supercomputers.......................................................... 117

5 Geography 8 Society
More Frequent Cyclones in Arabian Sea.......................................... 101 Measures for the LGBTQIA+ Community......................................... 118
Mission Mausam...................................................................................... 102
Integrated Ocean Energy Atlas........................................................... 103
Namibia...................................................................................................... 104 9 Culture & History
Galathea Bay............................................................................................. 105 Sahariya Tribe........................................................................................... 118
Munich Agreement................................................................................. 119

6 Internal Security
Great Stupa of Sanchi............................................................................ 120
Karma Festival.......................................................................................... 121

Peace Pact with Tripura Insurgent Groups...................................... 107 Bhagat Singh............................................................................................ 122

Malpe and Mulki...................................................................................... 107 Jivitputrika Festival................................................................................. 123

INDUS-X Initiative.................................................................................... 108


Indigenous Light Tank 'Zorawar'........................................................ 108 10 Miscellaneous
Operation CHAKRA III............................................................................. 108 National Florence Nightingale Awards 2024.................................. 124
India Elected to GlobE Network's Steering Committee.............. 108
Magsaysay Award 2024......................................................................... 124
Exercise VARUNA..................................................................................... 109
Emmy Awards 2024................................................................................ 124
Exercise Eastern Bridge VII.................................................................... 109
Exercise AIKYA.......................................................................................... 124
Exercise AL NAJAH.................................................................................. 109
India’s Historic Double Gold in Chess Olympiad........................... 125
Asia Power Index, 2024......................................................................... 125

7 Science & Technology ABHED......................................................................................................... 125


Naming Arunachal Peak After the Sixth Dalai Lama.................... 126
Vishanu Yudh Abhyaas.......................................................................... 110
OpenAI’s Project Strawberry................................................................ 110
Vishvasya-Blockchain Technology Stack.......................................... 110
11 Data Recap
BepiColombo............................................................................................ 111 ...................................................................................................................... 127

Polaris Dawn Mission............................................................................. 111


Satellite Chamran-1................................................................................ 111
Signal Modulation................................................................................... 111 Mains Questions...................................................................................... 128

iii
Current Affairs Feature Articles
Edition: October 2024

4
Cover Story Current Affairs
Edition: October 2024

5
Current Affairs
COVER STORY Feature Articles
Edition: October 2024

75 YEARS OF SUPREME COURT


The Supreme Court of India, established on January 28, 1950, has completed over 75 years of serving as the highest
judicial authority in the country. It has played a critical role in shaping India's legal and constitutional framework.

About: Powers of Supreme Court:


• Over 75 years, the Supreme Court of India has been an • Judicial Review (Article 13 and Article 32)
integral part of India’s democracy, protecting fundamental • Original Jurisdiction (Article 131)
rights, maintaining the balance of power between the
• Appellate Jurisdiction (Article 132-136)
government and citizens, and upholding the rule of law.
• Advisory Jurisdiction (Article 143)
• In accordance with it, a national conference of the District
• Power to Issue Writs (Article 32 and 226)
Judiciary, inaugurated by Prime Minister Narendra Modi on
• Contempt of Court (Article 129)
August 31,2024.
• Power of Judicial Transfer (Article 139A)
Š During this event, a commemorative stamp and coin were
• Supervisory Powers (Article 144)
unveiled.
• Power to Review its Own Judgment (Article 137)
• President Droupadi Murmu unveiled the Supreme Court's
• Special Leave Petition (Article 136)
new flag and insignia, which were designed to symbolize
justice and democracy.
Journey of Supreme Court:
Š The flag features important elements such as the Ashoka
• Establishment and Early Days (1950s):
Chakra, the Supreme Court building, and the Constitution
Š The Supreme Court of India was established on January
of India, reflecting the Court's commitment to the rule of
28, 1950, following the adoption of the Constitution of
law.
India.
Š It replaced the Federal Court of India, which had been
STRUCTURE
functioning since 1937 under the Government of India
The Supreme Court of India is the highest judicial body in
Act, 1935.
the country and functions as the final court of appeal. It is
Š In its early years, the Court focused on interpreting the
composed of the Chief Justice of India (CJI) and a maximum
newly framed Constitution and addressing cases involving
of 33 other judges.
fundamental rights and federal structure.
• Chief Justice of India (CJI):
• The 1980s and Judicial Activism:
Š The CJI is the head of the judiciary and is appointed by
Š The 1980s marked the beginning of Public Interest
the President of India.
Litigation (PIL) in India, which allowed any individual or
Š The most senior judge of the Supreme Court is usually
group to file a case on behalf of those who could not
appointed as the CJI.
approach the Court directly. This expanded access to
Š The CJI holds a crucial administrative role, including
justice for marginalized communities.
assigning cases to different benches of the Supreme
Š S. P. Gupta vs. Union of India (1981): Known as the"Judges'
Court.
Transfer Case," this case played a pivotal role in enhancing
• Other Judges
the judiciary's independence from executive interference.
Š The total sanctioned strength of the Supreme Court is
• The 1990s: Expanding Fundamental Rights:
34 judges, including the CJI.
Š The Supreme Court played a crucial role in expanding
Š Judges of the Supreme Court are appointed by
the scope of Article 21 (Right to Life and Personal Liberty),
the President based on the recommendation of the
interpreting it to include the right to a clean environment,
Collegium system, which includes the CJI and the four
education, and health.
most senior judges of the Supreme Court.
• Judicial Independence and Collegium System:
Š Judges of SC serve until the age of 65.
Š The Collegium system, developed through a series
• Collegium System of judgments (the Three Judges Cases), became the
Š A five-member body led by the CJI and four senior- standard for appointing judges to the Supreme Court and
most judges. High Courts.
Š The Collegium recommends appointments and transfers Š This system ensured that the judiciary had significant
of judges to the High Courts and the Supreme Court. control over judicial appointments, reducing the
Š It is an important institution within the court structure. executive's influence.

6
Feature Articles Current Affairs
Edition: October 2024

• Protector of Fundamental Rights: The Supreme Court plays a


SOME OF LANDMARK JUDGMENTS OF SUPREME COURT
vital role in safeguarding citizens' fundamental rights through
• Kesavananda Bharati v. State of Kerala (1973): This landmark
public interest litigations, ensuring justice for marginalized
ruling established the "basic structure doctrine," asserting
and disadvantaged groups.
that certain fundamental features of the Constitution cannot
• Dispute Resolution: It serves as the final appellate court,
be altered or destroyed by amendments. It emphasized
resolving disputes between states, the central government,
the supremacy of the Constitution.
and various other entities, thus maintaining peace and
• Maneka Gandhi v. Union of India (1978): This judgment
harmony in the nation.
expanded the interpretation of Article 21 (Right to Life and
• Legislative Interpretation: The Supreme Court interprets laws
Personal Liberty) by ruling that the right to life includes
the right to live with dignity, thus strengthening personal and provides clarity on legal ambiguities, guiding lower
freedoms and civil liberties. courts and influencing legislative actions by clarifying legal
• Vishaka v. State of Rajasthan (1997): The Supreme Court principles.
laid down guidelines for preventing sexual harassment • Social Justice: Through various landmark judgments, the
at the workplace, establishing a framework for protecting Supreme Court has addressed social issues, promoted
women's rights and ensuring a safe working environment. equity, and brought about significant changes in areas like
• Indian Young Lawyers Association v. State of Kerala (2018): women's rights, environmental protection, and affirmative
This ruling allowed women of all ages to enter the action.
Sabarimala Temple, declaring that gender discrimination
in religious practices violates the right to equality
Major Reforms needed in Supreme Court:
and religious freedom under Articles 14 and 25 of the • Case Management System: Implementing a robust case
Constitution. management system can streamline the process of filing,
• Navtej Singh Johar v. Union of India (2018): The Supreme tracking, and resolving cases, reducing delays and improving
Court decriminalized Section 377 of the Indian Penal Code, efficiency. This system should include digital tools to manage
which criminalized consensual same-sex relationships, dockets and prioritize urgent matters.
affirming the rights of the LGBTQ+ community and • Judicial Appointments and Transparency: Reforming the
recognizing their dignity and freedom. process of appointing judges to ensure transparency and
• Shayara Bano v. Union of India (2017): In this case, the SC merit-based selection is crucial. Establishing an independent
declared the practice of instant triple talaq unconstitutional, body to oversee appointments can help maintain the integrity
stating that it violated the fundamental rights of Muslim of the judiciary and prevent politicization.
women and calling for reform in personal laws. • Alternate Dispute Resolution (ADR) Mechanisms: Promoting
• Justice K.S. Puttaswamy v. Union of India (2017): This alternative dispute resolution methods, such as mediation
ruling recognized the right to privacy as a fundamental and arbitration, can help alleviate the burden of cases in
right under Article 21, impacting issues related to data the Supreme Court, providing faster and more accessible
protection, surveillance, and individual autonomy in the resolutions for litigants.
digital age. • Infrastructure Development: Upgrading court infrastructure,
• Ayodhya Verdict (2019): In a historic judgment, the Court including physical facilities and technological resources, is
resolved the decades-long Ayodhya land dispute by essential for improving the efficiency of the Supreme Court.
allocating the disputed land for the construction of a Š Enhanced facilities can help accommodate the growing
Ram temple and directing the government to provide an number of cases and improve access to justice.
alternative site for a mosque. • Increased Judicial Capacity: Increasing the number of judges
in the Supreme Court can help address the backlog of cases
Significance of the Supreme Court:
and ensure timely justice.
• Guardian of the Constitution: The Supreme Court is the highest
Š This includes hiring additional judges and establishing
constitutional authority, ensuring the supremacy of the
more benches to handle different types of cases.
Constitution, protecting fundamental rights, and upholding
• Public Awareness and Legal Aid Programs: Enhancing public
the rule of law.
awareness of legal rights and providing accessible legal
• Judicial Review: It has the power to review laws and executive
actions, declaring them unconstitutional if they violate aid can empower citizens to seek justice more effectively.
constitutional provisions, thereby maintaining checks and Strengthening legal aid programs can ensure that
balances in governance. marginalized groups have access to the judicial system.

7
Current Affairs Feature Articles
Edition: October 2024

BLACK COAT SYNDROME


• Meaning: "Black coat syndrome" refers to a metaphorical or
CURRENT STATE OF CASE PENDENCY
symbolic concept, often used to describe certain behaviors
or issues associated with the legal or judicial system, as the Total Cases Pending: There are more than 40 million cases
legal profession is criticized for corruption, inefficiency, or pending across various levels of the judiciary in India. This
excessive formality. includes both civil and criminal cases.
• President Droupadi Murmu compared it to the ‘white coat • Supreme Court: Over 70,000 cases pending.
syndrome’ patients feel in hospitals. • High Courts: Nearly 6 million cases pending.
• President Droupadi Murmu stressed the need for the judiciary • District and Subordinate Courts: More than 34 million cases
to be more approachable, empathetic, and connected to pending.
the public, especially for citizens from marginalized and
Impact of Case Pendency:
vulnerable sections of society.
• Justice Delayed, Justice Denied: Case backlogs cause
• The "syndrome" part of the phrase highlights the psychological
significant delays, eroding public trust in the judicial system
or emotional barrier that people may experience when
and making timely justice ineffective.
interacting with the legal system. This barrier can manifest
• Violation of Undertrial Prisoners' Rights: Many undertrial
as fear, hesitation, or a sense of alienation when ordinary
prisoners endure long detentions without resolution,
citizens approach courts, lawyers, or judges.
infringing on their right to a speedy trial and worsening prison
• They may perceive the legal process as complex,
overcrowding.
inaccessible, or biased, which creates a gap between the
• Public Distrust and Perceived Inequality: Slow justice fosters
judiciary and the public.
public frustration and a belief that the system favors the
• Even the issue of pendency in Indian courts—which refers to
wealthy, creating perceptions of inequality.
the large number of unresolved cases—can be exacerbated
• Economic and Social Impact: Delayed justice in commercial
by factors associated with "black coat syndrome. " Here's
and civil disputes hampers business growth, strains
how the "black coat syndrome" contributes to case pendency
relationships, and disrupts societal harmony.
in Indian courts:
• Burden on Judiciary: The case backlog overburdens judges,
Reasons for Case Pendency: leading to reduced productivity, burnout, and compromised
attention to individual cases, affecting the quality of justice.
• Shortage of Judges: One of the primary reasons for pendency
is the lack of sufficient judges. The judge-to-population
Efforts to Address Pendency:
ratio in India is far lower than international standards, with
• Fast Track Courts: The Indian government has set up fast-track
approximately 21 judges per million people, compared to the
courts to deal with specific types of cases, such as rape and
recommended 50 judges per million.
sexual assault cases. These courts aim to deliver swift justice,
• Vacancies in the Judiciary: Many judicial positions remain
although their success has been mixed.
unfilled, especially in the High Courts and District Courts. As
• Alternative Dispute Resolution (ADR): Mediation, arbitration,
of recent data, around 25% of judicial positions are vacant in
and Lok Adalats (people’s courts) are being promoted
High Courts, and around 20% in subordinate courts.
as ways to reduce the burden on traditional courts. ADR
• Frequent Adjournments: The culture of granting frequent mechanisms are particularly useful in settling civil disputes.
adjournments significantly slows down case resolution. This • National Judicial Data Grid (NJDG): This online platform
practice is prevalent at all levels of the judiciary. provides real-time data on case pendency across courts,
• Complex and Lengthy Procedures: The procedural complexities helping in better case management and tracking.
in Indian courts, especially regarding evidence collection, • Increasing the Number of Judges: The Supreme Court and
filing, and legal technicalities, lead to prolonged trials. various law commissions have recommended increasing the
• Limited Use of Technology: While digitization and e-courts have number of judges and filling vacant positions to reduce the
been introduced, their implementation remains inconsistent. burden on the judiciary.
Many courts still rely on manual processes, which delay case • Use of Technology: Initiatives like e-courts, video conferencing
processing. for hearings, and online filing of cases have been introduced
• Increasing Litigation: With growing awareness and access to streamline procedures and improve efficiency. However,
to legal services, more people are approaching courts for the implementation of these reforms is still a work in progress.
a variety of disputes. This rise in the number of cases has • The Malimath Committee, 2003 in its report recommended
not been matched by a proportional increase in judicial that the period of vacation should be reduced by 21 days,
resources. keeping in mind the long pendency of cases.

8
Current Affairs
CENTENNIAL
COVER STORY Feature Articles
Edition: October 2024

COMMEMORATION OF THE IVC DISCOVERY


September 20, 2024, marks the centenary of the announcement of the discovery of the Indus Valley civilization,
which now encompasses 2,000 sites across 1.5 million square kilometers in India, Pakistan, and Afghanistan.

About: Š Rakhigarhi: Located in India, it is one of the largest


• Phases of the Harappan Civilization: The Harappan civilization Harappan sites and provides substantial evidence of the
can be segmented into three distinct phases, reflecting its civilization’s urban layout and lifestyle.
evolution from nascent urban communities to a complex, Š Dholavira: This site showcases an impressive water
widespread culture: conservation system and provides insights into the social
• Early Phase (3200 BCE to 2600 BCE): and economic life of the Harappan people.
Š This period marks the formative years of civilization. • Distribution of Sites:
Š Settlements began to emerge along the fertile plains Š The civilization's influence spread over a vast area of 1.5
of the Indus River, characterized by small agricultural million square kilometers, primarily across India, Pakistan,
communities that relied on farming and trade. and Afghanistan.
Š The beginnings of urbanization can be traced during this Š Approximately 1,500 sites are found in northwestern India,
phase, with early forms of crafts and pottery becoming
particularly in states like Gujarat, Haryana, Jammu and
evident.
Kashmir, Maharashtra, Rajasthan, and Uttar Pradesh.
• Mature Period (2600 BCE to 1900 BCE):
Š The diversity of sites indicates the widespread nature of
Š This era signifies the zenith of Harappan civilization,
Harappan culture across various geographic terrains.
showcasing advanced urban planning, architecture, and
Š The village of Daimabad, situated on the banks of the
social organization.
Š Cities such as Mohenjo-daro and Harappa featured Godavari River in Maharashtra, serves as the southernmost
well-structured layouts with grid patterns, sophisticated outpost of the Harappan civilization, indicating its reach
drainage systems, and public baths, reflecting a high beyond the Indus River Valley.
level of civic planning. Š About 500 sites are located in Pakistan, with a few
Š Trade flourished, both locally and with distant regions, additional sites in Afghanistan, further showcasing the
evidenced by the discovery of goods like lapis lazuli and civilization's extensive trade and cultural interactions.
carnelian, which were likely imported. • Geographic Significance:
Š The Harappan civilization thrived along the banks of the
Š The civilization also saw a flourishing of art, craft, and
Indus River and the now-dried Saraswati River.
possibly early forms of governance and social stratification.
Š The Saraswati River, believed to have dried up around
• Late Phase (1900 BCE to 1500 BCE):
1900 BCE, was crucial for agricultural activities and trade.
Š This period is marked by a gradual decline in urban
Š Its decline likely impacted the sustainability of urban
centers, possibly due to a combination of environmental
centers, contributing to the civilization's eventual collapse.
factors such as drought or flooding, socio-economic
• Characteristic Features: The Harappan civilization is renowned
changes, and possibly the movement of people.
for several hallmark features that reflect its sophistication:
Š The decline led to the abandonment of cities and a return
Š Indus Script: The writing system, which remains
to smaller, more rural communities.
undeciphered, is thought to have been used for
• Major Harappan Sites: The Harappan civilization encompasses administrative and trade purposes, showcasing an early
around 2,000 sites, with five major archaeological sites form of written communication.
recognized for their size and significance: Š Finely Carved Stamp Seals: These seals often depicted
Š Mohenjo-daro: Known as one of the largest urban animals and symbolic motifs, suggesting their use for
settlements of civilization, it features advanced city trade and as identifiers of ownership or authority.
planning with a well-defined layout, including residential Š Standardized Weights and Measures: The use of
areas, public baths, and drainage systems. standardized weights, such as cubic weights made
Š Harappa: Another critical site that provides insight into of chert, indicates advanced trade practices and an
the civilization's urban architecture, trade practices, and understanding of mathematics and commerce.
social organization. Š Burnt Bricks: The extensive use of burnt bricks,
Š Ganweriwala: This site, while less explored, is crucial for standardized in size (with a 1:2:4 ratio), reflects the
understanding the geographic distribution of Harappan architectural advancements and the importance of
culture in the region. durable construction.

9
Current Affairs Feature Articles
Edition: October 2024

Š Lapidary Art: The civilization was known for its exquisite Š Some streets featured covered drains alongside them,
craftsmanship, particularly in the production of beads indicating a sophisticated understanding of urban
made from materials like carnelian, often featuring intricate infrastructure.
designs and chemical staining techniques. • Sophisticated Drainage Systems:
Š Religion and Iconography: Harappan artifacts depict Š The drainage system in the IVC was highly elaborate, with
various symbols and motifs believed to be related to every house connected to street drains.
religious beliefs. Š Drains were constructed using mortar, lime, and gypsum,
Œ These include figures such as the "Priest King" and and were covered with removable manhole bricks or
images of animals like bulls, suggesting possible stone slabs for cleaning.
reverence for certain animals. Š This comprehensive drainage system demonstrates the
• Key Archaeological Discoveries: The groundbreaking advanced knowledge of sanitation and urban hygiene
discoveries of the Harappan civilization were largely credited among Harappan people.
to two pioneering archaeologists: • Division of Cities: Each city was typically divided into two main
Š Daya Ram Sahni: areas: an elevated citadel and a lower town.
Œ His excavation of Harappa in 1921-22 revealed Š Citadel:
numerous artifacts, including seals, pottery, and beads. Œ The citadel was situated in the western part of the city,
Œ His methodical approach to archaeology earned him serving as the foundation for significant structures such
a reputation as a dedicated researcher, leading to his as granaries, administrative buildings, pillared halls,
eventual position as the first Indian Director-General of and courtyards.
the Archaeological Survey of India (ASI). Œ Essential residential structures were also located within
Š Rakhal Das Banerji: the citadel, often used by prominent individuals or
Œ He excavated Mohenjo-daro in 1922, discovering administrative leaders.
significant artifacts that contributed to the understanding
Š Lower Town:
of Harappan urban life, including seals, pottery, and
Œ The lower town was located beneath the citadel and
various metal objects.
was primarily inhabited by common people.
• Role of Sir John Marshall:
Œ This area contained brick houses constructed using
Š In June 1924, Sir John Marshall, a prominent archaeologist,
standardized methods.
convened Sahni and Banerji in Shimla to discuss their
• The Great Bath:
discoveries.
Š One of the most famous structures of the Harappan
Š Marshall noted the striking similarities in artifacts from
civilization, the Great Bath is situated within a courtyard,
both Harappa and Mohenjo-daro, despite their 640 km
featuring corridors on all four sides.
distance.
Š It has entrances with flights of steps leading down to the
Š He interpreted these findings as indicative of a single,
bath, which was well-paved and included adjacent rooms
cohesive civilization, leading to his announcement of
for changing clothes.
the discovery of the "civilization of the Indus Valley" in a
• Residential Areas:
London newspaper.
Š The cities featured distinct residential zones with houses
Key Features of Urban Design in the Indus Valley made of baked bricks, often constructed with multiple
Civilization (IVC): stories, reflecting a well-developed urban society.
• Rectangular Grid Pattern: Š Homes were typically arranged around courtyards,
Š The cities of the IVC were meticulously designed on a grid with some equipped with private wells and ventilated
pattern, characterized by streets that ran predominantly in bathrooms.
north-south and east-west directions. Š Notably, houses did not have windows facing the streets,
Š This layout formed rectangular blocks, with streets and bathrooms were tiled, indicating a concern for privacy
intersecting almost at right angles, promoting an and hygiene.
organized urban environment. • Commercial Areas:
Š The main streets connected to narrow lanes, which Š The cities featured designated commercial areas where
facilitated access to homes; house doors typically opened artisans, craftsmen, and merchants conducted trade.
into these lanes rather than directly onto the main streets. Š Specialized workshops and shops were common,
• Planned Streets: indicating a well-organized economic system; evidence of
Š Streets were constructed with precision and were wide breadmaker shops has been found at sites like Chanhu-
enough to accommodate both carts and pedestrians. Daro and Lothal.

10
Feature Articles Current Affairs
Edition: October 2024

11
Current
COVER
INDIA'S
Affairs
STORY
Edition: October 2024
Feature Articles

OUTREACH IN SOUTH-EAST ASIA


India's Act East Policy is key to strengthening ties with Southeast Asia. PM Modi's recent visit to Brunei, Singapore, and
Malaysia emphasizes India's commitment to enhancing economic, strategic, and cultural collaborations in the region.

1. INDIA-BRUNEI DARUSSALAM RELATIONS further promote academic exchanges, enhancing people-to-


people connections between the two nations.
Key Highlights of the Visit: • Energy Cooperation: Brunei is a significant supplier of
• MoU on Space Collaboration: The signing of a Memorandum hydrocarbons to India, meeting India’s energy needs. Both
of Understanding (MoU) on Telemetry, Tracking, and countries are exploring collaboration in renewable energy
Telecommand Station operations for satellite and launch technologies to contribute to sustainable energy solutions
vehicles. This partnership strengthens India’s space and climate change efforts.
ambitions, with Brunei hosting crucial infrastructure for ISRO. • Tourism and Connectivity: India’s rich heritage attracts Bruneian
• Economic Cooperation: Both leaders emphasized expanding tourists, while Brunei’s natural beauty holds potential for Indian
trade in sectors like technology, agriculture, and finance. travelers. Expanding air connectivity between the two nations
Discussions also focused on food security and the exchange could boost tourism and facilitate greater exchanges.
of best practices in agriculture.
• Multilateral Cooperation: India and Brunei work closely in
• Direct Flight Connection: A new direct flight between Bandar
multilateral forums like ASEAN and the UN. Brunei supports
Seri Begawan and Chennai was announced, enhancing
India's aspirations for a permanent UN Security Council seat
people-to-people exchanges, trade, and tourism.
and collaborates on regional security, maritime issues, and
• Defense and Security Cooperation: The leaders discussed
climate change through ASEAN frameworks.
deepening defense ties, including joint naval exercises
• Healthcare Cooperation: Indian medical professionals play
and port visits. Both countries stressed the importance of
a vital role in Brunei's healthcare system. Both nations are
maritime cooperation and the adherence to international law
looking to enhance medical tourism, Ayurvedic medicine
in the Indo-Pacific region.
exchanges, and collaboration in healthcare technologies to
• Regional Cooperation: They reaffirmed their commitment to
boost sectoral cooperation.
the ASEAN-India Comprehensive Strategic Partnership and
• Sustainability and Environment: India and Brunei are working
condemned terrorism, calling for regional stability.
together on sustainability, focusing on green technologies
India-Brunei Relations: and clean energy initiatives. India has invited Brunei to
• Political Relations: India and Brunei established diplomatic join efforts in renewable energy through platforms like the
relations in 1984, underpinned by shared membership in International Solar Alliance (ISA).
organizations like the UN and ASEAN. High-level visits have
reinforced ties, with both countries supporting each other in Challenges:
multilateral forums, notably in ASEAN-India cooperation. • Trade Imbalance: Despite efforts to enhance trade, a
• Cultural Relations: Cultural connections are strengthened by significant imbalance exists, with India exporting more than it
a significant Indian diaspora in Brunei, contributing to various imports from Brunei. Addressing this disparity is essential for
sectors. India and Brunei engage in cultural exchanges balanced economic ties.
through festivals, arts, and MoUs on cultural cooperation, • Limited Awareness: There is a lack of awareness in both
promoting mutual understanding. countries about each other's markets, cultures, and
• Commercial Relations: Trade is primarily centered around opportunities. This can hinder investment and trade initiatives.
energy, with Brunei exporting crude oil and LNG to India. • Geopolitical Competition: The increasing influence of other
Bilateral trade stands around USD 1 billion, and both regional powers like China in Southeast Asia can complicate
nations are exploring opportunities in IT, agriculture, and India’s efforts to strengthen its presence in Brunei, requiring
pharmaceuticals to expand economic ties. careful navigation of geopolitical dynamics.
• Defence Relations: India and Brunei have developed strong • Infrastructure Development: Limited infrastructure connectivity
defence cooperation, with naval exercises, officer training between India and Brunei can pose challenges for trade and
programs, and defence agreements fostering collaboration. investment, necessitating improvements in logistics and
Goodwill visits by Indian naval ships and joint training transport links to facilitate better economic interaction.
initiatives are key aspects of this partnership. • Cultural and Language Barriers: Differences in culture and
• Educational & People-to-People Ties: Bruneian students language can create misunderstandings and hinder effective
pursue higher education in India, strengthening educational communication, impacting business negotiations and
ties. Scholarships under Indian programs like ITEC and ICCR collaborations between Indian and Bruneian entities.

12
Feature Articles Current Affairs
Edition: October 2024

Way Forward: sources of External Commercial Borrowings and Foreign


• Enhance Trade Partnerships: Establish trade agreements that Portfolio Investment.
address imbalances, focusing on sectors like agriculture, Š Bilateral trade between the two countries grew significantly
technology, and energy to promote mutual benefits. from USD 6.7 billion in FY 2004-05 to USD 35.6 billion in
• Increase Cultural Exchange: Promote cultural programs and FY 2023-24.
educational exchanges to build awareness and understanding Š Singapore ranks as India's 6th largest trade partner,
of each other’s societies, fostering stronger ties. accounting for 3.2% of India's total trade. In FY 2023-24,
• Boost Connectivity: Invest in infrastructure projects that India's imports from Singapore were USD 21.2 billion (a
enhance transportation and logistics between India and 10.2% decrease from the previous year), while exports to
Brunei, facilitating smoother trade and investment flows. Singapore reached USD 14.4 billion (a 20.2% increase
• Strengthen Strategic Cooperation: Collaborate on regional from the previous year).
security initiatives, maritime security, and counter-terrorism • Multilateral Cooperation: Singapore has joined international
efforts to address common challenges and enhance stability. initiatives like the International Solar Alliance and Global
• Foster Business Collaboration: Organize business forums and Biofuel Alliance. Both countries are part of multilateral groups
trade missions to connect Indian and Bruneian businesses, such as IORA, NAM, and the Commonwealth.
encouraging joint ventures and investment opportunities. • Science & Technology Cooperation: ISRO has launched several
Singaporean satellites. Collaborative efforts in digital health
and medical technologies.
2. INDIA AND SINGAPORE RELATIONS Š Fintech: Initiatives include the UPI-PayNow linkage,
Key Agreements: RuPay card acceptance, and other cross-border Fintech
• Digital Technologies: It covers digital technologies, including developments.
cybersecurity, 5G, super-computing, quantum computing, • Cultural Cooperation: Regular exchanges in performing arts,
and AI, and focuses on upskilling and reskilling workers. theatre, and other cultural spheres. Active promotion of
• Semiconductor Ecosystem: It involves cooperation in Indian art forms in Singapore.
semiconductor cluster development and talent cultivation. • Indian Community: Indians make up about 9.1% of Singapore’s
Š It aims to facilitate investment by Singaporean companies resident population and 21% of foreign residents. Significant
in India’s semiconductor sector. Indian diaspora with high concentrations of IIT and IIM alumni.
• Health Cooperation: It focuses on joint research, innovation,
and human resource development in healthcare and
Challenges:
• Trade Imbalance: Despite strong trade ties, India faces a trade
pharmaceuticals.
deficit with Singapore, necessitating efforts to increase Indian
Š It also aims to promote Indian healthcare professionals in
exports and diversify the trade basket.
Singapore.
• Regulatory Complexities: Different regulatory frameworks can
• Skill Development: It targets educational cooperation and
pose challenges for businesses operating across borders,
technical/vocational training, enhancing ongoing skill
impacting investment and trade flows.
development initiatives.
• Geopolitical Rivalries: Regional tensions, especially regarding
Significance of India - Singapore Relations: China, can complicate diplomatic relations and require
• Historical: Strong commercial, cultural, and people-to-people careful balancing by both nations.
links dating back over a millennium. Modern ties linked to Sir • Skill Mismatch: Differences in workforce skills and training
Stamford Raffles establishing a trading station in 1819. India can hinder collaboration in sectors like technology and
recognized Singapore soon after its independence in 1965. innovation, limiting potential partnerships.
• Strategic: India-Singapore relations were elevated to Strategic
Partnership during the visit of Prime Minister Narendra Modi
Way Forward:
• Enhance Trade Diversification: Focus on diversifying trade
to Singapore in 2015.
relationships by exploring new sectors such as green
• India-Singapore Ministerial Roundtable (ISMR): Inaugural
technology, pharmaceuticals, and digital services to balance
ISMR in 2022 focused on digital connectivity, Fintech, green
trade.
economy, and other areas.
• Streamline Regulatory Processes: Work on simplifying
Š 2nd ISMR in 2024 added new pillars like Advanced
regulatory frameworks and fostering cooperation between
Manufacturing and Connectivity.
government agencies to facilitate smoother business
• Geo-economic: Singapore is India’s largest trade partner in
operations.
ASEAN. It is the leading source of FDI, among the largest

13
Current Affairs Feature Articles
Edition: October 2024

• Joint Strategic Initiatives: Collaborate on strategic initiatives, including high-level visits, joint commissions, and dialogues.
such as defense and cybersecurity, to strengthen ties and Š Both countries have expressed interests in enhancing
address shared regional concerns. cooperation in areas such as defense, counter-terrorism,
• Invest in Skill Development: Promote skill development maritime security, and cultural exchanges.
programs and internships to align workforce capabilities, • ASEAN Centrality: Malaysia holds a crucial position in expanding
enhancing collaboration in high-tech and innovative India's trade with ASEAN, aligning with India's Act East Policy,
industries. advancing maritime connectivity in the Strait of Malacca and
South China Sea, and supporting ASEAN's Indo-Pacific
Perspective (AOIP) and the Indo-Pacific Initiative (IPOI).
3. INDIA AND MALAYSIA RELATION • Tourism and diaspora: Over the last two decades, tourism has
been a cornerstone in fostering relations between India and
About:
Malaysia.
• Both leaders announced the decision to upgrade the 2010
Š Various agreements, including the India-Malaysia visa
Strategic Partnership, which had been made an ‘Enhanced
waiver for diplomatic and official passport holders, a
Strategic Partnership’ in 2015, along with a number of
tourism-focused memorandum of understanding in 2010,
agreements and MoUs signed in their presence.
a bilateral agreement on employment and workers’ welfare
Š These include MoUs on workers’ mobility, digital
in 2009, and a revised air services agreement in 2017,
technology, culture, tourism, sports, and education.
have significantly contributed to the growth of tourism
• The two Prime Ministers also discussed geopolitical
between the nations.
challenges, including the current conflicts and tensions in the
• Cultural Ties: Indian influence in Malaysia can be seen in
Indo-Pacific region.
various aspects of Malaysian culture, including language,
Significance: religion (Hinduism and Buddhism), architecture, cuisine, and
• Diplomatic Relations: India and Malaysia established festivals.
diplomatic relations shortly after Malaysia gained
independence from British rule in 1957. Challenges:
Š Both countries are members of various international • Trade Imbalance: India experiences a trade deficit with
organizations, such as the United Nations, ASEAN Malaysia, highlighting the need for increased Indian exports
(Association of Southeast Asian Nations), and the Non- to balance the relationship and diversify trade.
Aligned Movement. • Political Dynamics: Domestic political changes in Malaysia
• Trade and Economic Relations: Malaysia is the 13th largest can affect bilateral relations, leading to fluctuations in policy
trading partner for India while India stands amongst the 10 and engagement levels.
largest trading partners globally. • Cultural and Ethnic Tensions: Differences in cultural and ethnic
Š Furthermore, Malaysia has emerged as the third largest identities may lead to misunderstandings, impacting people-
trading partner for India from the ASEAN region and India to-people connections and cooperation.
is the largest trading partner for Malaysia among the • Geopolitical Rivalries: The influence of larger regional players,
countries of the Southeast Asian region. particularly China, can complicate India’s strategic interests
Š Malaysia stands as an important trade partner, as both in Malaysia, requiring careful diplomatic navigation.
countries have engaged in various economic agreements
Way Forward:
such as the India-Malaysia Comprehensive Economic
• Strengthen Economic Cooperation: Focus on enhancing trade
Cooperation Agreement (CECA).
agreements that promote Indian exports, especially in sectors
Š Both countries have agreed to conduct trade settlements
like technology, pharmaceuticals, and agriculture.
in Indian rupees, reflecting an intention to bolster trade
• Enhance Diplomatic Engagement: Foster consistent high-
relations.
level diplomatic dialogues to navigate political changes and
• Defense and Security: The defense ties have steadily
reinforce commitments to mutual interests.
expanded, marked by the signing of a defense cooperation
• Cultural Exchange Programs: Implement initiatives to promote
memorandum in 1993, regular defense cooperation meetings,
cultural exchanges, tourism, and educational collaborations
joint military exercises, and Malaysia’s interest in acquiring
to build stronger people-to-people ties.
18 new Indian light fighter jets, indicating potential growth in
• Collaborate on Regional Security: Work together on regional
arms trade between the two nations.
security initiatives and counter-terrorism efforts to address
• Strategic Partnership: India and Malaysia have aimed to
common threats and ensure stability in the region.
strengthen their strategic partnership through various initiatives,

14
COVER STORY Feature Articles Current Affairs
Edition: October 2024

ELECTRONIC WARFARE
Recent explosions involving pagers in Lebanon, linked to Hezbollah, have left a significant number of
people dead and injured. The explosions are believed to be part of a security operation targeting Hezbollah.

About: India's Vulnerability to Electronic Warfare:


• Electronic warfare (EW) involves the use of the electromagnetic • Space and Satellite Vulnerabilities: India heavily relies on
spectrum to disrupt, intercept, or manipulate enemy satellite systems for communication, surveillance, and
communications and systems while protecting friendly navigation. These assets are vulnerable to EW attacks
operations. such as signal jamming or cyber-attacks, especially from
• It typically consists of three components: advanced actors like China, which has demonstrated Anti-
Š Electronic Attack (EA): This involves jamming or disrupting Satellite (ASAT) capabilities.
enemy radars, communications, or guidance systems. • Cybersecurity Risks: India's military and critical infrastructure
Techniques include electromagnetic jamming (interfering face significant cybersecurity challenges. EW systems are
with radio signals), electronic deception (feeding false increasingly interconnected with cyber networks, making
data), and physical attacks on electronic infrastructure them vulnerable to cyber-attacks. Any disruption in digital
(e.g., EMPs). communications or data integrity could lead to compromised
Š Electronic Protection (EP): Countermeasures aimed at operations, especially during conflicts.
defending against EA, ensuring that communication and • Vulnerability of Civilian Infrastructure: India's growing
control systems remain functional despite enemy attempts dependence on civilian telecommunications networks
to disrupt them. Techniques include frequency hopping, and GPS for both civilian and military purposes create a
signal encryption, and spread-spectrum technologies. vulnerability to EW attacks. Civilian infrastructure, which may
Š Electronic Support (ES): The use of sensors to detect, not have the same level of protection as military networks,
intercept, identify, and locate sources of electromagnetic could be targeted in an electronic warfare campaign.
emissions. This can be used for threat detection, electronic • Rapid Advancements in Adversary Capabilities: Both China
intelligence (ELINT), and signals intelligence (SIGINT). and Pakistan are rapidly advancing their EW and cyber
capabilities. China's investment in artificial intelligence (AI)
MODERN CONFLICTS INVOLVING ELECTRONIC WARFARE and quantum technologies could enable more sophisticated
• Russia and Ukraine: Russia has employed extensive EW electronic attacks, potentially outpacing India’s current EW
capabilities in Ukraine, disrupting GPS, radio, and drone defense systems.
communications to impede Ukrainian forces' operations.
• US Military: The US has heavily invested in EW, integrating
India's Preparedness:
• Development of Indigenous EW Systems: India has been
it into air, sea, and ground forces to disable adversaries'
focusing on building indigenous EW capabilities like the
communications, targeting systems, and other electronic
Samyukta (a mobile electronic warfare system) and D-29
infrastructure.
(EW suite for fighter jets like the MiG-29). India has also
• Israel and Hezbollah:
been equipping its naval and air forces with systems like the
Š On September 17,2024, a wave of pager explosions
Kavach and Ajanta, which are electronic warfare decoys to
resulted in at least 12 deaths and nearly 3,000 injuries
protect warships from anti-ship missiles.
across Lebanon and parts of Syria. This was followed
• Collaboration with Allies: India is strengthening partnerships
by more blasts the next day, adding 14 more deaths
with countries like the U.S. , France, and Israel to acquire
and 450 injuries.
advanced EW technologies and improve its defense
Š The explosions are believed to be part of a security
infrastructure.
operation targeting Hezbollah, potentially involving
• Cybersecurity Initiatives: The Indian government has launched
the sabotage of a shipment of communication
multiple initiatives to enhance the cyber defense capabilities
devices. These devices, likely pagers, may have been
of the military, including creating specialized units to counter
compromised in the supply chain, possibly with the
cyber-attacks on defense infrastructure.
inclusion of explosive materials.
• Space-Based EW Capabilities: India’s heavy reliance on
Š This incident has raised tensions between Hezbollah
satellite communications and navigation systems for both
and Israel, with fears of further escalation in the ongoing
civilian and military use has made space an important frontier
conflict.
for EW. The Defence Space Agency (DSA), formed in 2019,

15
Current Affairs Feature Articles
Edition: October 2024

is tasked with coordinating and enhancing India’s space • Space Warfare: Further development of space-based EW
warfare capabilities, including countering space-based EW capabilities to protect India’s satellite infrastructure from
threats such as signal jamming and satellite interference. potential jamming or hacking attacks.
• Resilience to EW Attacks: Alongside offensive capabilities,
Way Forward: India must focus on hardened communication systems and
• Indigenous R&D: Continued investment in research and counter-jamming technologies to protect its own assets from
development to produce indigenous EW systems that can being disrupted during an electronic attack.
compete with global technology. • Development of EMP Defense: Considering the growing use of
• Cyber-EW Integration: Strengthening the integration between electromagnetic pulse (EMP) weapons, India should invest
cyber and electronic warfare capabilities to address the in EMP-resistant infrastructure and defense systems that can
growing overlap between these domains. mitigate the effects of these high-intensity weapons.

16
Polity & Gov. Feature Articles Current Affairs
Edition: October 2024

9 YEARS OF DIGITAL INDIA INITIATIVE


Launched on 1st July 2015 by the Ministry of Electronics and
Information technology, Digital India initiative completed its 9 years recently.

About: Š E-Sign Framework: Facilitated secure and authenticated


• It is a Programme to prepare India for a knowledge future. electronic signatures for digital documents.
The focus is on being transformative to realize IT + IT = IT Š The Government has come up with e-Marketplace (GeM), a
(Information Technology + Indian Talent = India Tomorrow). The dedicated platform for different goods & services procured
focus is on making technology central to enabling change. by government organizations/departments/PSUs, offering
• It is an Umbrella Programme covering many departments. It 11,829 product categories and 327 service categories.
weaves together a large number of ideas and thoughts into a Š Swamitva Scheme: Using drones and technology, the
single, comprehensive vision so that Each of them is seen as Swamitva Scheme aims to provide land titles to rural
part of a larger goal. Each individual element stands on its own. landowners.
• But it is also part of the larger picture. It is coordinated by Š Digital India Land Records Modernization Programme
DeitY, implemented by the entire government. The weaving (DILRMP): Modernized land records management with
together makes the Mission transformative in totality digitized records, ensuring transparency and reducing
disputes.
Vision of Digital India is centered on 3 Key Areas: Š Over 137 Crore Aadhaar numbers have been generated, a
unique ID for every Indian which is empowering millions
with digital identity.
• Financial Inclusion:
Š Pradhan Mantri Jan Dhan Yojana (PMJDY): Opened over
450 million bank accounts, promoting financial inclusion
and access to banking services.
Š Digital Payments: Widespread adoption of digital payment
systems through initiatives like the Unified Payments
Interface (UPI), Bharat Interface for Money (BHIM) app,
and RuPay card.
Š Due to the Digital India campaign, over 11 Crore farmers
now receive money directly in their bank accounts. The
Government of India, in collaboration with the EKstep
Key Achievements: Foundation, launched an AI chatbot with PM-Kisan to
• Internet Connectivity: Expansion of broadband connectivity extend financial help to farmers.
to rural areas through the Bharat Net project, connecting Š BHIM is a UPI-based payment app that simplifies digital
over 1.5 lakh gram panchayats. Bharat Net has laid 6.83 lakh transactions. It has empowered millions of users to send
kilometers of optical fiber network, enough to circle the Earth and receive money seamlessly. There has been more
over 17 times . Increased mobile network coverage across than 535 lakh crore rupees of UPI transactions.
remote and rural regions. • Digital Literacy:
• Digital Infrastructure: Established over 400,000 CSCs, Š National Digital Literacy Mission (NDLM): Trained over 40
providing digital services and e-governance solutions in rural million individuals in digital literacy, ensuring at least one
areas. It also enables citizens to store and share important digitally literate person per household.
documents electronically, with over 674 crore documents Š Pradhan Mantri Grameen Digital Saksharta Abhiyan
issued. Over Nine crore FASTags issued it’s almost equal to (PMGDisha), the world's largest digital literacy program,
the number of vehicles manufactured worldwide in 2023. equips rural communities with essential digital skills like
• E-Governance: marketing, e-commerce, finance, and cybersecurity,
Š Digital Service Delivery: Implementation of various enabling them to participate fully in the digital economy.
government services online, improving transparency • Startup Ecosystem:
and reducing processing times. Key services include Š Startup India: Created a supportive environment for
online tax filing, passport applications, and land records startups with various incentives, tax benefits, and funding
management. opportunities.

17
Current Affairs Feature Articles
Edition: October 2024

Š Atal Innovation Mission: Established Atal Tinkering • Regulatory and Policy Challenges: Coordinating digital
Labs and incubation centers, fostering innovation and policies across states and sectors is complex, leading
entrepreneurship among young minds. to inconsistencies in implementation. Developing robust
• E-Health and E-Education: frameworks for emerging technologies like AI, blockchain,
Š Expansion of the National Digital Health Mission (NDHM) and IoT is critical for safe and effective adoption.
for digitizing healthcare records. • Financial Constraints: Securing sufficient funding for large-
Š E-Sanjeevani Platform: Launched telemedicine services, scale digital infrastructure and literacy initiatives remains
enabling remote consultations and healthcare access, challenging, especially in underdeveloped areas. Ensuring
with over 10 million teleconsultations conducted. the financial viability of digital programs, particularly in low-
Š SWAYAM Platform: Offers free online courses from top income regions, is vital for long-term success.
institutions, benefiting over 15 million learners. • Interoperability and Integration: Breaking down data silos
Š Ayushman Bharat: leverages digital platforms to provide between government departments and platforms is crucial
health insurance coverage to vulnerable sections of for seamless, integrated digital services. Upgrading
society. Over 34.6 crore Ayushman Cards were created outdated legacy systems is necessary to support new digital
• Smart Cities Mission: Promoted the development of smart infrastructure and ensure system compatibility.
cities with integrated digital infrastructure for better urban
Way Forward:
management and improved quality of life.
• Bridging the Digital Divide:
• Digital Services for Farmers:
Š Rural Connectivity: Accelerate the expansion of high-
Š E-NAM (National Agriculture Market): Provided an online
speed broadband and mobile connectivity in rural and
trading platform for farmers, connecting them to a wider
remote areas through projects like BharatNet and other
market and ensuring better price discovery.
innovative technologies such as satellite internet.
Š Soil Health Card Scheme: Enabled farmers to receive digital
Š Affordable Access: Implement policies to make digital
soil health reports, guiding them on optimal fertilizer use. devices and internet services more affordable for lower-
• Cybersecurity and Data Protection: income populations through subsidies or financing options.
Š Strengthened cybersecurity frameworks and initiatives to • Enhancing Digital Infrastructure:
protect digital infrastructure and data. Š Infrastructure Investment: Increase investment in digital
Š Implementation of the Personal Data Protection Bill to infrastructure, including data centers, cloud services, and
safeguard citizens' data privacy. 5G networks, to support growing demand.
Š Reliable Power Supply: Improve the reliability of electricity
Challenges:
in rural and underserved areas to ensure continuous
• Digital Divide: A significant gap exists between urban and
operation of digital services.
rural areas in digital access, with only 24% of rural households
• Promoting Digital Literacy:
having the internet compared to 66% in cities (NSSO data).
Š Scaled Training Programs: Expand digital literacy programs
This disparity limits access to education, jobs, and economic
to reach all demographics, including women, elderly, and
opportunities in rural regions.
differently-abled individuals, through community centers,
• Infrastructure Limitations: Consistent high-speed broadband
schools, and online platforms.
access is still lacking, particularly in remote and hilly
Š Curriculum Integration: Integrate digital literacy and skills
regions. Frequent power outages in many areas disrupt
training into the education system from early stages to
digital infrastructure, hindering continuous access to digital
prepare future generations for a digital economy.
services.
• Strengthening Cybersecurity and Data Privacy:
• Digital Literacy: Many, especially in rural areas, lack digital Š Robust Cybersecurity Measures: Enhance cybersecurity
literacy, with only 38% of Indian households digitally literate. frameworks and infrastructure to protect against cyber
Urban literacy is 61%, compared to just 25% in rural areas. threats, with regular updates and training for both
Expanding digital literacy programs nationwide is a significant government and private sector entities.
challenge, requiring widespread outreach and resources. Š Data Protection Laws: Enforce comprehensive data
• ybersecurity and Data Privacy: As per NCRB, cybercrime protection laws to safeguard personal information and
cases surged by 24.4% in 2022, with 65,893 cases reported, ensure transparency in data usage.
mostly cyber fraud (64.8%). The crime rate rose from 3.9 • Regulatory and Policy Support:
in 2021 to 4.8 in 2022. Ensuring strong data privacy and Š Policy Harmonization: Ensure coordination between central
protection, particularly as more personal data is collected, is and state governments to harmonize digital policies and
essential to secure user trust. regulations.

18
Feature Articles Current Affairs
Edition: October 2024

Š Emerging Technologies Regulation: Develop clear Š User-Centric Design: Design digital services with a user-
regulatory frameworks for emerging technologies such as centric approach, ensuring they are intuitive, accessible,
AI, blockchain, and IoT, balancing innovation with security and meet the needs of diverse user groups.
and privacy concerns. Š Feedback Mechanisms: Establish robust feedback
• Ensuring Financial Sustainability: mechanisms to continuously improve digital services
Š Public-Private Partnerships: Foster public-private based on user input.
partnerships to leverage private sector expertise and • Promoting Interoperability and Integration:
investment in digital infrastructure and services. Š Unified Platforms: Develop unified digital platforms that
Š Innovative Financing: Explore innovative financing integrate various government services, enabling seamless
models, including crowdfunding, impact investing, and access and reducing data silos.
international funding, to support digital projects. Š Legacy System Upgrades: Prioritize the upgrade or
• Improving Service Quality and User Experience: replacement of outdated legacy systems to ensure
compatibility with modern digital infrastructure.

19
Current
PolityAffairs
& Gov.
DELAY IN
Edition: October 2024
Feature Articles

APPOINTMENT OF NHRC CHAIRPERSON


The National Human Rights Commission (NHRC) has been without a full-time chairperson
since June 1,2024, following the retirement of former Supreme Court Justice Arun Mishra.

About: Š The Prime Minister as its head,


• Vijayabharathi Sayani is the only full-time member and acting Š The Speaker of the Lok Sabha,
chairperson, handling all responsibilities. Š The Deputy Chairman of the Rajya Sabha,
• The NHRC should have a chairperson and five other full- Š The Leader of the Opposition in the Lok Sabha,
time members. It is currently operating with only one full-time Š The Leader of the Opposition in the Rajya Sabha, and
member out of six required positions and seven ex-officio Š The Union Home Minister.
members.
Functions of the NHRC:
National Human Rights Commission (NHRC): • To inquire into any violation of human rights or negligence in
• It was established on October 12, 1993, under the Protection the prevention of such violation by a public servant, either suo
of Human Rights Act (PHRA), 1993, amended by the motu or on a petition presented to it or on an order of a court.
Protection of Human Rights (Amendment) Act, 2006. It aligns • To intervene in any proceeding involving an allegation of
with the Paris Principles, which were endorsed by the UN violation of human rights pending before a court.
General Assembly in 1993. • To visit jails and detention places to study the living conditions
• The Protection of Human Rights Act, 1993 was amended in of inmates and make recommendations thereon.
2019 to allow any Supreme Court judge to head the NHRC, not • To review the constitutional and other legal safeguards for
just retired Chief Justices of India. the protection of human rights and recommend measures for
• Composition NHRC: their effective implementation.
Š The commission is a multi-member body consisting of the
• To review the factors including acts of terrorism that inhibit
following full-time members: A Chairperson, and 5 other
the enjoyment of human rights and recommend remedial
members.
measures.
Š In addition to these full-time members, the commission
• To study treaties and other international instruments on
also has the following 7 ex-officio members:
human rights and make recommendations for their effective
Œ Chairperson of the National Commission for Minorities,
implementation.
Œ Chairperson of the National Commission for SCs,
• To undertake and promote research in the field of human
Œ Chairperson of the National Commission for STs,
rights.
Œ Chairperson of the National Commission for Women,
• To spread human rights literacy among the people and
Œ Chairperson of the National Commission for BCs,
promote awareness of the safeguards available for the
Œ Chairperson of the National Commission for the
protection of these rights.
Protection of Child Rights, and
• To encourage the efforts of non-governmental organizations
Œ The Chief Commissioner for Persons with Disabilities.
(NGOs) working in the field of human rights.
Position Qualifications • To undertake such other functions as it may consider
Chairperson A retired Chief Justice of India or a Judge of necessary for the promotion of human rights.
the Supreme Court
Powers of NHRC:
1st Member A serving or retired Judge of the Supreme Court • The NHRC is vested with the power to regulate its own
2nd Member A serving or retired Chief Justice of a High Court procedure.
• It has all the powers of a Civil Court and its proceedings have
3rd, 4th, and Persons having knowledge or practical
a judicial character.
5th Members experience with respect to human rights.
• It may call for information or reports from the Central and State
Note: Out of these three members, one should
Governments or any other subordinate authority thereof.
be a woman.
• The Commission is not empowered to inquire into any matter
• Appointment of Members of NHRC: The Chairperson and the after the expiry of one year from the date on which the Act
members of the National Human Rights Commission are constituting a violation of human rights is alleged to have
appointed by the President on the recommendations of a six- been committed. In other words, it can look into a matter
member committee consisting of: within one year of its occurrence.

20
Feature Articles Current Affairs
Edition: October 2024

• The Commission may take any of the following steps during to it for swift justice. Limited resources and an overburdened
or upon the completion of an inquiry: system lead to delays, lowering the confidence of the public
Š To recommend to the concerned government or authority to in the institution's ability to deliver.
make payment of compensation or damages to the victim. • Limited Reach: The NHRC’s capacity to address human
Š To recommend to the concerned government or authority rights violations is constrained, particularly in remote and
the initiation of proceedings for prosecution or any other rural areas where state apparatuses are weak or absent.
action against the guilty public servant. This geographic limitation undermines its mandate to protect
Š To recommend to the concerned government or authority vulnerable populations.
for the grant of immediate interim relief to the victim. • Public Awareness: Many citizens are unaware of the NHRC’s
Š To approach the Supreme Court or the High Court existence or the scope of its work, which diminishes its ability
concerned for the necessary directions, orders, or writs. to be an accessible institution for human rights redress. This
lack of awareness contributes to underreporting of violations
SIGNIFICANT ROLE PLAYED BY NHRC and limited engagement with the commission.
• Deferred NHRC’s accreditation: The Global Alliance of National
• The National Human Rights Commission (NHRC) plays
Human Rights Institutions (GANHRI) has deferred NHRC’s
a significant role in addressing a wide range of issues
accreditation for the second consecutive year, citing lack of
related to human rights violations in India.
transparency and poor representation. It fails to cooperate
• Below are some examples of the issues taken up by NHRC
with civil society, involves police personnel in investigations
across the country:
creating “conflict(s) of interest, ” and is unable to respond to
Š Arbitrary arrest and detention, Custodial torture
escalating human rights violations.
and deaths, Fake Encounters, Communal Violence,
Atrocities committed on women and children and other Way Forward:
vulnerable sections, • Training and Capacity Building: Regular training programs for
Š Non-payment of retiral benefits, Child labour, Extra- NHRC members and staff can help enhance their knowledge
judicial killings, Sexual violence and abuse, LGBTQ of human rights laws, investigation techniques, and case
community rights and SCs/STs, disabled people, and management. This would ensure more effective handling of
other religious minority issues etc. complaints and better overall performance.
• Diverse Composition: Including members from SCs, STs,
Issues Faced By NHRC: civil society, and human rights activists would bring a
• Limited Powers: The NHRC's authority is primarily broader range of perspectives and expertise to the NHRC,
recommendatory, meaning it can suggest actions but making it more representative and sensitive to the needs of
lacks the power to enforce its decisions. This undermines marginalized groups.
its ability to hold violators accountable, often rendering its • Structural Improvements: Ensuring adequate infrastructure,
recommendations ineffective, leading to it being labeled a such as modern office spaces, technology, and sufficient
"toothless tiger. " personnel, along with regular funding, would help the NHRC
• Funding Dependence: The NHRC relies on annual grants function more efficiently and handle cases promptly.
from the Ministry of Home Affairs, restricting its financial • Time-bound Investigations: Setting deadlines for completing
independence. This dependence affects its ability to allocate investigations would help the NHRC deliver quicker justice
resources freely, limiting its capacity to address pressing to victims, improving its credibility and effectiveness in
human rights violations and develop its infrastructure. addressing human rights violations.
• Manpower Constraints: The NHRC operates with fewer staff • Enforceable Decisions: Strengthening the legal framework to
than its sanctioned strength, leaving it ill-equipped to handle make NHRC decisions enforceable would give the commission
the growing volume of human rights complaints. Manpower more authority, ensuring that its recommendations are acted
upon by the government and relevant agencies.
shortages, especially in the Law Division, slow down case
• Process Simplification: Simplifying the process of filing
handling, causing delays in delivering justice.
complaints and improving case management systems would
• Expertise Deficit: The commission faces a shortage of
make the NHRC more accessible to the public, reducing
specialized personnel, especially in legal analysis, human
delays and administrative hurdles for those seeking justice.
rights law, and investigative techniques. This deficit hampers
• Enhanced Outreach: Increasing NHRC’s presence on social
the NHRC's ability to carry out in-depth inquiries and
media and other platforms would raise public awareness
effectively advocate for human rights reform.
about its functions and services. Collaborating with civil
• Operational Challenges: The commission often struggles to
society organizations can also help reach communities that
meet the high expectations of human rights victims, who look
are often overlooked.

21
Current
PERFORMANCE
PolityAffairs
& Gov.
Edition: October 2024
Feature Articles

REVIEW OF REGULATORY BODIES


The Public Accounts Committee (PAC) will hold a performance review of “regulatory bodies
established by Act of Parliament”, such as the Securities and Exchange Board of India (SEBI).

About: Š For instance, the Public Accounts Committee (PAC) audits


• The decision came amid a political storm over the allegations the government’s finances and brings to light irregularities
of conflict of interest against Securities and Exchange Board of in public expenditure, providing an essential check on the
India (SEBI) Chairperson Madhabi Puri Buch. executive’s fiscal management.
• The panel has picked five subjects for suo motu investigations, • Strengthening Legislation: Committees significantly contribute
including “performance review of regulatory bodies to strengthening the quality of laws. They review bills in detail,
established by Act of Parliament” and “levy and regulation suggest amendments, and consult various stakeholders to
of fees, tariffs, user charges etc. on public infrastructure and ensure that the final legislation is well-rounded and effective.
other public utilities”. Š For example, the Committee on Food and Consumer Affairs
recommended several crucial amendments to the Consumer
PUBLIC ACCOUNTS COMMITTEE Protection Act, 2019, such as increasing penalties for
• The committee was set up first in 1921 under the provisions misleading advertisements and refining definitions, thus
of the Government of India Act of 1919. improving the law’s clarity and enforceability.
• It consists of 22 members, 15 from the Lok Sabha and 7 • Budgetary Oversight: Committees, especially the
from the Rajya Sabha. Departmentally Related Standing Committees (DRSCs),
• The members are elected by the Parliament every year examine the detailed budget estimates of ministries and
from amongst its members according to the principle provide recommendations. This in-depth review helps ensure
of proportional representation by means of the single fiscal prudence and allocates resources more effectively.
transferable vote. Š For example, the Finance Committee reviews the Union
• A minister cannot be elected as a member of the committee. Budget and suggests improvements in the allocation and
The term of office of the members is one year. utilization of resources across sectors.
• The function of the committee is to examine the annual • Building Consensus: Committees provide a non-partisan
audit reports of the Comptroller and CAG, which are laid platform for MPs to engage in constructive dialogue. Since
before the Parliament by the President. The reports are; committee meetings are held behind closed doors, members
Š Audit report on appropriation accounts, from different political parties can freely discuss and negotiate
on key issues, which often leads to consensus-building.
Š Audit report on finance accounts and
Š This collaborative approach is particularly useful in
Š Audit report on public undertakings.
passing contentious bills, where political differences need
• In addition, the Committee can also select one or more suo
to be bridged for the sake of legislative progress.
motu subjects for in-depth examination during the year.
• Public Engagement and Transparency: Parliamentary
Significance of Parliamentary Committees: Committees enable the public and civil society organizations
• Expertise and Specialization: Parliamentary Committees are to directly engage with the legislative process. Committees
composed of members of Parliament with expertise in specific often invite expert testimony, stakeholder input, and public
areas, allowing for informed discussions on complex issues. suggestions, fostering greater transparency and inclusivity in
Š For example, the Committee on Health and Family Welfare law-making.
studied the Surrogacy (Regulation) Bill, 2016, and Š For example, during the drafting of the Data Protection Bill,
recommended changes that improved the law's structure, the Joint Parliamentary Committee invited inputs from
such as the distinction between commercial and altruistic various tech companies, civil society groups, and privacy
surrogacy. advocates, ensuring that the bill reflected a broader
Š This specialization enables committees to provide spectrum of views.
detailed, informed recommendations that contribute to the • Efficiency in Parliamentary Work: Given the vast volume of
refinement of legislation. work and time constraints in Parliament, committees play a
• Checks and Balances: Parliamentary Committees serve as vital role in ensuring that legislative proposals and policies
a mechanism for holding the executive accountable. They are thoroughly examined. This division of labor enables
scrutinize govt. policies, question ministers, and demand Parliament to function more efficiently.
explanations, thereby ensuring transparency and accountability. Š For instance, the Standing Committees regularly review

22
Feature Articles Current Affairs
Edition: October 2024

the implementation of various policies and schemes, for administrative tasks. The lack of research support and
ensuring that Parliament focuses on broader debates specialist advisors, as noted by the National Commission
while committees handle the granular details. to Review the Working of the Constitution (2002), restricts
• Enhancing Accountability of Public Institutions: Committees their ability to conduct in-depth analyses and offer informed
often scrutinize the functioning of public institutions like recommendations.
regulatory bodies, government departments, and autonomous • Lack of Independence: Committees are vulnerable to pressure
agencies. from the government or influential groups, compromising
Š The Committee on Public Undertakings (COPU), for their autonomy.
example, regularly examines the performance of public Š This interference weakens the committees’ ability to
sector enterprises and makes recommendations to perform impartial oversight and make objective decisions.
improve efficiency, accountability, and governance. • Limited Powers: Parliamentary committees lack the authority
to enforce their recommendations or take disciplinary action
Issues: against non-compliant officials or agencies. This reduces the
• Resource Constraints: Parliamentary committees have limited impact of their findings, as the executive may disregard or fail
access to expert resources, often relying only on a secretariat to implement them.

23
Current Affairs Feature Articles
Edition: October 2024

• Low Participation by Members: Committees often face poor


SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE BOARD OF INDIA (SEBI)
attendance by MPs, undermining their effectiveness. For
example, only 49% of MPs attended committee meetings • Origin: The Securities and Exchange Board of India was
between 2009 and 2014, reducing the quality of discussions constituted as a non-statutory body in 1988 through a
and decision-making. resolution of the Government of India.
Š In 1992 it was established as a statutory body under
• Political Influence: Committees are susceptible to political
the provisions of the Securities and Exchange Board of
pressure from party leadership or influential factions, which
India Act, 1992.
can skew their work and reduce their ability to function
• Governance: SEBI is managed by its board of members,
independently and objectively.
which consist of the following people;
• Poor Number of Parliamentary Sittings: The limited number
Š The chairman, who is nominated by the Union
of days Parliament convenes restricts the time available
Government of India.
for committee work. Over the past decade, Parliament has
Š Two members from the Union Finance Ministry.
averaged just 67 sitting days per year, limiting opportunities
Š One member from the Reserve Bank of India.
for committees to meet and deliberate effectively.
Š The remaining five members are nominated by the Union
• Lack of Detailed Scrutiny: Committees often struggle with
Government of India, and out of them at least three
the thorough scrutiny of government policies, particularly
should be whole-time members.
in budget discussions. In the 16th Lok Sabha, only 17% of
the budget was debated, leaving much of the government’s Functions of SEBI:
spending inadequately examined. • Promotion of Investor Education: SEBI undertakes initiatives
to educate investors about the functioning of securities
Way Forward: markets, investment products, and associated risks,
• Increase Resources and Time: Allocate more time and resources promoting informed decision-making.
for committees to conduct thorough reviews of government • Regulation of Market Intermediaries: SEBI regulates various
policies. This includes funds for inquiries, public hearings, market intermediaries such as stock brokers, merchant
and hiring expert advisors, as recommended by the National bankers, and mutual funds, ensuring they adhere to ethical
Commission to Review the Working of the Constitution (2002). practices and maintain financial integrity.
• Strengthen Research Support: Provide committees with • Corporate Governance: SEBI promotes good corporate
access to specialized research teams, technical advisors, governance practices among listed companies to enhance
and independent experts to ensure they have the necessary transparency, accountability, and ethical management,
information and expertise to conduct detailed scrutiny of thereby fostering investor confidence.
legislation and government actions. • Development of Financial Markets: SEBI plays a crucial
• Enhance Independence: Safeguard committees from external role in developing the infrastructure of the capital markets,
pressures, such as government or political party influence, including promoting new instruments like Exchange Traded
ensuring they operate independently to carry out their Funds (ETFs) and Real Estate Investment Trusts (REITs).
oversight role impartially and effectively. • Surveillance of Market Activities: SEBI continuously
• Increase Public Visibility and Transparency: Promote public monitors market activities to identify and prevent fraudulent
engagement by making committee work more accessible, and unfair trade practices, ensuring fair trading conditions
such as live streaming meetings, holding public hearings, for all participants.
and regularly publishing reports. This would increase • Risk Management Framework: SEBI establishes risk
accountability and public trust. management measures for market participants, including
guidelines for managing market risk and ensuring the
• Improve Member Participation: Address low participation rates
stability of financial systems.
by providing MPs with incentives, more flexible scheduling,
• Coordination with Other Regulatory Bodies: SEBI
and proper support to encourage their active involvement in
collaborates with other financial regulators, such as the
committee work, ensuring more effective deliberation.
Reserve Bank of India (RBI) and the Insurance Regulatory
• Grant Greater Powers of Enforcement: Equip committees with
and Development Authority (IRDA), to maintain systemic
stronger enforcement powers, such as the ability to summon
stability and enforce coherent financial regulations.
officials and demand compliance with their recommendations,
ensuring that their findings are respected and acted upon. • Promotion of Sustainable Finance: SEBI encourages the
• Ensure Comprehensive Budget Scrutiny: Empower committees adoption of sustainable and responsible investment
to scrutinize a larger portion of the national budget, allowing practices, supporting initiatives focused on Environmental,
them to provide more rigorous oversight of government Social, and Governance (ESG) criteria to promote long-
expenditures and financial management. term economic growth.

24
Polity & Gov. Feature Articles Current Affairs
Edition: October 2024

BULLDOZER JUSTICE
The Supreme Court has expressed disapproval over "bulldozer justice"
where houses of accused individuals are demolished.

About: for the actions of individuals, failing to distinguish between the


• ‘Bulldozer justice’ refers to the practice of using the heavy- guilty and innocent, and often inflicting disproportionate harm.
duty piece of machinery to demolish houses of alleged • Psychological Trauma to Communities: The sudden and violent
criminals, communal violence rioters and accused criminals. nature of demolitions causes severe psychological trauma to
• As part of ‘bulldozer justice’, houses, shops and small affected individuals and entire communities. The shock and
establishments have been bulldozed across India, especially instability from losing one's home often result in long-term
in the states of Uttar Pradesh, Delhi, Madhya Pradesh, Gujarat, emotional distress and mental health issues.
Assam and Maharashtra.
Way Ahead:
Supreme Court Ruling: • Adherence to Rule of Law and Due Process: The legal process
• The Supreme Court has emphasized that any demolition of must be strictly followed in all cases of property demolition. No
property must strictly follow legal procedures, even in cases action should be taken without proper legal notice, hearings,
involving unauthorized construction in public spaces or and the opportunity for the accused to appeal. Strengthening
individual's involvement in criminal activities. institutional checks and balances will help prevent arbitrary
• In raising questions about the legality of demolition of homes and unjust demolitions.
belonging to alleged offenders, the SC has raised and • Development of Nationwide Guidelines: There is a need for clear,
articulated a valid worry about the use of the bulldozer as a nationwide guidelines to regulate the demolition of properties,
form of retribution. ensuring transparency, consistency, and accountability.
• The ruling underscores the importance of ensuring natural These guidelines should ensure that demolitions are used as
justice and due process in property-related cases, especially a last resort and are proportionate to the offense.
demolitions. The court expressed the need for nationwide • Protection of Marginalized Communities: Safeguards
guidelines to ensure that demolitions are carried out lawfully, should be established to protect marginalized and minority
ensuring fairness and protecting citizens' rights. communities from disproportionate targeting. Governments
must ensure that no individual or community is unfairly
Issues with Bulldozer Justice: subjected to demolitions based on their socioeconomic
• Targeting of Marginalized Communities: Bulldozer justice status, religion, or ethnicity.
disproportionately affects marginalized and minority • Provision for Resettlement and Compensation: In cases where
communities, intensifying existing inequalities. These actions demolitions are necessary, provisions for resettlement and
often target vulnerable groups, exacerbating social divisions fair compensation must be made to minimize the impact on
and creating a perception of selective enforcement of law, affected individuals and families. Governments should take
leading to societal alienation. responsibility for rehabilitating those whose livelihoods and
• Erosion of Rule of Law: By bypassing established legal homes are destroyed.
procedures, bulldozer justice undermines the core principles • Promoting Restorative Justice Approaches: Instead of punitive
actions like bulldozing, a shift towards restorative justice
of the rule of law. This extrajudicial practice disregards due
approaches should be encouraged. These approaches
process, damaging public trust in legal and political institutions,
prioritize community healing, rehabilitation of offenders, and
and fosters a sense of lawlessness within the state apparatus.
long-term solutions to prevent recurring issues.
• Infringement of Fundamental Rights: Rushed decisions
• Independent Oversight and Accountability: To prevent misuse
can result in the violation of individuals' or communities'
of power, independent oversight bodies should be established
fundamental rights.
to review cases of demolition and ensure accountability for
Š In India, the right to shelter is a fundamental right, recognized wrongful actions. This will help build public trust and reduce
as an integral part of the right to life under Article 21 of the risk of politically or communally motivated actions.
the Constitution. This right encompasses the provision of • Public Awareness and Legal Aid: Raising public awareness
adequate housing, which is essential for living with dignity. about legal rights and providing access to legal aid for
• Unjust Punishments and Ethical Dilemmas: Bulldozer justice vulnerable communities can help prevent arbitrary demolitions.
conflates the roles of judge, jury, and executioner, resulting Citizens should be informed about their right to due process,
in unjust outcomes. It punishes entire families or communities legal recourse, and protection from state overreach.

25
Current Affairs
Int. Relations
INDIA-UAE
Edition: October 2024
Feature Articles

CIVIL NUCLEAR COOPERATION


India and the United Arab Emirates (UAE) signed a Memorandum of Understanding (MoU) for civil nuclear cooperation.

About: This collaboration allows both countries to secure stable


• During the 2015 visit of Prime Minister Narendra Modi to the energy supplies and support their respective energy needs,
UAE, both countries had agreed to cooperate in “peaceful potentially reducing their dependence on other energy
use of nuclear energy”, including in areas of “safety, health, sources.
agriculture, and science and technology. ” • Strengthened Global Nuclear Cooperation: By partnering
• The recent agreement is a part of the UAE’s policy of with the UAE, India demonstrates its commitment to global
expanding investments into the nuclear energy sector nuclear cooperation and non-proliferation principles.
especially in India. This collaboration sets a precedent for other nations and
strengthens the international community's efforts to utilize
INDIA’S CIVIL NUCLEAR COOPERATION nuclear energy responsibly and safely for peaceful purposes.

• Civil nuclear cooperation involves collaboration between Broader Significance of India-UAE Relationship:
countries or organizations to develop and use nuclear • Geostrategic Partnership:
technology for peaceful purposes. Š Diplomatic Relations: Established in 1972, with a significant
• It can encompass a variety of activities, including: Energy boost in 2015 following the Indian Prime Minister's visit,
Production, Regulatory and Safety Standards, Nuclear marking a new strategic partnership. In January 2017, the
Fuel Supply, and Non-Proliferation Efforts. Crown Prince of Abu Dhabi's visit to India as the chief guest
• India's civil nuclear program is aimed at harnessing for Republic Day celebrations led to the establishment of
nuclear energy for peaceful purposes, primarily electricity a comprehensive strategic partnership.
generation, and other applications. Š Strategic Engagement: Both countries are involved in
• India has Nuclear cooperation with France, Russia, U.S. A regional groupings and initiatives such as I2U2 and the
and Japan. India-Middle East-Europe Economic Corridor (IMEC),
reflecting shared strategic interests.
Implications of Civil Nuclear Cooperation between
• Geo-Economic Cooperation:
India and UAE:
Š Bilateral Trade: The economic partnership has flourished,
• Strengthened Bilateral Ties: The Memorandum of
with bilateral trade reaching USD 85 billion in 2022-
Understanding (MoU) on civil nuclear cooperation represents
23. The UAE is India's third-largest trading partner and
a significant deepening of India-UAE relations. This
second-largest export destination.
cooperation not only enhances strategic and economic ties
Š Trade Targets: The aim is to boost bilateral merchandise
but also reflects mutual trust and commitment to collaborative
trade to over USD 100 billion and services trade to USD
growth in the nuclear energy sector.
15 billion within five years.
• Advancements in Peaceful Nuclear Applications: The
Š Manufacturing Units: Many Indian companies have
agreement focuses on the peaceful use of nuclear energy,
established manufacturing units in the UAE, either as joint
which includes applications in safety, health, agriculture,
ventures or in Special Economic Zones (SEZs) for various
and science and technology. This collaboration could lead to
products including cement, textiles, and consumer
advancements in these fields, such as improved agricultural
electronics.
practices, better healthcare solutions, and enhanced
Š Free Trade Agreements (FTAs): Under India’s revamped
scientific research capabilities.
FTA strategy, the UAE is a top priority for an early harvest
• Expansion of UAE’s Nuclear Energy Investments: The UAE’s
deal. The UAE also intends to pursue bilateral economic
policy of expanding investments into nuclear energy is
agreements with India and other countries like the UK,
reinforced by this MoU. This partnership may accelerate the
Turkey, and Israel.
UAE's efforts to develop its nuclear energy infrastructure,
Š Energy Security: The UAE is crucial to India's energy
diversify its energy sources, and achieve energy security,
security, with strategic oil reserves stored in Mangalore,
thus supporting its long-term economic and energy goals.
India.
• Enhanced Energy Security and Collaboration: The MoU,
Š Fintech Collaboration: Local Currency Settlement System
alongside the agreement for long-term LNG supply,
(LCSS): The framework for using local currencies in
underscores a comprehensive approach to energy security.

26
Feature Articles Current Affairs
Edition: October 2024

transactions aims to establish an LCSS, facilitating


invoicing and payments in domestic currencies. This will
help develop an INR-AED foreign exchange market.
• Cultural Relations:
Š Indian Community: The UAE is home to more than 3.3
million Indians. Indian culture is well-accepted, with
participation in events like the Abu Dhabi International
Book Fair 2019.
Š Media Presence: Indian cinema and TV channels are
popular, with Hindi, Malayalam, and Tamil films regularly
screened in UAE theaters.
Š Yoga and Meditation: The Emirati community actively
participates in International Day of Yoga events, with
various yoga and meditation centers thriving in the UAE.
• Tourism and Connectivity:
Š Tourism Growth: Enhanced connectivity and cultural
exchange have boosted tourism between India and the
UAE.
Š Digital Payment Systems: Initiatives like the acceptance
of RuPay cards in the UAE since August 2019 and the
operationalization of a Rupee-Dirham settlement system
highlight mutual convergence in digital payment systems.
• Diaspora and Remittances:
Š Indian Diaspora: The large Indian community in the UAE
acts as a bridge between the two countries, contributing
significantly to the UAE's development and strengthening
Way Forward:
• Addressing Non-Tariff Barriers: India and the UAE should
bilateral ties.
engage in regulatory dialogues to streamline trade
Š Skill Development: Agreements and collaborations in skill
regulations, particularly in sectors like processed foods,
development enhance the capabilities and welfare of the
to enhance trade efficiency and remove barriers hindering
Indian workforce in the UAE.
Indian exports.
Challenges: • Strengthening Economic Footprint: Both nations can boost
• Non-Tariff Barriers (NTBs): Measures like SPS and TBT, India's economic presence in the UAE by increasing
including mandatory Halal certification, have hindered Indian investments in key sectors and fostering joint ventures and
exports, especially in sectors such as poultry, meat, and partnerships. Creating a conducive business environment
processed foods. Indian processed food exports to the UAE and supporting entrepreneurship will attract more Indian
have declined by approximately 30% in recent years due to businesses to the UAE.
these barriers. • Countering Chinese Economic Influence: Collaborative efforts
• Cheque Book Diplomacy: China's strategy of offering low- should focus on promoting transparency, sustainability,
interest loans has overshadowed Indian economic efforts in and fair business practices to counter Chinese economic
the UAE and the wider Middle East region. influence in the region.
• Labor System Issues: The Kafala system in the UAE grants • Improving Rights of Migrant Workers: India and the UAE should
significant control to employers over migrant workers, leading prioritize reforming the Kafala system to ensure fair wages,
to human rights violations such as passport confiscation, decent living conditions, and protection of fundamental rights
delayed wages, and poor living conditions. for all migrant workers in the UAE.
• Geopolitical Apprehensions: UAE's substantial financial aid
to Pakistan raises concerns over potential misuse, given Conclusion:
Pakistan's history of cross-border terrorism against India. • India-UAE relations are robust, marked by extensive
• Regional Diplomacy Challenges: India faces diplomatic economic ties, significant Indian diaspora presence, and
complexities amidst ongoing conflicts between Iran and Arab strategic cooperation in areas like security and energy.
nations, exacerbated by recent tensions between Israel and • These relations exemplify a strong partnership bolstered by
Hamas, which impact initiatives like the IMEC. mutual interests and shared regional stability goals.

27
Current Affairs
Int. Relations Feature Articles
Edition: October 2024

INDIA’S SPECIAL CHINA PROBLEM


The External Affairs Minister has said that India has a special China problem above the world's general China problem.

About: • The expression “narrow down the differences” had been used
• The comments come days after diplomatic-level talks — the for the first time in the bilateral talks on the border standoff and,
31st meeting of the Working Mechanism for Consultation & in diplomatic parlance, indicates progress in the negotiations.
Coordination on India-China Border Affairs (WMCC) was held in • It is to be noted that the WMCC on India-China Border Affairs
Beijing on the border situation. was activated after the face-off on the Line of Actual Control
• The two sides agreed on “intensified contact through began in May 2020.
diplomatic and military channels”. • The border standoff has been ongoing for more than five
years now and two sides have each deployed around 50,000-
LINE OF ACTUAL CONTROL 60,000 troops along the LAC in eastern Ladakh.
• The LAC is the demarcation that separates Indian-
Challenges of India-China Peace Process:
controlled territory from Chinese-controlled territory.
• Border Disputes: The longstanding and unresolved border
• India considers the LAC to be 3,488 km long, while the issues, particularly along the Line of Actual Control (LAC),
Chinese consider it to be only around 2,000 km. lead to frequent standoffs and skirmishes, undermining trust
• It is divided into three sectors: and making it difficult to achieve lasting peace.
Š the eastern sector which spans Arunachal Pradesh and • Strategic Rivalry: Both nations view each other as strategic
Sikkim, competitors in the region, with conflicting interests in areas
Š the middle sector in Uttarakhand and Himachal Pradesh, like the Indian Ocean, South Asia, and Southeast Asia. This
Š and the western sector in Ladakh. rivalry complicates efforts to find common ground in peace
• LAC in the eastern sector consisting of Arunachal Pradesh negotiations.
and Sikkim is called the McMahon Line which is 1,140 km • Military Build-up and Infrastructure Development: The rapid
long. military build-up and infrastructure development along
the border by both sides increase tensions and the risk of
How is the LAC different from the Line of Control with Pakistan?
escalation, making peaceful resolutions more challenging.
• The LoC emerged from the 1948 ceasefire line negotiated
• Nationalistic Sentiments: Strong nationalistic sentiments in
by the UN after the Kashmir War.
both countries, often fueled by media and political narratives,
• It was designated as the LoC in 1972, following the Shimla
put pressure on their governments to take hardline stances,
Agreement between the two countries. It is delineated
reducing the flexibility needed for compromise in peace talks.
on a map signed by DGMOs of both armies and has the
• Differing Worldviews: India and China have different
international sanctity of a legal agreement. approaches to regional and global governance, with China
• The LAC, is only a concept and it is not agreed upon by the advocating for a more assertive role in global affairs, which
two countries, neither delineated on a map or demarcated often clashes with India’s vision of a multipolar world. These
on the ground. differing worldviews contribute to a lack of trust and make
cooperation difficult.

Significance of Sino-India Relations:


• Historical and cultural ties:
Š Ancient Trade and the Silk Road: The Silk Road, an
extensive network of trade routes connecting Asia,
Europe, and Africa, played a crucial role in facilitating
cultural exchanges between India and China.
Š Buddhism: Indian monks such as Bodhidharma and
Xuanzang played a pivotal role in transmitting Buddhist
teachings, scriptures, and practices to China.
Š Artistic Exchanges: Artistic exchanges between India and
China flourished during the Tang Dynasty (618-907 CE).
For example: Dunhuang Caves in China.

28
Feature Articles Current Affairs
Edition: October 2024

Š Philosophical Exchanges: The teachings of Confucianism hub and India emerging as a global manufacturing
and Taoism in China have parallels with Hinduism and destination.
Jainism in India. • Security cooperation:
• Geo strategic importance: Š Confidence-Building Measures: Both countries have
Š Regional Power Dynamics: Both nations have significant engaged in confidence-building measures such as border
influence in South Asia, Southeast Asia, that affects personnel meetings, hotline communication between
regional stability and security. India and China are seen military commanders, and agreements to maintain peace
as strategic rivals in the Asia-Pacific region, with both and tranquility along the LAC.
countries vying for influence and power. Š Regional Security Cooperation: India and China are
Š Maritime Security: The Indian Ocean and the South key players in regional security architectures such as
China Sea are vital maritime routes for trade and energy SCO and BRICS. Both the nations have cooperated on
transportation. counterterrorism initiatives and maritime security issues
Š Influence in Multilateral Organizations: India and China are within these frameworks.
key players in various multilateral forums such as BRICS, Š Maritime Security: Competition over sea lanes of
SCO, etc. are shaping the world order in the backdrop of communication, port infrastructure development, and
declining US hegemony. naval presence in the region adds a maritime dimension
Š Nuclear Proliferation: Both India and China are nuclear- to their security relationship.
armed states, and their relationship impacts strategic • Tourism and People-to-People Exchanges: The tourism industry
stability in the region. plays a role in enhancing people-to-people contacts and
Š Belt and Road Initiative: China's ambitious infrastructure economic ties between India and China.
and connectivity project, the BRI, has implications for
Broader Issues in India-China Relations:
India's strategic interests, particularly in South Asia.
• Border Disputes: The 3,488-kilometer-long border between
• Geo-political relations:
India and China is a significant source of tension, leading to
Š Strategic Rivalry: India and China are seen as strategic
occasional skirmishes and standoffs.
rivals in the Asia-Pacific region, with both countries vying
Š Notable events include the 1962 Sino-Indian War, the
for influence and power.
Doklam standoff, and the Galwan Valley clashes. Despite
Š Regional Dynamics: India's "Act East" policy and China's
agreements like the 1993 Agreement on Maintaining Peace
Belt and Road Initiative (BRI) have overlapping interests
along the LAC, disputes persist, with China accused of
in the Indo-Pacific region.
employing a "salami-slicing" strategy in the region.
Š Multilateral Diplomacy: India and China engage in
• Tibet Issue: India's hosting of the Dalai Lama and the Tibetan
multilateral diplomacy through platforms like the United
government-in-exile remains a long-standing point of
Nations, where they cooperate on issues such as climate
contention.
change and sustainable development.
• Trade Imbalance: India faces a significant trade deficit
Š Soft Power Competition: India and China also compete
with China, which remains its largest trading partner. This
for influence through soft power tools such as cultural imbalance heavily favors China, causing economic concerns
diplomacy, educational exchanges, and public diplomacy. for India.
• Geo-Economic interdependence: • Regional Influence: Both countries compete for influence
Š Trade Relations: Both the nations have a substantial trade in South Asia and the Indian Ocean, with China making
relationship, with China being India's largest trading significant inroads through initiatives like the Belt and Road
partner. Initiative (BRI).
Œ In 2023, bilateral trade had reached a record $136.2 • Nuclear Proliferation: China's close relationship with Pakistan,
Billion, while the trade deficit in favor of China had including nuclear cooperation, is a major concern for India.
crossed a mammoth $100 billion driven by a 21% rise • Cybersecurity: Accusations of cyber espionage and hacking
in Imports from China into India, despite continuing between India and China have led to mistrust and strained
bilateral tensions over the military standoff at the LAC. relations.
Š Complementary Economies: India and China have • Hydro Hegemony: China's plans to build a "super dam" on the
complementary economies, with China being a major TsangPo river exemplify what some scholars describe as the
exporter of manufactured goods and India being a "weaponization of river waters. "
significant market for these goods. • Regional Security: India and China hold divergent views on
Š Supply Chain Integration: Both countries are part of global issues such as the South China Sea dispute and the Afghanistan
supply chains, with China being a major manufacturing peace process, complicating regional cooperation.

29
Current Affairs Feature Articles
Edition: October 2024

• Human Rights: India's concerns over China's human rights Š Internal Balancing: Modernize and enhance India's
record in regions like Tibet, Xinjiang, and Hong Kong often defense capabilities.
strain bilateral relations. Š External Balancing: Build strategic alliances with countries
• South Asian Hegemony and String of Pearls Strategy: China's like South Korea, Australia, and the USA.
investments in South Asia, including the China-Pakistan • 3Cs (Competition, Cooperation, and Confrontation):
Economic Corridor (CPEC) and strategic maritime bases, Š Competition: Increase India's trade share with regions like
challenge India's regional dominance and security. the EU, Africa, and Latin America.
Š Cooperation: Engage actively in multilateral forums for
NECKLACE OF DIAMOND STRATEGY broader cooperation.
Š Confrontation: Respond firmly to any attempts by China to
• The "Necklace of Diamonds" strategy refers to China's
alter the status quo in the Himalayas and the Indian Ocean.
diplomatic and military efforts to establish a network of
• Border Disputes Resolution: Establish extra buffer zones in
alliances and bases encircling India, particularly in the
contested areas, building on existing border protocols.
Indian Ocean region.
• Economic Cooperation: Address the trade imbalance with
• This strategy aims to contain India's influence, enhance China while managing geopolitical tensions.
China's strategic foothold, and secure maritime trade • Conflict Prevention and Crisis Management Mechanism:
routes, raising concerns over India's national security. Develop a credible military deterrence in the mountains and
the Indian Ocean.
Way Forward:
• Cultural Diplomacy: Promote people-to-people exchanges and
• Multi-Prong Strategy:
harness cultural soft power to strengthen bilateral relations.
Š Regional Engagement: Strengthen ties with South Asian
• Proper Implementation of the Vibrant Villages Program: Ensure
countries to counter Chinese influence.
seamless connectivity with border districts.

30
Economy Feature Articles Current Affairs
Edition: October 2024

NITI AAYOG REPORT ON EDIBLE OILS


The report titled "Pathways and Strategies for Accelerating Growth in
Edible Oils Towards the Goal of Atmanirbharta" was released by NITI Aayog.

Key Highlights: Š Rice bran oil production: India contributes 46.8% of the
• Global Edible Vegetable Oil Economy: global market.
Š The global edible vegetable oil sector has been Š Castor seed oil production: India dominates with 88.48% of
experiencing consistent growth over the years, and for global production.
2024-25, it is projected to see a 2% increase in production, Š Cottonseed oil: India ranks second globally, contributing
reaching a total of 228 million tonnes (MT). 28.41% to the market.
Š This growth is primarily driven by increased output Š For groundnut seeds and oil, India is second only to
in soybean, palm, and rapeseed oil, which are major China, with a 18.69% share in groundnuts and 16.34% in
contributors to the vegetable oil market. groundnut oil.
Š The modest growth in sunflower oil reflects its smaller
share of the global market but contributes to the overall Overview of India’s Edible Oil Sector:
positive trend. • Importance of Oilseeds in Indian Agriculture:
• Oilseed Production: Š In India's agricultural sector, oilseeds rank second in both
Š Since 1961, global oilseed production has surged almost area and production, only behind food grains.
tenfold, from 57.02 MT to significantly higher levels today. Š The country’s diverse agro-ecological conditions allow
Š This dramatic rise is not only due to an increase in for the cultivation of nine different annual oilseed crops,
the cultivated area for oilseeds but also because of including groundnut, rapeseed-mustard, soybean,
technological and farming improvements, which have sunflower, sesame, safflower, nigerseed, castor, and linseed.
made production more efficient. Š However, rainfed agriculture, which constitutes 76% of the
Š The global oilseed yields doubled during this period, from oilseed cultivation area, contributes 80% of total oilseed
production.
5.7 tonnes per hectare (t/ha) in 1961 to 13.16 t/ha in 2022-23.
Š Rainfed agriculture is highly vulnerable to biotic (pests
Š This reflects enhanced farming practices, better seed
and diseases) and abiotic stresses (climate-related risks
varieties, and more efficient use of resources.
like drought), making it crucial to adopt strategies to
• Global Oil Consumption:
improve crop resilience and stabilize production.
Š Palm oil is the most consumed vegetable oil worldwide,
• Contribution of Oilseeds:
followed by soybean oil, rapeseed oil, and sunflower oil.
Š The nine major oilseeds cover 14.3% of the gross cropped
Š According to the United States Department of Agriculture's area in India, provide around 12-13% of dietary energy,
2024 market analysis, global consumption of vegetable and account for approximately 8% of agricultural exports.
oils is expected to increase by nearly 3%, with palm and Š Soybean occupies the largest cultivation area (11.74
soybean oil seeing the most significant growth. million hectares, Mha), followed by rapeseed-mustard
Š On the other hand, the consumption of sunflower oil is (7.08 Mha), and groundnut (5.12 Mha).
predicted to decline slightly, reflecting shifts in consumer Š Sesame (1.58 Mha) and castor seed (0.89 Mha) are also
preferences and supply dynamics. significant contributors.
• India’s Role in the Global Market: • Dominance of Soybean, Rapeseed-Mustard, and Groundnut:
Š As the 5th largest economy globally, India is a significant Š Soybean contributes 34% of the total oilseed production,
player in the edible vegetable oil sector. followed by rapeseed-mustard with 31%, and groundnut
Š It ranks fourth in terms of contribution, behind the USA, with 27%.
China, and Brazil. Š Together, these three crops make up more than 92%
of the total oilseeds production in India, indicating their
Š India accounts for 15-20% of the global oilseed area, 6-7%
dominance in the sector.
of global vegetable oil production, and 9-10% of total
• Domestic Edible Oil Production:
global consumption.
Š The largest share of domestic edible oil production comes
Š Despite these impressive statistics, India faces a domestic
from rapeseed-mustard oil (45%), followed by groundnut
shortfall, leading to high levels of oil imports to meet local
oil and soybean oil (each contributing 25%).
demand. Š Minor edible oilseeds like sesame, sunflower, safflower,
• India’s Strengths: India is a global leader in several edible oil and nigerseed together contribute around 5% to the total
sectors: domestic oil production.

31
Current Affairs Feature Articles
Edition: October 2024

• State-wise Production of Oilseeds: Initiatives taken by Government:


Š The states of Rajasthan and Madhya Pradesh are the • National Mission for Edible Oils - Oil Palm (NMEO-OP):
leading oilseed producers, each contributing about Š Launched in 2021, this mission aims to promote oil palm
21.42% of India’s total production. cultivation in the country.
Š Gujarat follows with 17.24%, and Maharashtra contributes Š It focuses on increasing domestic production of palm oil
15.83%. and reducing import dependence.
Š Together, these four states account for 75.63% of the Š The government provides financial assistance to farmers
country’s total oilseed production. for oil palm plantation and offers subsidies on inputs like
• Regional Crop Dominance: fertilizers and planting materials.
Š Rajasthan leads in mustard cultivation. Š The mission is committed to escalating oil palm cultivation
Š Madhya Pradesh is the top producer of soybean. and elevating Crude Palm Oil production to 11.20 lakh
Š For sunflowers, Karnataka takes the lead. tonnes by 2025-26.
Š Kerala dominates coconut production. • National Food Security Mission- Oilseeds (NFSM-OS)
Š Uttar Pradesh and West Bengal have significant areas for Š Under the NFSM, a separate component for oilseeds has
rice cultivation. been implemented to increase the area, production, and
Š Maharashtra and Gujarat lead in cotton production. productivity of oilseed crops.
• Concentrated Production in States: Š This scheme promotes research, seed production, and
Š For soybean, Madhya Pradesh, Maharashtra, and Rajasthan improved agronomic practices for oilseed crops like
account for 92% of India’s production. groundnut, mustard, soybean, and sunflower.
Š Regarding groundnut, Gujarat, Rajasthan, Tamil Nadu, • Cluster Demonstrations:
Andhra Pradesh, and Karnataka contribute 83.4% of the Š The government promotes cluster demonstrations of
country’s production. oilseed crops across different regions to showcase best
Š Similarly, Rajasthan, Haryana, Madhya Pradesh, Uttar practices and new technologies to farmers.
Pradesh, and West Bengal contribute 87.9% of India’s total Š This helps farmers adopt better techniques, increasing
rapeseed-mustard production. productivity.
• Secondary Oil Crops: • Use of High Yielding Varieties (HYV) and Genetically Modified
Š Palm oil production is heavily concentrated in Andhra Seeds: The government encourages the use of high-yielding
Pradesh (87.3%), followed by Telangana (9.8%), Kerala, varieties and research on genetically modified (GM) seeds
and Karnataka. for crops like mustard and soybean.
Š Gujarat leads in cotton production with a 24.4% share, • Promotion of Oilseed-Based Cropping Systems:
while Maharashtra, Telangana, Rajasthan, and Karnataka Š Integrated farming systems, which include oilseed crops,
collectively contribute 77.3%. are being promoted to improve soil health, diversify
Š For coconut production, Kerala leads, followed by Tamil income, and enhance overall productivity.
Nadu and Karnataka, which together contribute 84% of the Š Crop diversification initiatives focus on oilseed cultivation
country's production. as an alternative to water-intensive crops like rice and
• Tree-Borne Oilseeds (TBOs): sugarcane.
Š Tree-borne oilseeds (TBOs) such as wild apricot, cheura,
kokum, olive, simarouba, mahua, sal seed, mango kernel, Recommendations:
dhupa, and tamarind seed are important sources of oils • Crop Clusters and Technology Customization:
for various uses. Š States are grouped into four clusters (High Area-High
Š For example, wild apricot in Himachal Pradesh provides oil Yield, High Area-Low Yield, Low Area-High Yield, Low
for cooking and industrial purposes. Area-Low Yield) based on the area and yield of oilseeds.
Š Cheura from Sikkim and West Bengal is valued for its use in Œ This allows for targeted strategies to boost both
cooking, medicine, and cosmetics. horizontal and vertical expansion.
Š Kokum, grown mainly in Goa and Maharashtra, is used in Š Customized technology needs to be developed for each
the production of chocolates and biodiesel. cluster, especially in creating Agro-Ecological Sub Region
Š Olive cultivation, introduced through Indo-Israel (AESR)-based crop-specific model farms.
collaboration, has potential for expansion in Rajasthan and Œ This would spread advanced farming technologies
other states. specific to the ecological conditions of the region.
Š These tree-borne oils offer an opportunity to reduce India’s • Horizontal Expansion in Rice Fallow:
reliance on imports by providing alternative sources of Š Rice fallow land refers to areas left uncultivated after the
edible oils. rice-growing season.

32
Feature Articles Current Affairs
Edition: October 2024

Œ Utilizing one-third of the Rabi rice fallow across ten Varietal Replacement Rate (VRR):
states for oilseeds could produce an additional 1.03 • It measures the percentage of the crop area planted with
million tonnes (MT) of oilseeds, reducing India's edible newer, improved varieties of seeds as opposed to older,
oil imports by 7.1%. outdated varieties.
Š Large-scale cultivation in these areas requires evaluating • Objective: The goal is to ensure farmers adopt newer, more
the economic feasibility and determining the optimal productive, and resilient seed varieties to keep up with
oilseed crops for different regions. technological advancements in agriculture.
• Oilseed Development in Bundelkhand and Indo-Gangetic Plain • Importance: Newer varieties often provide better yields,
(IGP): improved resistance to diseases and pests, and
Š Bundelkhand (in Madhya Pradesh and Uttar Pradesh) adaptability to changing climate conditions.
holds significant potential for oilseed cultivation, with a • Example: If 50% of the crop area is planted with newer seed
focus on sesame. Technological interventions and crop varieties developed in the last few years, the VRR is 50%.
diversification in the region can increase farm incomes.
• Promotion of Bio-fortified Oilseed Varieties:
Š Diversifying the rice-wheat cropping system in the IGP by
Š Biofortification involves enriching crops with essential
introducing oilseeds such as soybean, rapeseed-mustard,
nutrients. This strategy aims to address micronutrient
and sunflower can help address environmental concerns malnutrition by enhancing the content of beneficial fatty
like groundwater depletion and improve soil health, while acids and reducing anti-nutritional factors in oilseeds.
also providing farmers with more profitable options. Š Biofortified varieties such as oleic acid-rich groundnut and
• Wasteland Utilization for Oil Palm Expansion: soybean and linoleic acid-rich linseed should be promoted.
Š Oil palm cultivation can be expanded by utilizing highly The goal is to increase adoption of these bio-fortified
suitable wastelands identified by ICAR-IIOPR (Indian seeds by 10-12% annually.
Council of Agricultural Research-Indian Institute of Oil • Adoption of Improved and Advanced Production Technologies:
Palm Research). Š There’s a significant yield gap in oilseeds, ranging from
Š Two-thirds of the 6.18 million hectares (Mha) of such 12% in castor to 96% in sunflower.
wasteland could be converted for oil palm cultivation, Š Closing this gap through advanced production
adding 24.7 MT to domestic production and reducing technologies could raise national oilseed production by
dependency on imports. 46%, leading to a 26% reduction in import reliance.
• Cluster-Based Seed Village: Š Focus should be on heterosis breeding (exploiting hybrid
Š Establishing cluster-based seed hubs at the block level vigor) for crops like sunflower, castor, rapeseed-mustard,
(like “One Block-One Seed Village”) can ensure farmers safflower, and sesame.
have access to high-quality seeds. • Enhancing Efficiency in the Solvent Extraction Industry:
Š These hubs, managed by FPOs, SHGs, and FPCs, aim Š The solvent extraction industry currently suffers from low-
capacity utilization (30%) due to geographical imbalances
to increase the Seed Replacement Rate (SRR) and Varietal
and outdated equipment.
Replacement Rate (VRR) for oilseeds, ensuring a more
Š Increasing efficiency to 60% utilization through
consistent and improved yield.
modernization and improved management practices
would enhance domestic edible oil production.
SEED REPLACEMENT RATE (SRR) VS VARIETAL
• Optimizing Storage Strategies and Price Incentives:
REPLACEMENT RATE (VRR)
Š Balancing off-season storage of oilseeds and maintaining
Seed Replacement Rate (SRR):
affordable prices for consumers is vital.
• It refers to the percentage of total crop area sown using
Š Fair pricing structures that account for storage costs, interest,
certified or quality seeds, as opposed to farm-saved or and returns for stakeholders should be implemented to
traditional seeds from previous harvests. ensure market stability and incentivize year-round sales.
• Objective: The goal is to replace old, lower-quality seeds • Enhancing Marketing Infrastructure:
with certified, high-quality seeds to improve yield and crop Š To improve the income of oilseed farmers, ensuring
performance. procurement at Minimum Support Price (MSP) through
• Importance: Certified seeds typically result in better NAFED (National Agricultural Cooperative Marketing
germination rates, higher yields, and greater resistance to Federation of India) and state oilseed federations is critical.
pests and diseases. Š Facilitating direct marketing between farmers and state
Š Example: If a farmer plants 100 acres of a crop and uses agencies can boost oilseed cultivation in non-traditional
certified seeds on 70 acres, the SRR is 70%. areas, broadening the market reach.

33
Current Affairs
Economy Feature Articles
Edition: October 2024

DIGITAL AGRICULTURE MISSION


Recently, the Union Cabinet Committee approved the Digital Agriculture Mission
with an outlay of Rs. 2817 Crore, including the central share of Rs. 1940 Crore.

About: Š This could range from crop estimation to financial support


• Agri-Tech Start-Up Support: systems, enhancing the overall agricultural ecosystem.
Š The initiative aims to nurture agri-tech start-ups by
Three Pillars of Digital Agriculture Mission:
leveraging advancements in cloud computing, earth
• AgriStack Overview:
observation, remote sensing, data analytics, and artificial
Š AgriStack is a farmer-centric Digital Public Infrastructure
intelligence/machine learning (AI/ML). (DPI) that comprises three main registries: Farmers’ Registry,
Š These cutting-edge technologies can help improve the Geo-referenced Village Maps, and the Crop Sown Registry.
precision, efficiency, and sustainability of agriculture. Š These registries will be maintained by state/UT
• Umbrella Scheme for Digital Agriculture: governments, ensuring localized data management for
Š This includes developing Digital Public Infrastructure and better decision-making and resource allocation.
implementing the Digital General Crop Estimation Survey
(DGCES), among other IT-focused programs driven by the
Central Government, State Governments, and Academic
and Research Institutions.
Š The goal is to harmonize efforts across multiple levels to
digitally empower the agricultural sector.
• Transforming Agriculture with Digital Nutrients:
Š The core aim of the Digital Agriculture Mission (DAM) is to
digitally transform India’s agricultural landscape.
Š By incorporating digital tools and technologies, it seeks to
make agriculture smarter, more efficient, and data-driven,
thereby providing a foundation for long-term growth.
• Digital Public Infrastructure (DPI) for Agriculture:
Š A major component of the initiative is building Digital
Public Infrastructure (DPI) for agriculture. • Farmers’ Registry:
Š This involves creating a system that contains authenticated Š This registry will assign each farmer a digital identity or
demographic data, land holdings, and crop information for ‘Farmer ID’, akin to Aadhaar.
both cultivators and tenant farmers. Š The Farmer ID will be dynamically linked to multiple data
Š DPI will act as a secure repository, making it easier to points, including:
access verified data about farmers and their agricultural Œ Land records
activities. Œ Livestock ownership
• Digital Farmer Identity: ‘Kisan ki Pehchaan’: Œ Crops sown
Š One of the key features is to provide every farmer with a Œ Demographic details
Œ Family information
digital identity akin to Aadhaar.
Œ Government schemes and benefits availed
Š This digital ‘Kisan ki Pehchaan’ (Farmer ID) will serve as
Š Pilot projects for creating Farmer IDs have already been
a trusted source of information about the farmer, linking
conducted in six districts across India: Farrukhabad (Uttar
them to relevant state and central government databases.
Pradesh), Gandhinagar (Gujarat), Beed (Maharashtra),
Š This data-driven approach will open doors to innovative Yamuna Nagar (Haryana), Fatehgarh Sahib (Punjab), and
services that are customized for farmers, enabling them to Virudhunagar (Tamil Nadu).
access government schemes and benefits more efficiently. • Crop Sown Registry:
• Innovative, Farmer-Centric Services: Š This registry will track the crops planted by farmers
Š The use of advanced digital technologies, combined with during each season. Data will be collected through Digital
farmer-centric services, promises to improve the quality of Crop Surveys, which are mobile-based ground surveys
support and resources available to farmers. conducted in every crop season.

34
Feature Articles Current Affairs
Edition: October 2024

Š This registry will provide vital information about crop Significances of Digital Agriculture Mission:
patterns and help in resource planning and monitoring. • Data-Driven Decision Making
• Geo-referenced Village Maps: Š The mission aims to collect and analyze data from various
Š These maps will link geographic information (land records) agricultural activities and environments, enabling farmers
with their physical locations. to make informed decisions on crop selection, pest
Š This will enable more accurate land management and control, irrigation, and fertilization.
help in identifying the exact boundaries and areas of Š This data-driven approach helps optimize farming
different agricultural fields. practices and improve productivity.
• Precision Agriculture
• Krishi DSS (Decision Support System):
Š With the help of AI, ML, and satellite imagery, precision
Š Krishi DSS is envisioned as a comprehensive geospatial
agriculture becomes possible, allowing farmers to monitor
system that will integrate remote sensing information on
crops in real-time and apply inputs like water, fertilizer,
various agricultural factors, including: Crops, Soil, Weather
and pesticides precisely where needed.
& Water resources.
Š This reduces resource wastage and increases crop yield.
Š This system will support:
• Farmers' Empowerment
Œ Crop map generation to identify crop sowing patterns Š The mission encourages the digital empowerment of
Œ Drought/flood monitoring farmers by providing access to real-time weather data,
Œ Model-based yield assessments, particularly for crop market prices, and farming advisories through mobile
insurance claims settlement, benefiting farmers by applications and digital platforms.
ensuring timely and accurate compensation in case of Š This ensures that farmers are well-informed, reducing
crop loss. their dependency on middlemen.
• Reduction in Input Costs
Š By leveraging technology to optimize the use of inputs
like water, seeds, fertilizers, and pesticides, farmers can
reduce their input costs.
Š Drones and sensors help detect the precise needs of
crops, avoiding overuse of resources and promoting
sustainability.
• Climate-Resilient Farming
Š The use of AI and big data allows farmers to adapt to
climate change by providing accurate weather predictions
and advisories.
• Soil Profile Maps:
Š This helps in reducing the impact of adverse climate
events and promotes sustainable farming practices.
• Employment Generation and Skill Development
Š The mission encourages the development of digital skills
in rural areas, offering new employment opportunities in
agri-tech, data analytics, and drone operation.
Š This helps bridge the digital divide and enhances the
livelihood of rural populations.

Conclusion:
• The Digital Agriculture Mission is a significant step toward
modernizing India's agricultural sector.
Š The Mission aims to prepare detailed Soil Profile Maps (on • By integrating technology into farming practices, it seeks to
a 1:10,000 scale) covering around 142 million hectares of enhance productivity, ensure sustainability, and empower
agricultural land. farmers with the tools and knowledge they need to thrive in a
Š These maps will offer an in-depth understanding of soil rapidly changing environment.
types and conditions across India. • Ultimately, it is expected to contribute to the overall goal of
Š As of now, a soil profile inventory of about 29 million making Indian agriculture more competitive, sustainable, and
hectares has already been completed. resilient.

35
Current Affairs
Economy
Edition: October 2024 SEMICONDUCTOR
Feature Articles

PRODUCTION IN INDIA
Recently, the US announced a “new partnership” with India to explore semiconductor supply chain opportunities.

India’s Semiconductor Industry: • Building a Supportive Ecosystem:


• Market Overview and Growth Projections: Š A critical factor in the success of leading semiconductor
Š In 2022, the Indian semiconductor market was valued at nations, such as Taiwan, has been the development of
approximately USD 26.3 billion. industry clusters that provide a supportive ecosystem.
Š With the increasing domestic demand driven by factors Š This includes a robust supply network of essential raw
such as the surge in mobile device and computer usage, materials, components, machinery, and a seamless
as well as government initiatives to promote digital integration of fabless design houses.
adoption in rural areas, the market is poised for significant Š For India to establish a similar end-to-end chip industry,
expansion. it will need to focus on self-sufficiency in technological
Š It is projected to grow at a compound annual growth rate manufacturing, enhance logistical infrastructure, expand
(CAGR) of 26.3%, reaching an estimated USD 271.9 billion research centers, and integrate small- to medium-sized
by 2032. enterprises into the value chain.
Š Estimates suggest that India will require 1.2 million skilled
professionals in the semiconductor sector by 2032.
Š To meet the growing demand for skilled professionals,
India must significantly invest in education and training.
Œ While the National Education Policy’s focus on STEM
education and initiatives like the Skills Acquisition
and Knowledge Awareness for Livelihood Promotion
(SANKALP) are steps in the right direction, more needs
to be done to accelerate the development of niche skills.

SEMICONDUCTOR
Š The rise of Indian start-ups and their reliance on electronic • A semiconductor is a material that exhibits properties
devices to bring innovative ideas to life also contributes to between those of a conductor and an insulator, making it a
this growth. crucial component in modern electronics.
• India’s Competitive Advantage: Š A conductor allows electricity to flow through it, while an
Š India holds a strong position in the global semiconductor insulator does not
landscape, with 20% of the world’s semiconductor design • Semiconductors are typically made from silicon, a material
workforce, a rapidly evolving technology sector, and a that allows some electrical conductivity but not as much as
thriving domestic market. a conductor like copper or aluminum.
Š These factors are conducive to building a robust Š Silicon is favored in semiconductor production
indigenous semiconductor ecosystem. because it provides a balance between insulation and
Š Government initiatives such as the National Electronics conduction, making it ideal for use in a wide range of
Policy and the USD 10 billion Production-Linked Incentive electronic devices.
(PLI) scheme for semiconductor manufacturing are also • The conductivity and other characteristics of semiconductors
boosting India’s aspirations in chipmaking. can be modified through a process known as "doping. "
Š The 2024 budget further underscored this commitment with Š Doping involves introducing impurities into the
increased allocations for the semiconductor ecosystem semiconductor material to alter its electrical properties.
and the establishment of a USD 12 billion innovation Š By adding specific impurities, manufacturers can
corpus to incentivize research and development. enhance the semiconductor's performance to meet the
Š A recent development is the partnership between an particular requirements of the electronic component it
Indian conglomerate and a Taiwanese firm to establish will be used in.
India’s first fabrication plant in Dholera, Gujarat, which will Š This process allows semiconductors to be tailored for
produce indigenous chips for both domestic and export various applications, from simple diodes to complex
markets. integrated circuits.

36
Feature Articles Current Affairs
Edition: October 2024

Factors Favouring India:


• Traditional Semiconductor Hubs and Shifting Dynamics:
Š Historically, the global semiconductor value chain,
encompassing design, manufacturing, and final product
sales, has been concentrated in the United States and its
key allies, including South Korea, the Netherlands, Japan,
and Taiwan. China also emerged as a significant player
in this sector.
Š However, the COVID-19 pandemic, coupled with
rising labor costs in China, has disrupted the global • Cost Advantage: India offers a substantial cost advantage for
semiconductor industry. semiconductor manufacturing due to the lower labour cost,
Š These challenges have prompted major producers to supply chain efficiency and emerging ecosystem.
rethink their strategies and diversify their operations away • Policy support: The Indian government has promptly seized
the opportunity following the global semiconductor supply
from China.
chain glut after the pandemic and showed great intent
Š Amidst this industry-wide relocation, India has emerged
through policy support to present India as an alternative to
as a preferred destination for back-end assembly and
China in the global semi supply chain.
testing operations.
Š The country’s entry into the semiconductor ecosystem is a Challenges:
critical development for global supply chain diversification. • High Capital Investment:
Š India’s stable political environment, coupled with its Š Setting up a semiconductor manufacturing unit, or "fab,
vast and rapidly growing domestic market, makes it an " requires a massive capital investment, with the cost of
attractive option for technology companies seeking building a new facility estimated to exceed one billion U.S.
greenfield expansion opportunities. dollars.
• Potential for Future Front-End Manufacturing: Š Beyond financial investment, these facilities demand
Š While India is currently gaining traction in back-end highly trained teams and the capacity to support large-
assembly and testing, there is significant potential for scale production from the outset.
the country to move up the value chain into front-end Š Currently, India lags behind in both capital availability and
manufacturing. the necessary infrastructure to support such large-scale
operations.
Š This transition would not only strengthen India’s position
• Global Competition:
in the global semiconductor industry but also enhance
Š India faces intense competition from established
the resilience of global supply chains by reducing
semiconductor manufacturing hubs like China, Taiwan,
dependency on a few traditional hubs.
and South Korea.
• Skilled Workforce: India leads the world with a record number
Š Building a complete domestic value chain for
of Science, Technology, Engineering and Mathematics
semiconductors is a formidable challenge, especially
(STEM) graduates, offering the much-needed skilled
given that a significant portion of this value chain currently
workforce required in semiconductor manufacturing, design, resides outside of India.
research, and development. Š Competing with these established players requires not
Š India has a large portion of the world's STEM talent pool, only substantial investment but also a strategic approach
with 31% of STEM graduates worldwide coming from India. to developing local capabilities and infrastructure.

37
Current Affairs Feature Articles
Edition: October 2024

• Slow Pace of Government Initiative: • In February 2024, the government approved the establishment
Š The Indian government's efforts to attract semiconductor of three semiconductor plants, two in Gujarat and one in Assam.
manufacturing through incentives like the "Modified • India Semiconductor Mission: It functions as a dedicated
Scheme for Semiconductors and Display Fab Ecosystem" division within the Digital India Corporation.
have met with limited success. Š Its main goal is to nurture a strong semiconductor and
Š The lukewarm response from industry players suggests display ecosystem to position India as a prominent global
that these incentives may not be as competitive as those player in electronics manufacturing and design.
offered by other countries. Š Under ISM, there are several schemes in place:
Š Moreover, there is skepticism among global semiconductor
giants about the viability of setting up manufacturing
operations in India, highlighting the need for more robust
and attractive policy frameworks.
• Logistical Challenges:
Š Semiconductor manufacturing facilities require significant
space, a reliable and uninterrupted power supply, and a
substantial amount of water.
Š India’s infrastructure in these areas is still developing,
creating challenges for potential fab sites.
Š Additionally, proximity to airports and customs facilities is
crucial for the timely import and export of key components.
Š However, in India, customs clearance can be time-
consuming, and the lack of developed infrastructure
around potential manufacturing sites adds another layer
of complexity to establishing a domestic semiconductor
industry.
• Dependence on China for Critical Raw Materials:
Š Despite possessing 6% of the world's rare earth reserves,
India's contribution to global output is a mere 1%. Way Ahead:
Š The majority of its demand for these critical minerals is • To establish an end-to-end semiconductor ecosystem, India
met through imports from China. can adopt a phased approach, strategically advancing
Š To reduce reliance on China and combat its dominance in across the industry value chain.
critical minerals crucial for semiconductor manufacturing, • The design phase alone constitutes 50% of the global
India must adopt a multi-faceted approach. semiconductor value chain, followed by front-end wafer
Š This includes increasing domestic production of these fabrication (24%) and pre-competitive research (20%).
minerals and securing alternative sources from other • The remaining value is added through back-end operations
countries. such as Assembly, Testing, Marking, and Packaging
(ATMP), electronic design automation, and core intellectual
Government Initiatives: property.
• The government offers incentives for manufacturing setup in Š India already has an edge in domains such as Outsourced
India: Semiconductor Assembly and Test (OSAT), ATMP,
Š Under the Semiconductor Fab Scheme, fiscal support design, and R&D, which can be leveraged alongside
of 50% of the project cost on an equal footing for all efforts to establish a fabrication plant.
technology nodes. • China has followed a similar model, establishing itself as a
Š Under the Display Fab Scheme, fiscal support of 50% of leader in the relatively less skill- and capital-intensive activity
the project cost on an equal footing basis. of ATMP before expanding across the value chain.
Š Under the Compound Semiconductor Scheme, fiscal Š India can emulate this approach to build a competitive
support of 50% of the capital expenditure on an equal advantage and lay a solid foundation for an indigenous
footing basis, including support for discrete semiconductor semiconductor ecosystem, thereby attracting substantial
fabs. long-term investments from global players.

38
Current Affairs
Economy
PRADHAN MANTRI
Feature Articles
Edition: October 2024

MATSYA SAMPADA YOJANA


Recently, the Pradhan Mantri Matsya Sampada Yojana marked the completion of four years since its implementation.

About: Š PMMSY has an ambitious budget of ₹20,050 crore, making


• Overview of the Scheme: it one of the largest investments in the fisheries sector to
Š The Pradhan Mantri Matsya Sampada Yojana (PMMSY) is a date, running for five years (2020-21 to 2024-25).
flagship initiative under the Ministry of Fisheries, Animal • Focus Areas:
Husbandry and Dairying, Government of India. Š Inland Fisheries and Aquaculture: Recognizing the
Š Launched in 2020, this transformative scheme focuses on significance of inland fisheries, PMMSY emphasizes
the overall development of the fisheries sector in India, its development to enhance food security and rural
improving the livelihood of fishers and fish farmers, and employment.
enhancing fish production. Š Technological Interventions and Value Chain Enhancement:
Š The scheme aims to address critical gaps in fish production, The scheme aims to modernize and strengthen the
technology, infrastructure, and value chain management. post-harvest infrastructure, supply chain, and fisheries
Š It also focuses on the welfare of fishermen, recognizing the management framework.
role of fisheries in ensuring food security and contributing Š Fishers’ Welfare: In addition to increasing fish productivity,
to the economy. PMMSY aims to improve the livelihood and welfare of
fishers and fish farmers through various sub-schemes and
initiatives.

New Initiatives Launched under PMMSY:


• NFDP Portal: The launch of the National Fisheries Development
Program (NFDP) portal enables easy access to institutional
credit and aquaculture insurance for fish farmers.
• Fisheries Cluster Development Program:
Š Standard Operating Procedures (SOPs) were announced
for the development of Production and Processing Clusters
for specialized fisheries such as pearl cultivation,
ornamental fisheries, and seaweed cultivation.
Š This initiative includes establishing three specialized
clusters.
• Climate Resilient Coastal Fishermen Villages: Guidelines
for transforming 100 coastal villages into climate-resilient
communities were released, with an allocation of ₹200 crores
to help them withstand climate impacts.
• Drone Technology for Fish Transportation: A pilot project was
launched to use drone technology for fish transportation,
conducted by the Central Inland Fisheries Research Institute
(CIFRI) located in Kolkata.
• Research and Breeding Centers:
• Key Objective and Blue Revolution Linkage: Š Mandapam Regional Centre was designated as a Centre of
Š PMMSY follows the earlier initiative of the Blue Revolution Excellence for seaweed farming.
Integrated Development and Management Fisheries Š Nucleus Breeding Centres for both marine and inland
Scheme, launched in 2015-16. species were established in collaboration with ICAR-CIFA
Š While the Blue Revolution had an outlay of ₹3,000 crores (Bhubaneswar) and ICAR-CMFRI (Mandapam).
and focused on boosting fish production and productivity, • Fisheries Start-Ups:
PMMSY seeks to address broader challenges across the Š PMMSY aims to promote fisheries start-ups by establishing
fisheries value chain. three incubation centers.

39
Current Affairs Feature Articles
Edition: October 2024

Š The scheme supports 100 fisheries start-ups, along with Š This undermines the stability of marine ecosystems and
cooperatives, FPOs (Farmer Producer Organizations), and negatively affects fishers who rely on predictable fish
SHGs (Self-Help Groups). populations.
• Priority Projects: `721.63 crore has been allocated for priority Š Additional environmental pressures, such as pollution,
projects, including: habitat destruction, and coastal development, further
Š Development of Five Integrated Aqua Parks: These parks degrade marine environments, reducing available
will be established in states such as Assam, Chhattisgarh, habitats for fish and other aquatic species.
Madhya Pradesh, Tripura, and Nagaland. • Socio-Economic Issues:
Š World-Class Fish Markets: These markets will be developed Š The fisheries sector in India consists predominantly of
in Arunachal Pradesh and Assam. small-scale and artisanal fishers, who face a multitude of
Š Smart and Integrated Fishing Harbors: These harbors will socio-economic challenges.
be established in Gujarat, Puducherry, and Daman & Diu. Š Many fishers have low incomes and limited access to
Š Saline Area Aquaculture and Integrated Fish Farming: Over essential financial services such as credit and insurance.
800 hectares have been designated for aquaculture in Š The lack of social security provisions leaves fishing
saline areas across multiple states. communities vulnerable, especially in times of crisis, such
• Safety and Communication for Fishermen: A Vessel as natural disasters or economic downturns.
Communication & Support System, aims to ensure the safety Š There are also significant gender disparities in the sector.
and real-time communication of fishermen through 1 lakh Women, who play a critical role in post-harvest activities
transponders. and small-scale aquaculture, often face marginalization
and limited opportunities for leadership roles or access
Contribution of Fisheries Sector to the Indian Economy:
to resources.
• Socio-Economic Significance:
• Market Access and Value Chain Inefficiencies:
Š The fisheries sector plays a vital role in supporting
Š Despite India's substantial fish production, there are
livelihoods, especially for marginalized communities,
several barriers to accessing domestic and international
providing employment to around 30 million people.
markets.
Š It is a key source of income for those in coastal and rural
Š The sector suffers from poor post-harvest handling,
areas, including small-scale fishers and fish farmers.
leading to spoilage and reduced quality of fish products.
• India’s Global Standing in Fisheries:
Š There is also limited value addition, which reduces the
Š India is the third-largest fish-producing country in the
profitability of fish products for fishers.
world, demonstrating its importance in global fisheries.
Š Inadequate market linkages further hinder fishers from
Š With 175.45 lakh tons of fish production in FY 2022-
reaching lucrative markets, causing losses in potential
23, the sector has established a strong presence both
earnings.
domestically and internationally.
• Contribution to the National Economy: • Illegal, Unreported, and Unregulated (IUU) Fishing:
Š The fisheries sector contributes approximately 1.09% to Š IUU fishing is a major problem that exacerbates overfishing
India’s Gross Value Added (GVA) and more than 6.72% to and threatens the sustainability of the sector.
the agricultural GVA. Š This includes activities such as fishing without the
Š This showcases its role not only in the agriculture sector necessary licenses, using banned gear, and exceeding
but also in boosting overall economic growth and ensuring allowable catch limits.
food security. Š Weak monitoring and surveillance systems make it
challenging for authorities to effectively combat IUU
Challenges Facing India's Fisheries Sector:
fishing, allowing illegal practices to continue unchecked.
• Climate Change and Environmental Degradation:
Š Rising sea temperatures, ocean acidification, and changing Government Initiatives:
currents are significantly impacting marine ecosystems • Fisheries and Aquaculture Infrastructure Development Fund
and fish populations. (FIDF):
Š As sea conditions change, fish species are forced to shift Š Launched in 2018-19, the FIDF aims to support
their distribution patterns, often moving to cooler waters. infrastructure development in the fisheries sector with a
Š Climate change leads to reduced productivity in fisheries, total fund size of ₹7,522.48 crores.
increased vulnerability to diseases, and changes in Š The initiative provides crucial financial support to
breeding cycles. modernize and expand fisheries infrastructure.

40
Feature Articles Current Affairs
Edition: October 2024

Š The scheme includes an interest subvention of up to 3% • Coastal Aquaculture Authority (CAA):


per annum for a 12-year repayment period, which includes Š Objective: To regulate and promote sustainable coastal
a two-year moratorium for repaying the principal amount. aquaculture activities while protecting coastal ecosystems
Š This financial support helps fisheries entrepreneurs from degradation.
and institutions to improve production capabilities and Š Key Functions:
infrastructure. Œ Formulates guidelines for responsible shrimp farming,
• National Fisheries Development Board (NFDB): one of the largest aquaculture industries in India.
Š The NFDB serves as the primary body for planning and Œ Regulates the use of coastal land for aquaculture
promoting fisheries development in India. purposes, ensuring minimal adverse impacts on
Š It plays a pivotal role in ensuring the sustainable growth coastal ecosystems and biodiversity.
of the sector by implementing various programs aimed at Œ Monitors compliance with environmental standards to
boosting fish production and improving infrastructure. prevent pollution, over-extraction of resources, and
Š Primary Functions: habitat destruction caused by unregulated aquaculture
Œ Enhances fish production through modern practices practices.
and the promotion of aquaculture. • Sagar Parikrama Initiative:
Œ Improves post-harvest infrastructure like cold storage, Š Objective: Focused on addressing the socio-economic
processing units, and market linkages. challenges faced by India's fishing communities,
Œ Provides financial and technical assistance to fishers and particularly small-scale and artisanal fishers.
fish farmers, improving their socio-economic conditions. Š Key Components:
• Sagarmala Programme: Œ The initiative aims to resolve challenges such as lack of
Š This is a flagship initiative by the Government of India market access, inadequate infrastructure, and financial
insecurities faced by fishers.
designed to promote port-led development across the
Œ Aligns with fisheries policies like the Pradhan Mantri
maritime sector, including fisheries.
Matsya Sampada Yojana (PMMSY) and Kisan Credit Card
Š Key Initiatives:
(KCC), ensuring that fishers receive necessary financial
Œ Development of fishing harbors and modern fish
support, credit, and insurance.
landing centers.
Œ Outreach and engagement programs under the initiative
Œ Establishment of cold chain infrastructure, ensuring
involve visiting fishing villages, understanding ground-
that fish and seafood can be transported efficiently
level issues, and working with local governments
while maintaining quality.
to provide solutions, including improving access to
Œ Support for the creation of fish processing units and markets and enhancing livelihood opportunities.
clusters, which will enable better value addition and
create more employment opportunities. Way Ahead:
• National Fisheries Policy (2020): • Promote Responsible Fishing: Implement and enforce
Š Objective: To provide a comprehensive framework for the sustainable fishing practices to prevent overfishing and
sustainable development of India's fisheries sector. protect marine ecosystems.
Š Key Focus Areas: • Enhance Aquaculture Techniques: Invest in research and
Œ Responsible Fisheries Management: Implements development of innovative aquaculture practices, including
Integrated Multi-Trophic Aquaculture (IMTA) and biofloc
measures to manage fish stocks sustainably, ensuring
technology.
long-term productivity while avoiding overfishing.
• Support Small-Scale Farmers: Provide financial assistance,
Œ Conservation of Aquatic Biodiversity: The policy
training, and resources to small-scale fish farmers to improve
emphasizes protecting endangered species and
productivity and sustainability.
critical marine ecosystems.
• Improve Cold Chain Facilities: Develop cold storage and
Œ Enhancement of Fish Production: Focuses on improving
transportation infrastructure to minimize post-harvest losses
fish production through technological interventions, and maintain the quality of fish products.
promoting inland aquaculture, and optimizing marine • Modernize Fishing Harbors: Upgrade fishing harbors and
fisheries. landing centers to support efficient processing, storage, and
Œ Improvement in Fishers' Livelihood: The policy aims to distribution of fish.
elevate the socio-economic status of fishers and fish • Facilitate Direct Market Access: Create platforms for fishers
farmers by ensuring better access to financial aid, to directly access markets, reducing reliance on middlemen
markets, and social welfare programs. and increasing their earnings.

41
Current
RELATIVE
Affairs
Economy Feature Articles
Edition: October 2024 ECONOMIC
PERFORMANCE OF INDIAN STATES
Recently, the Economic Advisory Council to the Prime Minister (EAC-PM)
published a paper titled ‘Relative Economic Performance of Indian States: 1960-61 to 2023-24. ’

Indicators for Measuring Relative Economic


Performance of States:
• Share in India’s GDP:
Š This indicator measures the economic importance of each
state in relation to the national economy.
Š It is calculated by dividing a state’s Gross State Domestic
Product (GSDP) by the total GSDP of all states in India.
Š The resulting percentage reflects the state’s contribution
to India’s overall GDP.
• Relative Per Capita Income:
Š This indicator compares a state's per capita income to the
national average.
Š It is calculated as the ratio of a state's per capita Net State
Domestic Product (NSDP) to the all-India per capita Net
• Western States:
National Product (or Net National Income for some years).
Š Maharashtra:
Š This metric does not account for remittances, which
Œ Maharashtra has consistently been a major contributor
could be significant for states like Kerala, Bihar, and
to India’s GDP, maintaining the highest share of the
Uttar Pradesh, potentially affecting their actual per capita
national economy throughout the study period.
income.
Œ Its economic strength is driven by its industrial,
financial, and service sectors, particularly Mumbai,
Key Findings:
which serves as the country's financial hub.
• Southern States:
Š Gujarat:
Š Pre-1991: Historically, southern states—Karnataka, Andhra
Œ Initially, Gujarat’s economic performance was relatively
Pradesh, Telangana, Kerala, and Tamil Nadu—did not
steady, but post-2000, it witnessed rapid growth.
stand out in terms of economic performance before the
Œ Its share of India’s GDP rose from 6.4% in 2000-01 to
economic liberalization in 1991. They were not seen as
8.1% in 2022-23, reflecting the state’s industrial and
exceptional contributors to India’s GDP.
infrastructural progress.
Š Post-1991 Economic Liberalization: The 1991 reforms
Š Per Capita Income: Both Maharashtra and Gujarat have
catalyzed a major transformation in the southern states,
maintained per capita incomes above the national
making them the leading performers in India’s economy.
average since the 1960s. However, Gujarat has seen a
Š By 2023-24, these five southern states collectively particularly sharp rise:
contributed nearly 30% of India's total GDP, marking a Œ By 2023-24, Gujarat’s per capita income was 160.7% of
significant leap in their economic prominence. the national average, surpassing Maharashtra’s 150%.
Š Per Capita Income: These states also saw their per capita Š Goa: Goa’s economic journey is marked by a remarkable
income rise above the national average after 1991, a rise in per capita income, which doubled since 1970-71.
major shift in their economic standing: Œ In 2022-23, Goa's per capita income was nearly three
Œ Telangana: With a relative per capita income of 193.6% times the national average, making it the second
of the national average, Telangana became one of the highest in India, after Sikkim.
highest-earning states in India. • Northern States
Œ Karnataka: Known for its thriving tech industry, Š Delhi: Despite its small size, Delhi’s share of India’s GDP
Karnataka’s per capita income reached 181% of the rose from 1.4% in the early years to 3.6% by 2023-24,
national average. driven by its service-based economy and infrastructure
Œ Tamil Nadu and Kerala: Both states also outperformed, development.
with Tamil Nadu at 171% and Kerala at 152.5% of Š Haryana: Once lagging behind Punjab, Haryana outpaced
the national average, showcasing the impact of its neighbor in both GDP share and per capita income.
industrialization and development in these regions. Œ By 2023-24, Haryana’s relative per capita income

42
Feature Articles Current Affairs
Edition: October 2024

reached 176.8% of the national average, significantly dropped significantly post-bifurcation, reflecting the
higher than Punjab’s. state’s struggle to match national economic growth.
Š Punjab: In contrast, Punjab, once one of India’s most Š Madhya Pradesh (MP):
prosperous states, has faced economic stagnation since Œ Madhya Pradesh, which experienced decades of
the 1990s. economic decline, has shown a turnaround since 2010.
Œ GDP Share and Per Capita Income: Punjab's GDP share, Œ Its relative per capita income increased from 60.1% in
which peaked during the Green Revolution, stagnated 2010-11 to 77.4% in 2023-24, signaling improvements
at around 4.3% until the 1990s, before declining to in industrial growth and infrastructure development.
2.4% in 2023-24.
Œ Its relative per capita income also fell from 169% of the
national average in 1970-71 to just 106.7% in 2023-24.
Œ This decline raises concerns about the state's heavy
reliance on agriculture, possibly leading to a form of
‘Dutch disease’ that hindered its industrial growth.

DUTCH DISEASE
An economic phenomenon wherein both the rapid
development of one sector of the economy and the decline
of other sectors lead to the substantial appreciation of the
domestic currency.

• Eastern States:
Š West Bengal: West Bengal, once a significant economic
player with a 10.5% share of India’s GDP in 1960-61,
• North-Eastern States
has seen a consistent decline. By 2023-24, its share had
Š Sikkim:
reduced to 5.6%.
Œ Sikkim’s economic rise has been exceptional. Its per
Œ Per Capita Income: West Bengal's per capita income
capita income surged from being below the national
also fell behind, dropping from 127.5% of the national
average in 1980-81 to 320% of the national average by
average in 1960-61 to 83.7% in 2023-24. This reflects
2023-24, making it the highest in India.
a failure to keep pace with national economic trends.
Œ This growth is driven by hydroelectric power projects,
Š Bihar: Bihar’s economic performance has been among
tourism, and organic farming.
the weakest, particularly after its bifurcation in 2000. The
Š Assam:
state's per capita income fell sharply from 70.3% of the
Œ Assam’s per capita income, once slightly above the
national average in 1960-61 to just 31% in 2000-01, before
national average (103% in 1960-61), declined to 61.2%
stabilizing at 33%.
in 2010-11.
Œ Remittances: It’s important to note that remittances
Œ However, the state has shown signs of recovery, with
from migrant workers are not captured in these figures,
its relative per capita income increasing to 73.7% in
which might suggest higher actual household incomes,
2023-24, partly due to improvements in industrial and
especially for states like Bihar and UP.
agricultural sectors.
Š Odisha:
Œ Odisha, which experienced a steady decline in per Reasons for Regional Disparities among the States:
capita income from the 1960s to the 1990s, turned • Natural Resources: States with rich natural resources (like
around in the post-liberalization period. minerals, fertile land, water bodies) tend to develop faster.
Œ Its relative per capita income grew from 54.3% in 1990- For example, states like Jharkhand and Chhattisgarh are rich
91 to 88.5% in 2023-24, demonstrating the impact of in minerals, while Punjab and Haryana have fertile land for
economic reforms. agriculture.
• Central States: • Topography: Hilly terrains (like those in the northeastern states
Š Uttar Pradesh (UP): Once the largest economic contributor and parts of Uttarakhand) make infrastructure development
to India’s GDP (14.4% in 1960-61), UP’s share has declined and connectivity challenging, leading to slower economic
steadily over time. In 2023-24, its share stood at 8.4%. growth compared to plains.
Œ Per Capita Income: UP’s per capita income has also • Uneven Industrialization: Industrial development has been

43
Current Affairs Feature Articles
Edition: October 2024

concentrated in a few states like Maharashtra, Gujarat, Tamil


Š The EAC-PM advises the Prime Minister on various
Nadu, and Karnataka, leading to higher growth in these
economic topics, including but not limited to inflation
areas.
management, microfinance policies, and strategies for
Š In contrast, states that were more agriculture-dependent,
improving industrial output.
like Bihar and Uttar Pradesh, lagged behind in industrial
• Periodic Reports: Annual Economic Outlook and Review of
development.
the Economy.
• Green Revolution: The Green Revolution in the 1960s and 70s
primarily benefited states like Punjab, Haryana, and western
Way Forward:
Uttar Pradesh, leading to a regional disparity in agricultural
• Decentralized Planning and Governance:
productivity and rural prosperity.
Š Empower local governments: Strengthen Panchayati Raj
• Connectivity: States with better road, rail, and air connectivity,
Institutions (PRIs) and urban local bodies by devolving
such as Maharashtra, Tamil Nadu, and Gujarat, have attracted
more financial and administrative power to them. This will
more investment and experienced faster economic growth.
enable tailored development initiatives at the grassroots
Remote and hilly regions like the northeast suffer from poor
level.
connectivity.
Š Balanced resource allocation: Ensure that central and
• Education Levels: States with higher literacy rates and better
educational infrastructure, like Kerala, Tamil Nadu, and state funds are allocated equitably, focusing on lagging
Maharashtra, have seen faster socio-economic development regions like the northeastern states, backward districts,
compared to states with low literacy levels, such as Bihar and and tribal areas.
Jharkhand. • Investment in Infrastructure:
• State Governance: States with more effective governance, Š Improve transportation networks: Prioritize the
transparent policies, and better management of resources development of roads, railways, and air connectivity in
tend to develop faster. underdeveloped regions, especially in the northeast and
Š Examples include states like Tamil Nadu and Gujarat, which central India.
have attracted more investments due to better governance. Š Enhance digital infrastructure: Expand access to high-
• Agriculture Dependence: States that remain primarily speed internet in rural and remote areas to facilitate better
dependent on agriculture, like Bihar and Odisha, face slower education, healthcare, and economic opportunities.
economic diversification and growth compared to states that • Educational and Skill Development Initiatives:
have developed strong industrial and service sectors. Š Focus on vocational training: Create skill development
• Investment Patterns: States like Maharashtra, Karnataka, and programs tailored to the needs of different regions,
Tamil Nadu attract more foreign and domestic investments enabling people to engage in local employment
due to better infrastructure, favorable policies, and skilled opportunities like agriculture, tourism, or industry.
labor, leading to faster economic growth. Š Invest in quality education: Strengthen the educational
Š Conversely, less developed states fail to attract significant infrastructure in backward regions through better schools,
investments. teacher training, and scholarships for underprivileged
children.
ECONOMIC ADVISORY COUNCIL TO • Regional Economic Corridors:
THE PRIME MINISTER (EAC-PM) Š Develop regional economic corridors that connect less
• Nature: developed regions to urban centers and ports. This can
Š It is an independent advisory body that is non- stimulate economic growth by improving trade, mobility,
constitutional and non-statutory. and employment.
Š It is formed specifically to provide expert advice on Š Example: The Eastern Economic Corridor could help boost
economic and related matters to the Government of economic activity in states like Bihar, Odisha, and West
India, particularly to the Prime Minister. Bengal.
• Primary Role and Purpose: • Private Sector Participation:
Š The council's main function is to offer neutral and Š Encourage private sector investment in backward areas
unbiased economic insights to the government. through public-private partnerships (PPPs) in sectors like
Š By doing so, it helps the government focus on critical education, healthcare, and infrastructure.
economic issues from a non-partisan perspective, Š Provide incentives for businesses to engage in Corporate
enabling sound decision-making. Social Responsibility (CSR) activities aimed at developing
underprivileged regions.

44
INDIA TOPS
Environment Feature Articles Current Affairs
Edition: October 2024

PLASTIC POLLUTION RANKINGS


Recently, a study published in the journal Nature revealed that India accounts for one-fifth of global plastic pollution.

Key Highlights: comprehensive waste collection and controlled disposal


• Plastic Waste Generation: systems.
Š India generates approximately 9.3 million tonnes of plastic • Per-Capita Emissions and Global Comparisons:
waste annually. Š The inadequacies in local and national waste management
Š Out of this total, 5.8 million tonnes are incinerated (it is a systems become more pronounced when assessed on a
waste treatment process that involves burning waste materials per-capita basis.
in a furnace to destroy contaminants and reduce waste volume), Š For instance, while China ranks as the fourth-largest
while 3.5 million tonnes are released into the environment absolute emitter of plastic waste, it falls to 153rd when
as debris. considering per-capita emissions.
Š This figure places India among the top contributors to Š India, on the other hand, ranks first in absolute emissions
global plastic pollution, significantly higher than other but 127th on a per-capita basis.
Š This disparity reflects the impact of population size rather
countries such as Nigeria (3.5 million tonnes), Indonesia (3.4
than the effectiveness of waste management systems.
million tonnes), and China (2.8 million tonnes).
Š Despite having some of the most substantial populations,
Š The waste generation rate in India is approximately 0.12
both China and India face significant challenges in waste
kilograms per capita per day, reflecting a considerable
management, with over 100 countries exhibiting even
environmental challenge that needs urgent attention.
poorer waste management provisions.
Š The growing population, which is increasingly becoming
• Sources of Plastic Emissions:
affluent, leads to a significant increase in waste generation.
Š In high-income countries, littering represents the largest
Š The country has a severe disparity in waste management source of plastic emissions, contributing to 53% of debris
infrastructure. Dumping sites outnumber sanitary landfills emissions and 49% of all plastic emissions in the Global
by a ratio of 10 to 1, leading to uncontrolled land disposal North.
practices. Š Additionally, mismanagement of rejects from plastic sorting
Š Although India claims to have a 95% national waste and recycling systems globally contributes an estimated
collection coverage, evidence suggests that this figure does 1 million tonnes per year of plastic waste emissions,
not adequately account for rural areas, open burning of indicating that this source, while previously emphasized in
uncollected waste, or waste managed by the informal sector. research, is comparatively minor in the broader context of
Œ The actual waste collection average is closer to 81%. plastic pollution.
• Global North-South Divide:
Š The issue of plastic waste is exacerbated by a pronounced Criticism of Current Research:
• Narrow Focus: Critics argue that the studies often
global divide in emissions sources.
overemphasize waste management solutions while
Š Countries in Southern Asia, Sub-Saharan Africa, and
neglecting the critical need to reduce plastic production at
Southeastern Asia experience the highest levels of plastic
the source.
waste emissions.
• Misplaced Priorities: This focus on downstream solutions
Š In the Global South, including India, there is a reliance on
might divert attention from essential upstream strategies,
open burning for waste management due to inadequate
such as phasing out single-use plastics.
infrastructure, leading to greater environmental harm.
• Industry Support: The endorsement of such studies by
Š Conversely, countries in the Global North utilize controlled plastics industry groups raises concerns about prioritizing
waste disposal systems, resulting in less unmanaged waste. industry interests over broader environmental goals.
• Disparity Between High and Low-Income Countries: • Undermining Comprehensive Solutions: The predominant
Š Globally, 69%, or 35.7 million tonnes, of plastic waste focus on waste management could weaken comprehensive
emissions originate from just 20 countries. efforts aimed at addressing issues related to production and
Š In the Global South, the predominant source of plastic recycling of plastic materials.
pollution is from open burning practices, while in the Global
North, a significant portion stems from uncontrolled debris. Concerns of Plastic Pollution:
Š High-income countries, despite generating more plastic • Plastics are hard to eradicate due to their slow decomposition
waste, do not rank among the top polluters due to their rate in natural ecosystems.

45
Current Affairs Feature Articles
Edition: October 2024

• Plastics break down into their smaller units called Š Additionally, the burning of plastic waste releases toxic
microplastics, which find their way across the planet, from the pollutants into the atmosphere, exacerbating air quality
depths of the Pacific Ocean to the heights of the Himalayas. issues and harming ecosystems.
• BPA or Bisphenol A, the chemical which is used to harden the • Public Health Concerns:
plastic contaminates food and drinks, causing alterations
Š The presence of microplastics in water and food sources
in liver function, fetal development in pregnant women, the
poses potential long-term health risks to humans.
reproductive system and brain function.
Š Microplastics can infiltrate the food chain, leading to
• Plastic, which is a petroleum product, also contributes to
their ingestion by humans, which raises concerns about
global warming. If plastic waste is incinerated, it releases
various health effects.
toxic fumes and carbon dioxide into the atmosphere.
• Plastic waste damages the aesthetic value of tourist Š Furthermore, plastic waste creates breeding grounds for
destinations, leading to decreased tourism-related incomes disease vectors, such as mosquitoes, thereby increasing
and major economic costs related to the cleaning and the risk of diseases like dengue and malaria.
maintenance of the sites. Š The act of burning plastic also emits harmful substances
that can adversely affect respiratory health, contributing
Concerns for Plastic Waste in India: to a public health crisis.
• Environmental Degradation:
• Economic Challenges:
Š Plastic debris clogs waterways, leading to flooding and
Š According to a report by the Federation of Indian
increasing marine pollution.
Chambers of Commerce & Industry (FICCI), India could
Š The ingestion of plastic by marine life poses a serious
face a staggering loss of over USD 133 billion in material
threat to biodiversity, as it can result in injury or death to
aquatic organisms. value related to plastic packaging by 2030.

46
Feature Articles Current Affairs
Edition: October 2024

Š Of this, uncollected plastic packaging waste alone Š This initiative aims to ensure that plastic waste is managed
accounts for approximately USD 68 billion in losses. This in an environmentally sound manner, reducing its impact
economic impact highlights the financial repercussions of on ecosystems and human health.
plastic waste mismanagement on the economy.
• Regulatory and Enforcement Challenges: Initiatives taken by the Government:
• Extended Producer Responsibility (EPR):
Š The inconsistent enforcement of existing plastic waste
regulations, along with issues related to the Extended Š The government has implemented Extended Producer

Producer Responsibility (EPR) system, complicates efforts Responsibility (EPR), which holds plastic manufacturers

to manage plastic waste sustainably. accountable for managing and disposing of the waste
generated from their products.
Š Without strong regulatory frameworks and compliance,
achieving effective waste management remains a Š This policy encourages manufacturers to design products

significant hurdle. that are easier to recycle and reduce overall plastic waste.

• Microplastic Pollution in Agriculture: • Plastic Waste Management (Amendment) Rules, 2022:

Š The use of plastic in agriculture, combined with inadequate Š It prohibits the manufacture, import, stocking, distribution,

wastewater treatment, contributes to the accumulation of sale, and use of plastic carry bags that have a thickness

microplastics in soil. of less than 120 microns.

Š This accumulation can have detrimental effects on soil Š This regulation aims to reduce the prevalence of thin

health, impacting crop productivity and food safety. plastic bags, which are often not recyclable and contribute
significantly to pollution.
Š As microplastics infiltrate agricultural systems, addressing
their source and prevalence is critical for sustainable • Swachh Bharat Abhiyan:

agricultural practices. Š The Swachh Bharat Abhiyan (Clean India Mission) is a


national cleanliness campaign that encompasses the
Global Efforts in Tackling Plastic Waste: collection and disposal of plastic waste.
• London Convention: Š Launched in 2014, this initiative promotes sanitation
Š The 1972 Convention on the Prevention of Marine Pollution and waste management across urban and rural areas,
by Dumping Wastes and Other Matter, commonly known emphasizing the importance of clean surroundings and
as the London Convention, was established to prevent responsible waste disposal.
marine pollution caused by the dumping of wastes, • Plastic Parks:
including plastics, into the oceans. Š India has established Plastic Parks, which are specialized
Š This treaty sets forth guidelines to protect marine industrial zones dedicated to the recycling and processing
environments and promote sustainable practices in waste of plastic waste.
disposal. Š These parks provide the necessary infrastructure
• Clean Seas Campaign: and support for businesses engaged in plastic waste
Š Launched by the United Nations Environment Programme management, facilitating innovation and the development
(UNEP) in 2017, the Clean Seas Campaign has become the of sustainable practices within the industry.
largest global initiative aimed at raising awareness about • Project REPLAN (Recycling Plastic for a Cleaner Environment):
plastic pollution and marine litter. An initiative aimed at enhancing plastic waste management
Š This campaign mobilizes governments, businesses, and through innovative recycling methods.
citizens to take action against plastic waste, promoting Š The project focuses on creating sustainable recycling
solutions to reduce plastic usage and improve waste solutions that minimize the environmental impact of plastic
management practices worldwide. pollution while promoting community engagement and
• Basel Convention: participation.
Š In 2019, the Basel Convention was amended to include • Beach Clean-Up Drives:
plastic waste as a regulated material. Š The government, along with various non-governmental
Š This amendment establishes stringent controls on the organizations (NGOs), has organized beach clean-up drives
movement of plastic waste across borders. to collect and dispose of plastic waste from coastal areas.
Š The Convention now includes three main entries on plastic Š These initiatives not only aim to clean beaches but also
wastes in Annex II, VIII, and IX, making the Plastic Waste raise awareness about the importance of reducing plastic
Amendments binding on 186 states. pollution and protecting marine ecosystems.

47
Current Affairs
Environment JAL SANCHAY
Edition: October 2024
Feature Articles

JAN BHAGIDARI INITIATIVE


Recently, the Prime Minister launched the 'Jal Sanchay Jan Bhagidari' initiative
aimed at improving rainwater harvesting and promoting long-term water sustainability.

About: Significance:
• Overview: • Water Conservation:
Š The Jal Sanchay Jan Bhagidari initiative is a significant Š Collecting rainwater significantly reduces the demand on
program aimed at enhancing water sustainability in the local water supplies, contributing to the conservation of
state through the construction of approximately 24,800 freshwater resources.
rainwater harvesting structures. Š This practice is essential in areas facing water scarcity, as
Š This initiative focuses on community involvement and it helps maintain available water for various uses.
ownership, ensuring that local populations are engaged • Reduced Stormwater Runoff:
in the conservation of water resources. Š Harvesting rainwater effectively decreases the volume of
• Objectives: runoff, leading to reduced soil erosion and a lower risk of
Š Enhance Rainwater Harvesting: The program seeks to flooding.
improve the infrastructure for collecting and storing Š By managing stormwater more efficiently, this practice
rainwater, contributing to long-term water sustainability in minimizes the adverse effects on local waterways and
the region. ecosystems, promoting environmental health.
Š Promote Community Partnership: By emphasizing • Groundwater Recharge:
community participation, the initiative aims to foster Š Many rainwater harvesting systems are designed to
a sense of ownership and responsibility among local facilitate the natural infiltration of harvested rainwater
residents towards water conservation. back into the ground.
• Approach: Š This process helps recharge groundwater supplies and
Š The initiative is driven by a whole-of-society and whole- maintain the water table, ensuring the sustainability of
of-government approach, ensuring collaboration across local aquifers.
various sectors and stakeholders. • Reduced Infrastructure Strain:
Š This integrated method enhances the effectiveness of the Š By lessening the demand on municipal water systems,
program and promotes a collective effort towards water rainwater harvesting alleviates the pressure on existing
sustainability. water infrastructure.
• Rainwater Harvesting: Rainwater harvesting refers to the Š This reduction can delay the need for costly upgrades
collection and storage of rainwater runoff from surfaces such and expansions, making it a cost-effective strategy for
as rooftops, parks, roads, and open grounds. This practice is water management.
vital for managing water resources effectively, particularly in • Emergency Supply: In times of drought or natural disasters,
areas facing water scarcity. having a reserve of harvested rainwater becomes crucial
Š Components of Rainwater Harvesting Systems: for maintaining water supply for essential needs. This
Œ Catchment Area: The surface from which rainwater practice provides a reliable backup source of water during
is collected, typically rooftops or other impermeable emergencies, enhancing community resilience.
surfaces. • Sustainability: As climate change continues to affect water
Œ Conveyance System: A network of pipes or channels availability, rainwater harvesting emerges as a relevant
that transports harvested rainwater from the catchment sustainable practice. It serves as a buffer against the
area to the storage or recharge zones. variability in rainfall and water supply, ensuring communities
Œ First Flush System: A mechanism designed to flush out can adapt to changing environmental conditions.
the initial rainfall, which may contain contaminants,
ensuring that only cleaner water is collected. Government Initiatives to Tackle Shortage of Water in
Œ Filter: A device used to remove pollutants from the India:
collected rainwater before storage. • National Water Mission:
Œ Storage Tanks and Recharge Structures: Facilities for Š It aims to conserve water, minimize wastage, and ensure
storing harvested rainwater or recharging it back into equitable distribution across states through integrated
the groundwater system. water resource development and management.

48
Feature Articles Current Affairs
Edition: October 2024

Š Key initiatives under this mission include: interventions: rainwater harvesting, renovation of traditional
Œ "Sahi Fasal" Campaign: This initiative encourages water bodies, reuse and recharge of bore wells, watershed
farmers to cultivate water-efficient crops and use water development, and intensive afforestation.
more judiciously in agriculture, promoting demand-side Š "Jal Shakti Abhiyan: Catch the Rain" (JSA): Initiated in 2021,
management. this campaign encourages rainwater harvesting and
Œ “Water Talk” Seminar Series: This monthly seminar series conservation, targeting all blocks in rural and urban areas
fosters dialogue and information sharing on various across the country with similar focused interventions as
water-related topics, aiming to create awareness, JSA-I.
build stakeholder capacity, and encourage active • Interlinking of Rivers (ILR): The National Water Development
participation in water conservation efforts. Agency (NWDA) has been entrusted with the work of inter-
• Atal Bhujal Yojana: linking of rivers under the National Perspective Plan (NPP).
Š Launched on April 1, 2020, the Atal Bhujal Yojana is a Central Š NPP has two components, viz. , Himalayan Rivers
Sector Scheme focusing on community participation, Development Component and Peninsular Rivers
demand-side interventions, and the convergence of existing Development Component.
schemes for sustainable groundwater management. Š 30 link projects have been identified under NPP.
Š It is implemented in seven states: Gujarat, Haryana,
Way Forward:
Karnataka, Madhya Pradesh, Maharashtra, Rajasthan,
• Enforce Water Conservation Policies: Develop and enforce
and Uttar Pradesh.
policies that promote water conservation practices, including
• Har Khet Ko Pani (HKKP):
regulations on water usage for agriculture, industry, and
Š This initiative, a component of the Pradhan Mantri Krishi domestic purposes. Strengthen penalties for violations to
Sinchai Yojana (PMKSY), aims to revive irrigation potential ensure compliance.
through the repair, renovation, and restoration of water • Incentives for Water-Saving Technologies: Offer subsidies or
bodies. tax incentives for the adoption of water-efficient technologies
Š The program enhances tank storage capacity and and practices in agriculture, industry, and households.
addresses objectives such as groundwater recharge, Promote innovative solutions like drip irrigation and smart
increased availability of drinking water, and improvement water management systems.
of catchments in tank commands. • Wastewater Treatment: Promote the treatment and reuse of
• Atal Mission for Rejuvenation and Urban Transformation (AMRUT): wastewater for irrigation, industrial processes, and toilet
Š Launched on June 25, 2015, AMRUT focuses on flushing to reduce the demand for freshwater. Invest in
developing basic urban infrastructure in selected cities advanced wastewater treatment infrastructure.
and towns across India. • Greywater Systems: Encourage households to install
Š The mission covers areas such as water supply, sewerage greywater systems that allow the recycling of water from
and septage management, stormwater drainage, green sinks, showers, and laundry for landscape irrigation. Provide
spaces, and non-motorized urban transport. technical guidance and financial support for installation.
Š Originally set for five years, it has been extended to • Local Water Management Committees: Establish community-
complete ongoing projects. based water management committees to involve local
• Jal Jeevan Mission-Har Ghar Jal: populations in decision-making processes related to
Š Since August 2019, this mission aims to provide every rural water conservation efforts. Facilitate regular meetings for
household with potable water through tap connections, transparency and accountability.
delivering at least 55 liters per capita per day of quality • Participatory Conservation Projects: Engage communities
water on a regular and long-term basis by 2024. in water conservation projects, such as watershed
Š As of February, 2023, around 11.10 Crore (57%) of the management and river clean-up initiatives, to foster a
19.36 Crore rural households in India have received tap sense of ownership and responsibility. Provide training and
water connections, a significant increase from 3.23 Crore resources for local leaders.
(17%) at the mission's launch. • Adaptation Measures: Develop strategies that incorporate
• Jal Shakti Abhiyan: water conservation into broader climate resilience plans,
Š Jal Shakti Abhiyan-I (JSA-I): Launched in 2019, this initiative ensuring that communities are prepared for changes in
targets water conservation and resource management water availability due to climate change. Prioritize drought-
in 256 water-stressed districts, focusing on five key resistant crop varieties.

49
Current Affairs
Environment Feature Articles
Edition: October 2024

MAN ANIMAL CONFLICT


Recently, the Uttar Pradesh government launched 'Operation Bhediya' to capture
the wolves responsible for seven deaths in Bahraich to address Man Animal Conflict.

About: Š In other cases, local beliefs may either protect or vilify


• Human-animal conflict refers to interactions between humans certain species, influencing how communities interact
and wildlife that lead to negative outcomes for either side, with animals.
such as injury, death, or damage to property and ecosystems. • Infrastructure Development: The construction of highways,
• In many rural and forested areas of India, human-wildlife railways, and industrial zones through wildlife habitats disrupts
conflicts are becoming increasingly common. animal movement patterns, increases roadkill, and can lead to
Š As human populations expand and agriculture extends aggressive encounters between animals and humans.
into wildlife territories, animals such as tigers, elephants,
leopards, and wolves stray into human settlements, often ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
leading to fatal encounters. • Elephant and Human Conflicts:
• A series of wolf attacks in Uttar Pradesh's Bahraich district Š Elephant-related incidents: Between 2015 and 2020,
has created significant alarm. elephants were responsible for about 2,300 human
Š The attacks have resulted in the deaths of at least 10 deaths across India.
people, with over 35 others injured. Œ In response, more than 500 elephants were killed due
to conflict with humans, either through electrocution,
Key Causes: poisoning, or retaliation.
• Habitat Loss and Fragmentation: Rapid urbanization, Š Crop damage: Elephants cause extensive damage to
deforestation, and agricultural expansion reduce the natural crops, particularly in states like Assam, Odisha, and
habitats of animals, forcing them into closer contact with Karnataka.
human populations.
Œ Each year, about 500,000 hectares of crops are
Š This can lead to attacks on livestock or even people, as estimated to be damaged by elephants.
animals seek food or territory.
• Tiger Attacks:
• Human Encroachment: As humans build homes, farms, and
Š India is home to about 70% of the world’s tigers, and
roads closer to wildlife habitats, the boundary between
human-tiger conflicts have increased in recent years.
human and animal spaces blurs.
Between 2014 and 2019, there were 225 tiger-related
Š This increases the chances of animals like elephants, human deaths reported.
tigers, and leopards entering villages or towns, sometimes
Œ States like Maharashtra and Uttarakhand have been
causing damage or posing threats to people.
especially affected.
• Competition for Resources: When food or water becomes
Š Tiger attacks often lead to retaliatory killings. In some
scarce in natural habitats, wildlife may venture into human-
regions, 50-60 tigers are estimated to have been killed
dominated areas to find these resources, causing conflicts.
annually during the same period.
• Climate Change: Shifts in climate patterns can alter the
• Leopard Conflicts:
availability of food and water sources for animals, pushing
Š Leopards are highly adaptive and frequently enter
them into human environments.
human settlements. Between 2010 and 2020, over 500
• Revenge or Retaliatory Killing: In many cases, local
human deaths were attributed to leopard attacks in India.
communities respond to wildlife attacks on livestock by
Š In urban regions like Mumbai, leopards are known to
hunting or killing the animals, exacerbating the conflict and
attack domestic animals and livestock, creating regular
potentially reducing already endangered populations.
conflict.
• Agricultural Expansion: The spread of agricultural land into
previously wild areas displaces wildlife, particularly in regions Implications of Human Animal Conflict:
where fertile land overlaps with wildlife corridors. • Human Losses
Š This results in crop raids by herbivores like elephants, and Š Fatalities and Injuries: Human-wildlife conflicts lead to
increased predation of livestock by large carnivores. significant human casualties, especially in rural areas.
• Cultural and Traditional Practices: In some regions, cultural In India, conflicts with animals like elephants, tigers,
practices such as hunting, or the gathering of forest products, leopards, and wolves result in hundreds of deaths and
bring humans into close contact with wildlife. injuries each year.

50
Feature Articles Current Affairs
Edition: October 2024

Š Psychological and Social Impacts: Frequent encounters


GOVERNMENT INITIATIVES
with dangerous animals create fear and anxiety in affected
communities. • Project Elephant and Project Tiger:
Œ This can lead to social unrest, displacement, and a Š Project Elephant: Launched in 1992, Project Elephant
breakdown of the relationship between humans and focuses on protecting elephants and reducing human-
the natural world. elephant conflict, particularly in states like Assam,
• Economic Impact: Karnataka, and Odisha. The project includes habitat
Š Crop and Livestock Losses: Wildlife such as elephants and restoration, securing elephant corridors, and installing
wild boars damage crops, while carnivores like tigers, early warning systems.
leopards, and wolves prey on livestock. Š Project Tiger: Under Project Tiger, the government has
Œ These damages can lead to significant financial losses set up Tiger Reserves to protect tiger populations and
for farmers, creating economic instability, especially in their prey base.
rural areas dependent on agriculture. Œ This includes the relocation of villages from
Š Cost of Mitigation: Governments often pay large sums critical tiger habitats, strengthening anti-poaching
in compensation for crop damage and livestock loss. measures, and promoting community participation in
Additionally, efforts to manage conflicts, such as creating conservation.
wildlife corridors, using fencing, or relocating animals, • Compensation Schemes:
require substantial financial investments. Š Compensation for Crop and Property Damage: Farmers
• Impact on Wildlife: receive compensation for crops damaged by wildlife
Š Retaliatory Killings: When humans lose livestock or crops, like elephants, wild boars, and nilgai.
they often resort to killing wildlife in retaliation, either Œ In states like Karnataka, compensation schemes are
through poisoning, hunting, or electrocution. This poses a available for losses related to wildlife attacks.
major threat to endangered species like tigers, leopards, Š Compensation for Human Injuries and Deaths: In cases
and elephants, disrupting conservation efforts. of human injury or death due to wildlife attacks, the
Š Habitat Displacement: Continued human encroachment government provides monetary support to the victims’
and the destruction of natural habitats push animals into families.
human settlements, leading to more frequent conflicts. Œ States like Maharashtra have structured
The fragmentation of habitats also threatens wildlife compensation programs for this purpose.
populations by limiting their natural range and reducing • Creation of Wildlife Corridors: To reduce animal movement
genetic diversity. through human-inhabited areas, the Indian government
• Biodiversity and Ecosystem Imbalance: has focused on developing wildlife corridors, especially
Š Loss of Key Species: The killing of apex predators (like for large animals like elephants and tigers. These corridors
tigers) or keystone species (like elephants) can disrupt are designed to allow safe movement between fragmented
the ecological balance, leading to overpopulation of habitats, reducing the likelihood of human encounters.
certain species and the degradation of ecosystems. • Use of Technology and Early Warning Systems:
Š Threats to Conservation: Human-wildlife conflicts can Š GPS Tracking and Monitoring: Animals such as elephants
reduce public support for conservation projects. In are fitted with GPS collars to monitor their movements
regions where wildlife is viewed as a threat, conservation and prevent their entry into human settlements.
efforts may face resistance from local communities, Œ In states like Assam and West Bengal, early warning
hindering efforts to protect biodiversity. systems have been established to alert villages when
• Social and Cultural Implications: elephants are nearby.
Š Changes in Livelihoods: Repeated wildlife incursions into Š Drones and Camera Traps: The use of drones and camera
farming areas can force people to change their agricultural traps helps monitor wildlife movements in conflict-
practices or even abandon farming altogether. prone areas, enabling authorities to take precautionary
Œ This disrupts traditional livelihoods, particularly in measures before animals reach human settlements.
indigenous and rural communities.
Š Loss of Cultural Tolerance: Historically, many communities Strategies to Mitigate Human-Animal Conflict:
in India have coexisted with wildlife. • Habitat Management and Conservation:
Œ However, as conflicts escalate, there is a growing shift Š Wildlife Corridors: Establishing and maintaining wildlife
in attitudes toward wildlife, with less tolerance and an corridors allows animals to move freely between habitats
increase in negative perceptions of animals. without crossing into human settlements.

51
Current Affairs Feature Articles
Edition: October 2024

Œ In India, corridors for species like elephants and tigers • Infrastructure Planning:
can reduce encounters with humans by providing safer Š Eco-friendly Infrastructure: Roads, railways, and other
migratory routes. infrastructure should be designed to accommodate
Š Protected Areas and Buffer Zones: Expanding and wildlife movement.
enforcing protected areas while creating buffer zones Œ Underpasses and overpasses for animals allow safe
around human settlements reduces the risk of conflict. passage across human structures and can reduce
Œ Buffer zones can act as transitional areas where human roadkill and collisions. Elevated roads in protected
activity is regulated to prevent wildlife encroachment. areas are a prime example.
• Community-Based Solutions: Š Sustainable Land Use Planning: Developing areas near
Š Engaging Local Communities: Involving local communities wildlife habitats requires careful planning to minimize
in wildlife conservation efforts ensures that they have a conflicts.
stake in protecting wildlife. Œ This can include zoning laws that prevent settlements
Œ Training communities in conflict management and too close to forests and wildlife reserves.
educating them on wildlife behavior can help reduce
negative encounters. INDIAN WOLVES
Š Compensation and Insurance Programs: Governments can
• Feeding Habits:
implement compensation schemes to reimburse farmers
Š Indian wolves are primarily known as scavengers, often
for crop and livestock losses.
preying on dead livestock.
Œ Insurance schemes can also provide financial support
to communities affected by wildlife, reducing retaliatory Š However, they can also feed on live livestock when their
killings. natural prey becomes scarce.
• Technological Solutions: Š This opportunistic feeding behavior has been linked to
Š Early Warning Systems: GPS collars, drones, and camera their adaptability in various environments.
traps can be used to track and monitor wildlife movements. • History of Preying on Humans:
Œ Early warning systems can alert communities when Š While their primary diet consists of smaller animals,
animals are approaching, allowing them to take Indian wolves have a concerning history of preying on
preventive measures. Such systems are already being children, particularly in rural areas where human-wolf
used for elephants in some parts of India. interactions are more common.
Š Fencing and Deterrents: The use of non-lethal deterrents Š This predatory behavior poses significant challenges to
like electric fencing, beehive fences, or sound alarms can communities living near wolf habitats.
prevent wildlife from entering human areas. • Population Estimates:
Œ In places where elephants are frequent crop raiders, Š The exact population of Indian wolves remains uncertain,
beehive fences have been successful in keeping them with estimates suggesting that there are between
away from farms. 2,000 and 3,000 individuals spread across several
• Sustainable Agricultural Practices: states, including Rajasthan, Gujarat, Maharashtra, and
Š Crop Diversification: Planting crops that are less attractive Karnataka.
to wildlife can reduce the likelihood of crop raiding. For
Š The population is relatively fragmented, which can
example, crops like chili and citrus are less likely to be
complicate conservation efforts.
targeted by animals such as elephants.
• Conservation Status: According to the International Union
Š Agroforestry: Integrating trees and wildlife-friendly plants
for Conservation of Nature (IUCN), the Indian wolf is
into agricultural landscapes provides habitat for wildlife
classified as Least Concern.
while reducing their need to venture into crop fields.
• Legal Protection:
• Animal Translocation and Population Management:
Š In India, wolves are classified as Schedule-I species
Š Translocation of Problem Animals: In cases where a
under the Wildlife Protection Act of 1972.
specific animal poses a threat, relocating it to a less
populated area can be an effective solution. Š This categorization offers them significant legal protection,
Œ This is frequently done with problem leopards or tigers aiming to conserve their populations and habitats amid
in India. However, translocation must be done carefully increasing human encroachment and conflict.
to ensure the animal's survival and avoid stress. Š Chief wildlife warden of a state has the authority to permit
Š Sterilization Programs: Controlling populations of certain hunting of such animals becoming dangerous to human
animals, such as monkeys, through sterilization programs life or disabled or diseased beyond recovery, under
has been successful in some urban areas of India. Section 11 (1) (a) of the Wildlife (Protection) Act, 1972.

52
Geography Feature Articles Current Affairs
Edition: October 2024

DELAY IN LA NINA PHASE OF ENSO


Recently, all major global meteorological agencies have significantly miscalculated their forecasts for La Nina in 2024.

About: warmer water toward the western Pacific, allowing cooler


• Definition: water to rise to the surface in the east.
Š La Niña, meaning "The Little Girl" in Spanish, is one of the Š This upwelling of cold, nutrient-rich water supports marine
three phases of the El Niño Southern Oscillation (ENSO), ecosystems and influences weather patterns.
a climate phenomenon that significantly influences global • La Niña Characteristics:
weather and climate patterns. Š During La Niña, these trade winds intensify, pushing
Š It is known as the cool phase of ENSO, contrasted by the El even more warm water toward the western Pacific, which
Niño (the warm phase) and the neutral phase. results in a more significant cooling of the eastern Pacific
• ENSO and Its Cycles: than usual.
Š ENSO is characterized by irregular cycles ranging from Š This cooling leads to shifts in global weather patterns.
two to seven years, with no fixed timing. Š In La Niña years, regions like the eastern Pacific experience
Š It is driven by fluctuations in sea surface temperatures below-average sea surface temperatures, while the western
across the tropical Pacific Ocean, caused by interactions Pacific warms up further.
between the ocean and atmosphere. Š This phase amplifies atmospheric pressure differences,
Š These changes can disrupt atmospheric circulation, causing cascading effects on weather systems.
leading to large-scale impacts on weather across different • Effects of La Niña on Global Weather:
continents. Š In India, La Niña enhances monsoon activity, often leading
• Neutral Phase: to heavier rainfall during the monsoon season, benefiting
Š During the neutral phase of ENSO, a balance exists in the agriculture but also increasing the risk of floods.
temperature of ocean waters. In the eastern Pacific (near Š In Southeast Asia and Australia, La Niña leads to
South America’s northwest coast), waters remain relatively wetter conditions, contributing to increased rainfall and
cool compared to the western Pacific (around Indonesia sometimes extreme flooding.
and the Philippines), which stays warmer. Š In contrast, southern Africa can experience wetter and
Š The temperature difference is maintained by prevailing cooler conditions, while northern South America tends to
trade winds, which blow from east to west, pushing have above-average rainfall.

53
Current Affairs Feature Articles
Edition: October 2024

Š However, La Niña causes droughts in certain regions, Reasons behind delay in La Nina Phase:
such as the southern United States, Chile, and southern • Initial forecasts from global weather models predicted that La
Brazil, as the shift in ocean temperatures alters moisture Nina conditions would begin around July 2024. However, by
distribution. mid-July, it became evident that La Nina's onset was delayed,
• El Nino in Contrast: prompting revisions in meteorological predictions.
Š El Nino, the warm phase of ENSO, occurs when trade • The delay in La Nina's onset is primarily attributed to its
winds weaken, causing warm waters to accumulate expected mild intensity. Weather models are generally more
along the eastern Pacific coast, particularly around South accurate in detecting strong ENSO signals, but predicting
America. weaker La Nina or El Niño events is more challenging.
Š This results in warmer sea surface temperatures, disrupting • Several atmospheric and oceanic factors influence predictions,
global atmospheric patterns and typically leading to drier including variations in surface and subsurface conditions
conditions in regions like India and Southeast Asia. across the Pacific Ocean.
Š The disruption caused by El Nino often leads to reduced • These factors are sensitive to inter-seasonal variability,
monsoon rainfall in India, increased drought risk, and meaning that winds, pressure systems, and other weather
sometimes devastating impacts on agriculture. patterns can fluctuate unpredictably.
• Recent ENSO Events: • A key factor affecting the Pacific climate is the Madden-Julian
Š The most recent El Nino event occurred between June Oscillation (MJO), an eastward-moving band of rain-bearing
2023 and May 2024. winds and clouds.
Š This was significant as it followed one of the longest Š The MJO's movement interacts with ENSO phases,
recorded La Nina episodes that lasted from 2020 to 2023. complicating the prediction of La Niña’s precise timing.
Š This extended La Nina phase led to severe weather
Way Forward:
changes, including prolonged monsoon activity in India,
• Develop Multi-Model Ensembles: Combine different climate
cooler-than-normal sea temperatures in the eastern
models to enhance prediction reliability, taking into account
Pacific, and above-average rainfall in Southeast Asia and
diverse global conditions and possible scenarios. Use
Australia.
statistical techniques to refine model outputs and reduce
• Impact of Climate Change:
uncertainties.
Š Climate change has intensified the impacts of both El Nino
• Increase Regional Climate Research: Invest in region-specific
and La Nina phases.
studies to understand local impacts of La Niña, since effects
Š Rising global temperatures are contributing to more
can vary by geography. Focus on areas particularly vulnerable
frequent and severe weather events, such as stronger
to extreme weather, like drought-prone or flood-prone regions.
storms, heavier rainfall, and extended droughts.
• Strengthen Collaboration: Encourage greater collaboration
Š Studies suggest that as the planet warms, the variability
between regional meteorological agencies, global institutions,
of ENSO phases may increase, making weather patterns
and research organizations to share knowledge and improve
more unpredictable and extreme.
forecasting precision. Promote data-sharing platforms and
• Global Implications of La Nina:
joint research initiatives.
Š Agriculture:
• Track Ocean-Atmosphere Interactions: Regularly monitor key
Œ Changes in rainfall patterns can lead to crop failures in phenomena like the El Niño–Southern Oscillation (ENSO) and
some regions while benefiting others. Madden-Julian Oscillation (MJO), which influence La Niña’s
Œ For example, while India’s agriculture may benefit from development. Use satellite data for real-time observation of
increased rainfall during La Nina, farmers in South atmospheric changes.
America may face drought conditions, leading to • Increase Ocean Buoys and Sensors: Deploy more ocean buoys
reduced crop yields. and underwater sensors to monitor sea surface temperatures,
Š Marine Ecosystems: La Nina causes significant shifts in salinity, and currents, providing real-time data critical for
ocean currents and nutrient cycles, affecting fisheries and forecasting.
marine biodiversity, particularly in the Pacific region. • Enhance Climate Data Integration: Improve the integration of
Š Natural Disasters: La Nina often leads to an increased oceanic, atmospheric, and terrestrial data to create a holistic
risk of natural disasters, such as floods in Southeast Asia view of climate systems. Utilize advanced machine learning
and wildfires in drought-affected areas like California and algorithms to process and analyze large datasets for better
Australia. predictions.

54
ARCTIC-INDIAN
Geography Feature Articles Current Affairs
Edition: October 2024

MONSOON CLIMATE CONNECTION


In a study researchers from India’s National Centre for Polar and Ocean Research (NCPOR),
have found that seasonal changes in the Arctic sea ice is affecting the Indian monsoon.

About: Indian Summer Monsoon Rainfall • Split of the Southwest Monsoon: Upon reaching India, the
• Timing and Importance: southwest monsoon divides into two branches:
Š The Indian Summer Monsoon Rainfall (ISMR) spans from Š The Arabian Sea branch brings rain to India’s west coast.
July to September, with the majority of rainfall occurring in Š The Bay of Bengal branch brings rain to eastern and
July and August. northeastern regions of India.
Š It is a key feature of the global monsoon system, profoundly Š These branches eventually converge over Punjab and
Himachal Pradesh, where rainfall continues as the Arabian
impacting the climate and agriculture of the Indian
Sea branch moves inland and the Bay of Bengal branch
subcontinent.
follows the Himalayan range.
• Mechanism of Monsoon Formation:
• Complexities in Monsoon Patterns:
Š During the summer months, the Central Asian and Indian
Š The ISMR is influenced by more than just local factors.
landmass heat up faster than the surrounding oceans due
Š In the last two decades, climate models have shown that
to increased sunlight.
surface temperatures of the Indian, Atlantic, and Pacific
Š This creates a low-pressure zone at the Tropic of Cancer,
Oceans have significant impacts on monsoon patterns.
known as the intertropical convergence zone (ITCZ), which Š Additionally, the Circum-Global Teleconnection (CGT),
attracts moist winds. a large-scale atmospheric wave flowing through mid-
• Role of Trade Winds and Coriolis Force: latitudes, also influences the ISMR.
Š Trade winds from the southeast are deflected towards the Š This makes the monsoon system far more complex than
Indian landmass by the Coriolis force as they cross the initially understood by scientists.
equator. • Broader Impacts of ISMR:
Š The winds, now southwest monsoon winds, carry moisture Š The monsoon is critical for agriculture and water resources
from the Arabian Sea, which they deposit as rainfall over across India. Variations in ISMR affect crop yields, water
India. supply, and economic conditions throughout the region.

55
Current Affairs Feature Articles
Edition: October 2024

Š Global climate patterns such as El Nino and La Nina can Š This disruption, combined with high surface temperatures
also modulate the intensity and timing of the Indian of the Arabian Sea and moisture from surrounding water
monsoon, leading to fluctuations in seasonal rainfall. bodies, leads to high rainfall in northeastern India.
Conversely, it results in drier conditions in central and
Influence of Arctic Sea Ice on the Indian Monsoon:
northwest India.
• Overview:
• Broader Implications:
Š Recent research has suggested that declining Arctic
Š The complex interaction between Arctic sea ice levels
sea ice levels, driven by climate change, may impact the
and monsoon patterns highlights the significant impact of
Indian summer monsoon.
global climate changes on regional weather systems.
Š This influence is mediated through changes in atmospheric
Š These findings underscore the need for continued
circulation patterns.
monitoring and modeling to better understand and
Š A study using observational data from 1980 to 2020 and
predict shifts in monsoon behavior and their implications
climate models (Coupled Model Intercomparison Project
for agriculture and water resources in the Indian
Phases 5 and 6) investigated how Arctic sea ice levels affect
subcontinent.
atmospheric circulations and, consequently, the Indian
Summer Monsoon Rainfall (ISMR). Role of Climate Change in the Indian Monsoon:
• Findings on Sea Ice and Rainfall Patterns: • Changes in Monsoon Onset and Withdrawal:
Š Central Arctic Sea Ice: Reduced sea ice in the central Arctic Š Delayed Onset: Climate change can lead to a delay in the
is associated with lower rainfall in western and peninsular onset of the monsoon season, altering traditional rainfall
India but increased rainfall in central and northern India. patterns.
Š Barents-Kara Sea Region: Reduced sea ice levels in the Š Altered Withdrawal: The timing of monsoon withdrawal can
Barents-Kara Sea region (including Hudson Bay, Gulf of also shift, impacting crop cycles and water availability.
St. Lawrence, and Sea of Okhotsk) tend to delay the onset • Intensification of Extreme Weather Events:
of the monsoon and make it more unpredictable. Š Increased Rainfall Extremes: Climate change can intensify
extreme rainfall events, leading to heavier monsoon rains
Influence of Atmospheric Systems: and a higher risk of flooding.
• Rossby Waves and Cyclonic Circulation: Š Droughts and Dry Spells: Conversely, it can also cause
Š Increased sea ice in the central Arctic triggers cyclonic prolonged dry spells and droughts, disrupting water
circulation at slightly lower latitudes, such as in the North resources and agriculture.
Atlantic. • Shifts in Rainfall Distribution:
Š This enhances Rossby waves, which are fast-moving air Š Geographical Shifts: Changes in global and regional
atmospheric circulation patterns can alter the distribution
currents high in the atmosphere.
of monsoon rains, leading to uneven rainfall across
Š These waves affect weather patterns by creating loops
different regions.
in the air flow, which can steer storms and influence
Š Intensity Variability: Some areas may experience more
temperature distribution.
intense rainfall, while others may face reduced precipitation.
Š The enhanced Rossby waves result in high pressure over
• Impact on Monsoon Dynamics:
northwest India and low pressure over the Mediterranean
Š Temperature Changes: Rising sea surface temperatures
region.
can influence monsoon dynamics by affecting the strength
Š This intensifies the Asian jet stream and shifts the and position of the monsoon trough.
subtropical easterly jet (a summer jet stream over the Š Atmospheric Circulation: Altered atmospheric circulation
Indian subcontinent) northward. patterns, such as changes in the Indian Ocean Dipole
Š This shift creates an anomalous high-pressure region over and El Nino-Southern Oscillation (ENSO), can impact
Central Asia, disrupting atmospheric stability over India monsoon behavior.
and increasing rainfall in western and peninsular regions. • Implications for Agriculture and Water Resources:
• Effects of Low Sea Ice: Š Crop Yields: Altered monsoon patterns can affect crop yields
Š Low sea ice in the Barents-Kara Sea creates anticyclonic and agricultural productivity, impacting food security.
circulation (clear skies) over northwest Europe, which Š Water Supply: Changes in monsoon rainfall influence water
disturbs the upper atmospheric region over subtropical supply for irrigation, drinking water, and hydropower
Asia and India. generation.

56
Geography Feature Articles Current Affairs
Edition: October 2024

HEAT DOME EFFECT


Recently, the intense heat experienced in northeast India
has been linked to a phenomenon called the heat dome effect.

About: Œ This has led to the creation of urban heat islands and
• Definition: worsened the overall climate conditions.
Š A heat dome is a meteorological phenomenon where a Š Climate Change and Air Currents:
high-pressure system forms over a large region in the Œ Changes in global air currents, especially the weakening
atmosphere, effectively trapping hot air and preventing it of the Gulf Stream and alterations in the jet stream
from rising or dissipating. (which influence atmospheric circulation), are affecting
Š This creates extremely hot and dry weather conditions monsoon patterns.
beneath the dome, which can persist for several days or Œ These disruptions are largely driven by climate change
even weeks. and have reduced the monsoon’s cooling impact.
Š As hot air is trapped within the dome, it becomes
compressed, heating up further due to the lack of vertical
Impacts of Heat Dome:
• Health Risks: Prolonged exposure to extreme heat increases
air movement.
the risk of heat-related illnesses such as heatstroke,
Š This creates a dome-shaped mass of hot air that intensifies
dehydration, and cardiovascular problems, particularly
heat and keeps it close to the ground.
affecting vulnerable populations like the elderly and children.
Š The trapped air, instead of cooling, remains stagnant and
• Agricultural Stress: High temperatures can damage crops,
continues to get hotter each day.
reduce yields, and cause soil moisture depletion, leading to
• Factors Contributing to the Heat Dome:
food insecurity. Heat stress affects staple crops such as rice
Š Clear Skies and Solar Radiation:
and wheat, impacting livelihoods in rural areas.
Œ High-pressure systems associated with heat domes
• Water Shortages: Extreme heat accelerates the evaporation
often bring clear skies, which further contribute to heating.
of water sources, leading to drought-like conditions and a
Œ With fewer clouds, more sunlight reaches the ground,
reduction in available drinking water, exacerbating water
heating the surface and causing temperatures to spike.
scarcity issues.
Œ The lack of cloud cover also reduces the natural cooling
• Wildfires: Prolonged heat and dryness increase the risk of
that typically occurs at night, leading to persistently
wildfires, which can devastate forested regions, particularly
high temperatures even after sunset.
in northeast India, and lead to air quality deterioration.
Š Land Characteristics:
Œ Regions with large land masses, dry climates, and
HEAT DOME vs. HEAT WAVE
relatively low moisture levels—such as plains or
deserts—are more prone to heat domes. • Heat Dome: A heat dome is a specific type of atmospheric
Œ In these areas, the land heats up quickly, creating the high-pressure system that traps hot air over a large area,
ideal conditions for a high-pressure system to form and creating extreme temperatures.
trap hot air. Š It is more of a causative factor for heat waves rather
Š Weak Monsoon Circulation: than the phenomenon itself.
Œ The monsoonal air circulation, which usually brings Š Whereas, a heat wave refers to a prolonged period of
cooling effects through winds and moisture from the excessively hot weather, often lasting several days.
Bay of Bengal, has been absent this year. Š While heat domes can cause heat waves, heat waves
Œ This absence has allowed the high-pressure system to can also result from other conditions, such as warm
settle over Assam. air masses stagnating over a region due to tropical
Š Poor Soil Moisture: The lack of soil moisture, which typically weather systems.
helps cool the region at night, has further exacerbated • Relationship: Although the terms "heat dome" and "heat
the situation, contributing to persistent high night-time wave" are sometimes used interchangeably, they describe
temperatures. different things.
Š Deforestation: Š A heat dome creates the atmospheric conditions for
Œ Assam has lost over 2,690 square kilometers of forests a heat wave, but a heat wave can also occur due to
in the last two decades due to deforestation, rapid different factors, such as warm air masses from other
industrialisation, and other anthropogenic activities. regions lingering over an area.

57
CurrentSecurity
Affairs Feature Articles
Edition: October 2024

INDIA’S MILITARY DIPLOMACY


India has been actively engaged in military diplomacy
through a series of high-profile military exercises with various countries.

About: earthquake relief in Indonesia and military medical teams


• Definition: Military diplomacy refers to utilizing a nation’s deployed during the COVID-19 pandemic as part of the
military assets and capabilities to support its foreign policy Vaccine Maitri initiative.
goals and achieve diplomatic outcomes. • Regional Influence and Security Cooperation: Military
diplomacy is essential for maintaining stability in India's
Tools of Military Diplomacy: immediate neighborhood, as demonstrated by Operation
• Joint Military Exercises: Collaborative training activities Cactus in 1988 to prevent a coup in the Maldives and
that enhance interoperability, strengthen military ties, and ongoing security cooperation with Sri Lanka, Nepal, Bhutan,
improve mutual understanding of capabilities and strategies and Bangladesh.
among nations. • Challenges with China and Pakistan: India manages hostilities
• Defense Cooperation Agreements: Formal agreements with China and Pakistan through military diplomacy.
detailing collaboration on defense matters, covering Engagements at the Line of Actual Control (LAC) with China
technology transfer, joint operations, and logistical support to aim to de-escalate tensions, while regular military and
deepen strategic partnerships. diplomatic interactions with Pakistan focus on confidence-
• Military Exchanges: Personnel exchanges and training building and stability along the Line of Control (LoC).
programs that foster mutual learning, trust, and expertise- • Defense Technology and Self-Reliance: Initiatives like the Indo-
sharing between military officials of different countries. US Defense Technology and Trade Initiative (DTTI) support
• Peacekeeping Operations: Participation in UN or regional the co-development of advanced technologies, aligning with
missions that contribute to international stability and security India’s Atma Nirbhar Bharat initiative.
by monitoring ceasefires and providing humanitarian aid. Š This is evident in the indigenous development of defense
• Humanitarian Assistance and Disaster Relief (HADR): Aid equipment, such as the Tejas fighter jets and BrahMos
in response to natural disasters or crises, demonstrating missiles.
a nation’s commitment to global welfare and enhancing • Joint Military Exercises: Military diplomacy facilitates
diplomatic relations. exercises with various nations, enhancing interoperability
• Military Attachés: Official military representatives in embassies and strengthening strategic partnerships.
who facilitate defense communication, share information, and Š Recent examples include Exercise Yudh Abhyas with the
assist in defense agreement negotiations. United States, Indra exercises with Russia, and the Shakti
• Defense Technology Transfers: Sharing or selling advanced series with France.
defense technologies to allies to enhance cooperation, • Defense Agreements and Strategic Partnerships: India's military
strengthen alliances, and maintain a balance of power. diplomacy has led to crucial defense agreements, such as the
• Goals and Aims: The primary objectives of military diplomacy Logistics Exchange Memorandum of Agreement (LEMOA)
include building strategic partnerships, influencing security with the United States, enhancing military cooperation and
dynamics, and projecting influence through non-combat strategic partnerships, particularly in the Indo-Pacific region.
means to prevent conflicts and maintain stability. • Training and Capacity Building: India offers military education
and training to foreign officers through institutions like the
Significance of Military Diplomacy: National Defence College (NDC) and Defence Services Staff
• Building Trust and Strengthening Strategic Ties: Military College (DSSC), fostering goodwill and deep-rooted military
diplomacy enhances trust between India and its global relations with countries like Sri Lanka, the Maldives, and
partners through collaborative actions like joint exercises and Myanmar.
humanitarian missions, improving India’s international stature. • Global Security Role: India's participation in global security
Š Notable examples include the Malabar exercises with the initiatives, such as operations with ASEAN nations and
United States, which bolster the Indo-Pacific security defense assistance to Afghanistan, highlights its commitment
framework. to stabilizing volatile regions.
• Humanitarian Assistance and Disaster Relief (HADR): India’s Š Active involvement in multinational maritime security
military plays a vital role in global humanitarian efforts, initiatives, like the Quad, underscores India’s dedication
exemplified by Operation Samudra Maitri in 2018 for to maintaining regional security.

58
Feature Articles Current Affairs
Edition: October 2024

Challenges: (HADR) missions often faces political challenges, particularly


• Dependence on Foreign Defence Systems: India continues to in countries with complex political environments like Myanmar.
procure defense systems from abroad to address its national Š While offering aid, India must carefully navigate the political
security challenges, largely due to its limited domestic sensitivities of the host nation, balancing humanitarian
technological and industrial base. efforts with potential diplomatic repercussions.
Š This reliance on foreign imports complicates efforts to • Peacekeeping Fatigue: India’s significant contributions to UN
achieve self-reliance in defense manufacturing and peacekeeping missions are beginning to strain its military
maintain a competitive edge in military capabilities. resources.
• Limited Institutionalized Mechanisms for Defence Diplomacy: Š With large deployments in volatile regions like South Sudan,
India still lacks fully institutionalized mechanisms to leverage India faces the challenge of balancing its international
defense diplomacy in achieving its foreign policy goals. peacekeeping commitments with the need to maintain
Š The country primarily relies on conventional diplomatic sufficient military capacity for domestic security operations.
approaches, missing opportunities to strategically
integrate defense diplomacy into its broader international Way Forward:
relations efforts. • Strengthening Domestic Defense Manufacturing: India needs
• Managing China’s Aggression: India faces significant to accelerate the development of its domestic defense
challenges in managing its military diplomacy with China, industry under the Atma Nirbhar Bharat initiative.
particularly following the 2020 Galwan Valley clash. Š By investing in research, technology, and infrastructure,
Š Despite holding multiple military-level talks at the Line India can reduce its dependency on foreign imports and
of Actual Control (LAC), tensions remain high as China achieve self-reliance in critical defense systems.
continues to expand its infrastructure near the border, • Institutionalizing Defence Diplomacy Mechanisms: To
making meaningful de-escalation efforts difficult. fully leverage military diplomacy, India should establish
• Balancing Relations with the U.S. and Russia: India’s growing institutionalized mechanisms that integrate defense
defense cooperation with the U.S. , including agreements diplomacy into its broader foreign policy framework.
like LEMOA, is complicated by its long-standing military Š This can enhance coordination between the Ministry of
relationship with Russia, especially with Russia’s increasing External Affairs (MEA) and the armed forces, enabling
closeness to China. more cohesive strategic planning.
Š This balancing act becomes even more difficult due • Expanding Military Cooperation with Key Allies: India should
to U.S. sanctions on Russia, which adds another layer of deepen military cooperation through joint exercises,
complexity to India’s diplomatic efforts. intelligence sharing, and defense technology exchanges with
• Technological Self-Reliance: Achieving self-reliance in defense key allies such as the U.S. , France, and Japan. Expanding such
under the Atma Nirbhar Bharat initiative remains a challenge, partnerships will help India improve its strategic positioning
as India still relies heavily on foreign technology and imports and technological capabilities.
for key military systems like fighter jets and missile systems. • Enhancing Humanitarian Assistance and Disaster Relief (HADR)
This dependency hinders India’s progress toward developing Capabilities: India’s strong record in HADR can be further
advanced indigenous defense technologies. enhanced by providing specialized training and advanced
• Regional Security Complexities: China’s growing influence in equipment to its armed forces. This would not only boost
neighboring countries like Sri Lanka and Nepal presents a India’s global standing but also strengthen diplomatic ties
challenge for India’s military diplomacy. China’s involvement with nations receiving aid.
in projects like the Hambantota Port in Sri Lanka raises • Fostering Regional Security Networks: To counter growing
security concerns, limiting India’s ability to assert its influence Chinese influence in the region, India should foster regional
in the region and complicating its diplomatic efforts. security networks by increasing military engagement with
• Coordination Between Civil and Military Institutions: The lack neighboring countries like Nepal, Sri Lanka, and Bangladesh.
of seamless coordination between the Ministry of External Building these alliances will help reinforce India’s leadership
Affairs (MEA) and the Indian armed forces sometimes hampers in the Indo-Pacific.
India’s military diplomacy. • Leveraging Peacekeeping for Diplomacy: India’s leading role
Š Delays in policy implementation and a lack of diplomatic in UN peacekeeping missions should be further leveraged
engagement on defense issues can slow down joint for diplomatic gains. By continuing to contribute to global
operations and strategic dialogues with other countries. peacekeeping efforts, India can enhance its reputation as a
• Humanitarian Missions Amid Political Sensitivities: India’s responsible global power and build stronger diplomatic ties
involvement in Humanitarian Assistance and Disaster Relief with countries in conflict-prone regions.

59
Current Affairs
Science & Tech.
Edition: October 2024 DRUG DELIVERY
Feature Articles

WITH NANOTECHNOLOGY
Recently, scientists have harnessed Nikkomycin, a chitin synthesis inhibitor derived from Streptomyces
bacteria, and incorporated it into polymeric nanoparticles to specifically target and treat fungal infections.

About: Š For example, liposomal nanoparticles can deliver


• Chitin: It is a critical component of fungal cell walls but is chemotherapeutic drugs specifically to cancer cells,
absent in the human body. minimizing damage to healthy tissues and improving the
• Targeted Infection Treatment: The nanoparticles loaded with overall effectiveness of cancer treatments.
Nikkomycin have shown effectiveness against Aspergillosis, a fungal • Advanced Imaging Techniques: Nanoparticles improve
infection caused by Aspergillus flavus and Aspergillus fumigatus. imaging techniques such as MRI, CT scans, and ultrasounds
• Potential Patient Benefits: This method is particularly beneficial by enhancing contrast and resolution.
for patients with compromised immune systems or respiratory Š Quantum dots provide bright and stable fluorescence for
conditions, including asthma, cystic fibrosis, HIV, cancer, or detailed imaging at the cellular level, while superparamagnetic
those on extended corticosteroid therapy. iron oxide nanoparticles are used in MRI to achieve higher
resolution images, aiding in the accurate diagnosis of
POLYMERIC NANOPARTICLES diseases like tumors and neurological disorders.
• These are the tiny particles composed of polymer materials • Diagnostic Tools: Nanotechnology enables the development
with dimensions typically ranging from 1 to 1000 nanometers. of highly sensitive and specific diagnostic tools. Nanoparticle-
• They are created through processes such as polymerization based biosensors can detect minute quantities of biomarkers,
or nanoprecipitation and possess unique properties due to facilitating early diagnosis of diseases.
their size, surface characteristics, and composition. Š For example, gold nanoparticle-based assays are used for
• Examples include: detecting biomarkers in blood samples, aiding in the early
Š Poly (lactic-co-glycolic acid) (PLGA) Nanoparticles: Widely detection of conditions such as cancer and infectious
used in drug delivery systems, these nanoparticles can diseases.
encapsulate a variety of drugs and provide controlled • Tissue Engineering and Regenerative Medicine: Nanotechnology
release over time. They are often used in cancer therapy is crucial in creating scaffolds for tissue engineering and
and vaccines. regenerative medicine. Electrospun nanofibers are used to
Š Polystyrene Nanoparticles: Commonly used in diagnostic create scaffolds that mimic the extracellular matrix, supporting
applications and as carriers for imaging agents. They the growth and repair of tissues such as bone and cartilage.
are also utilized in environmental monitoring due to their Recent innovations include 3D-printed nanofiber scaffolds that
stability and ease of functionalization. can be tailored to match the specific structure of tissues and
Š Polyethylene Glycol (PEG) Nanoparticles: Known for promote better integration and healing.
their biocompatibility and ability to reduce protein • Vaccine Development: Nanoparticles are used as adjuvants
adsorption, PEG nanoparticles are used in drug delivery to enhance the efficacy of vaccines. Lipid nanoparticles in
to enhance circulation time and target specific tissues. mRNA vaccines, such as those developed for COVID-19,
have demonstrated improved delivery and immune response.
Meaning of Nanotechnology Š Virus-like particle (VLP) vaccines are also being explored
• Nanotechnology refers to the branch of science and for their ability to provoke a robust immune response
engineering devoted to designing, producing, and using without the risk of disease.
structures, devices, and systems by manipulating atoms and • Wound Healing: Nanotechnology improves wound care
molecules at nanoscale, i. e. having one or more dimensions through advanced wound dressings. Nanofiber-based
of the order of 100 nanometres (100 millionth of a millimeter) dressings promote faster healing and reduce infection
or less. risks by providing a moist environment and incorporating
antimicrobial agents like silver nanoparticles.
Advantages of Nanotechnology in Medical Field: Š Recent advancements include self-healing hydrogels
• Targeted Drug Delivery: Nanotechnology enhances the with embedded nanofibers that adapt to the wound
precision of drug delivery by using nanoparticles to deliver environment and enhance recovery.
therapeutic agents directly to specific cells or tissues. This • Personalized Medicine: Nanotechnology enables personalized
approach reduces systemic side effects and improves medicine by providing tools for tailoring treatments to
treatment efficacy. individual patients.

60
Feature Articles Current Affairs
Edition: October 2024

Š Nanoparticle-based drug delivery systems can be designed • Targeted Gene Therapy: Nanoparticles, like liposomes, deliver
to respond to specific physiological conditions or genetic DNA or RNA to specific cells for gene therapy, correcting
profiles, ensuring that therapies are customized for each genetic disorders. This precision reduces side effects
patient. This approach improves treatment outcomes and and enhances efficacy in treating cancers and inherited
reduces adverse effects. diseases. Advances in delivery systems promise safer, more
• Gene Therapy: Polymeric nanoparticles can encapsulate personalized treatments.
and deliver DNA or RNA molecules, allowing for precise • Enhanced Medical Imaging: Nanoparticles enhance contrast
modification of genetic material. This technique is being in medical imaging techniques like MRI and ultrasound,
explored for treating conditions such as cystic fibrosis and providing clearer, more accurate visuals.
certain types of cancer. Š This allows for earlier detection of diseases such as
cancer. Improved imaging resolution leads to better
Concerns: diagnostics and real-time disease monitoring.
• Environmental Risks: Nanomaterials can accumulate • Neuro-Nanotechnology: Nanotechnology is advancing
in ecosystems, leading to unknown environmental neuroscience by delivering drugs across the blood-brain
consequences. Their tiny size allows them to infiltrate soil and barrier and aiding in brain repair. It holds potential for treating
water systems, potentially affecting wildlife, biodiversity, and neurological conditions like Alzheimer’s and Parkinson’s, as
even entering the food chain. well as developing brain-computer interfaces to restore lost
• Nanoweapons and Dual-Use Concerns: The potential functions.
use of nanotechnology in military applications, such as • Targeted Nano-Vaccines: Nanocarriers and microneedle arrays
nanoweapons or enhanced surveillance tools, raises ethical improve vaccine delivery and efficacy. These technologies
and security issues. These technologies could be misused, allow for precise, controlled release of antigens, boosting
leading to harmful or destructive outcomes. immune responses with fewer side effects. Nano-vaccines
• Economic Disparities: The cost and access to nanotechnology are paving the way for needle-free, accessible immunization
could widen the gap between developed and developing methods globally.
countries, creating inequalities in healthcare, industry, and • Personalized Medicine: Nanotechnology enables personalized
other sectors where nanotech advancements could be medicine by integrating nanosensor data with genetics and AI.
transformative. This allows for tailored treatments based on individual profiles,
• Privacy and Surveillance Risks: As nanotechnology enables improving treatment accuracy and reducing side effects. It
smaller, more powerful sensors, there is growing concern plays a critical role in fields like oncology and cardiology.
about potential misuse for surveillance, data collection, and • Nano Mission: India's Nano Mission promotes indigenous
tracking individuals without consent, infringing on personal nanotechnology R&D, focusing on healthcare priorities like
privacy rights. cancer and infectious diseases.
• Unintended Social Consequences: The widespread adoption Š The initiative supports commercialization and international
of nanotechnology in various industries, particularly in collaboration, aiming to position India as a leader in
medicine and manufacturing, could lead to job displacement nanomedicine while ensuring affordable access to
and workforce changes, as traditional roles are replaced by cutting-edge treatments.
automated or nanotech-based processes.
• Unpredictable Interactions with Existing Chemicals: STEPS TAKEN BY GOVERNMENT
Nanomaterials may interact with existing chemicals in
• Nano Science and Technology Mission (NSTM): Launched
unpredictable ways, potentially creating new compounds or
in 2007, NSTM is a comprehensive program designed
reactions that could be harmful to both human health and the
to promote research and development in the field of
environment. These interactions are not yet fully understood
nanotechnology. Its goals include fostering advanced
or regulated.
research, building infrastructure to support these efforts,
Way Ahead: developing nanotechnology applications, training skilled
• Advanced Tissue Engineering: Nanopatterned scaffolds using professionals, and facilitating international collaborations.
nanotechnology are revolutionizing tissue regeneration for • Nano Science and Technology Initiative (NSTI): Established by
skin, bone, cartilage, and blood vessels. These structures the Department of Science and Technology (DST) in 2001,
mimic natural tissue, enhancing cell growth and integration. NSTI focuses on infrastructure development and research
The technology could reduce reliance on transplants, related to nanomaterials. It also supports applications in
improve recovery times, and enable the creation of complex areas such as drug development, drug delivery systems,
organs in the future. gene targeting, and DNA chip technology.

61
Current Affairs
Science & Tech. Feature Articles
Edition: October 2024 ANUSANDHAN NATIONAL
RESEARCH FOUNDATION (ANRF)
Prime Minister Narendra Modi chaired the inaugural meeting of
the Governing Board of the Anusandhan National Research Foundation (ANRF).

Importance of R&D: • The Science and Engineering Research Board (SERB),


• Economic Growth: R&D is a key driver of economic growth which previously handled many of the country's research
as it fuels innovation and boosts productivity. Breakthroughs funding activities, has been subsumed into ANRF.
from R&D can lead to the creation of new industries, increase
• The ANRF has a funding target of `50,000 crore for the
employment opportunities, and contribute significantly to the
period 2023-2028.
country’s GDP growth.
• Technological Advancements: Investments in R&D are essential
FACTS RELATED TO R&D SECTOR
for the development of cutting-edge technologies and • India’s Gross Expenditure on Research and Development
processes that improve efficiency across sectors, enhancing (GERD) increased from `6,01,968 million in 2010-11 to
the competitiveness and sustainability of industries. `12,73,810 million in 2020-21.
• Addressing National Challenges: R&D plays a crucial role • R&D investment as a percentage of GDP is 0.64%, lower
in solving pressing national issues, such as improving compared to major economies like China (2.4%), Germany
healthcare, increasing agricultural productivity, and (3.1%), South Korea (4.8%), and the U.S. (3.5%).
promoting environmental sustainability. • India produces approximately 40,813 PhDs annually,
Š These advancements ensure long-term national resilience ranking third globally. In 2022, India ranked third in research
and social progress. publications with over 3,00,000 outputs.
• Global Competitiveness: A robust R&D sector elevates a • “According to WIPO (World Intellectual Property
country’s standing on the global stage by fostering innovation. Organisation), India saw the highest growth (31.6%) in
Š India’s advancements in R&D have contributed to its patent filings in 2022,” the Survey said.
improved rankings in global indicators like the Global Š Nearly one lakh patents were granted in FY24,
Innovation Index, showcasing its growing influence in compared to less than 25,000 patent grants in FY20.
scientific and technological innovation. Š India’s share of high-quality research articles climbed
• Education and Skill Development: R&D activities are pivotal up by 44% in the past four years from 1,039.7 in 2019
for enhancing education and cultivating specialized skills. By to 1,494.7 in 2023.
engaging in R&D, academic institutions and industries alike
contribute to workforce development, preparing individuals Issues and Concerns:
for high-skill jobs in emerging fields. • Declining R&D Expenditure in India: India's research and
• Fostering Public-Private Collaboration: R&D encourages development (R&D) expenditure has seen a decline over the
partnerships between the public and private sectors, fostering years, with current spending at just 0.64% of GDP, down from
collaboration that accelerates technological innovations and 0.8% in 2008-09 and 0.7% in 2017-18.
commercialization, thus boosting economic returns and Š This level of investment is significantly lower than that
societal benefits. of developed nations, where R&D expenditure typically
• Promoting Sustainable Development: Through R&D, countries ranges from 2% to 4% of GDP.
can develop innovative solutions to support sustainable • Heavy Reliance on Public Funding: A major portion of India’s
development goals, including renewable energy, resource R&D spending is financed by public funds, while private
conservation, and climate change mitigation, ensuring future sector contributions account for only 36.4%. This contrasts
generations inherit a more sustainable world. sharply with developed economies, where the private sector
typically funds over 70% of R&D activities.
ANRF Š The imbalance highlights a reliance on government
• The Anusandhan National Research Foundation (ANRF) funding and insufficient private sector engagement.
was established under the ANRF Act 2023, with the goal of • Barriers to Private Sector Investment: The limited private
fostering a culture of research and innovation across India. sector contribution to R&D is driven by several factors. Key
• The ANRF aims to seed, grow, and foster a culture of issues include an unclear and evolving regulatory framework,
research and innovation throughout the country, as inadequate intellectual property protection, and a lack of
outlined in the National Education Policy (NEP). effective mechanisms for evaluating and scaling innovations.

62
Feature Articles Current Affairs
Edition: October 2024

Š These challenges deter businesses from making • Encourage Private Sector Participation: The government
substantial investments in R&D. should create a more favorable environment for private
• Slow Transition from Lab to Market: A major concern raised companies to invest in R&D by offering incentives such as
by the Economic Survey is the slow transition of technologies tax benefits, strengthening intellectual property rights, and
from laboratories to societal use. simplifying regulatory frameworks.
Š The 'Lab to Land' time—the period required to bring • Strengthen Industry-Academia Collaboration: Encouraging
innovations from research labs to practical application— partnerships between academic institutions and industries
is prolonged, impeding the commercialization of research can bridge the gap between theoretical research and
outputs and reducing their impact on society. practical application, leading to faster commercialization of
innovations and more market-relevant research.
Government Initiatives Taken: • Focus on ‘Lab to Market’ Transition: Policies must prioritize
• The ₹50,000-crore National Research Foundation (NRF) fund reducing the ‘Lab to Land’ time, ensuring faster transitions of
was established in 2021 to promote interdisciplinary research. technologies from research labs to commercial and societal
• Anusandhan National Research Foundation (ANRF): It has been use through better technology transfer frameworks and
established with Anusandhan National Research Foundation commercialization strategies.
(ANRF) Act 2023. • Diversify Funding Sources: Apart from government funding,
• Private Sector-Driven Research and Innovation: The Indian India needs to explore diverse funding mechanisms,
government is providing substantial funding and creating such as venture capital, angel investors, and international
a conducive environment to encourage private sector collaborations, to boost R&D activities across sectors.
participation in R&D. • Build Human Capital and Innovation Infrastructure: Developing
skilled researchers and improving infrastructure for innovation,
• Space Program Expansion: India's space program has
such as state-of-the-art research labs and incubation centers,
achieved significant milestones such as the Mars Orbiter
is critical for enhancing India's R&D capabilities and fostering
Mission (Mangalyaan) and Chandrayaan missions. The
long-term sustainable growth.
government is now focusing on expanding the commercial
potential of the space sector. Conclusion:
• Nuclear Energy Development: To meet growing energy • Research and Development (R&D) serves as a crucial pillar
demands and reduce carbon emissions, India is investing in for national growth and innovation, driving advancements in
small and modular nuclear reactors. technology, industry, and science. India has made notable
progress in R&D output, it needs to address funding gaps,
increase private sector participation, and leverage recent
policies to enhance its research and innovation ecosystem.

'Jai Anusandhan' as a
step further to Jai Jawan,
Jai Kisan & Jai Vigyan
can be India's true strength in
connecting its science, technology
and innovation with its people.
Way Forward:
• Increase R&D Expenditure: India must aim to raise its R&D — PM Shri Narendra Modi
spending to at least 2% of GDP, aligning with global standards.
This would require both increased public investment and a
more active role from the private sector.

63
RISING DEMAND
CurrentSociety
Affairs
Edition: October 2024
Feature Articles

FOR MENTAL HEALTHCARE IN INDIA


The demand for mental healthcare in India has been growing recently due to changing attitudes over time.
Despite this, data indicates that the number of mental health professionals has not increased at the same pace.

About: psychiatrists per 100,000), has the lowest psychiatrist-to-


• Mental health, like physical health, is a vital aspect of overall population ratio in this group.
well-being that encompasses an individual's psychological, • Annual Growth: Around 1,000 psychiatrists enter the
emotional, and social state. workforce in India each year.
• According to the World Health Organization (WHO), mental • Time to Meet Goal: Without considering attrition or
health is defined as a state of well-being in which a person: unemployment, it would take about 27 years for India to reach
Š Recognizes their abilities, the WHO-recommended psychiatrist ratio.
Š Copes with the normal stresses of life, • Need for Policy Intervention: To achieve this target sooner,
Š Works productively, and India requires policy reforms and incentives to increase the
Š Make a contribution to their community. supply of mental health professionals.
• This extends beyond the absence of mental disorders to • Better in South Asia: Despite its low ratio, India fares better in
include a positive state of mental and emotional well-being. comparison to other countries in South Asia.
• Mental health issues arise when there is a significant • Outdated Data: The 2023 Parliamentary Committee's findings
disturbance in an individual’s cognition, emotional regulation, were based on the National Mental Health Survey (NMHS),
conducted nearly a decade ago (2015-2016).
or behavior, often leading to distress or impairment. These
• Limited Scope of NMHS: The NMHS covered only 12 states
disturbances are classified as mental health disorders.
and around 40,000 people, which the Standing Committee
• WHO Recommendation: The World Health Organization
considered a "small sample."
recommends three practicing psychiatrists per 100,000
people for adequate mental healthcare. Š Kerala Leads: Kerala was the only state among the 12
• Current Status in India: According to the National Mental surveyed in the NMHS to have more than one psychiatrist
Health Survey (2015-2016), India has only 0.75 psychiatrists per 100,000 people.
per 100,000 people. Š Lowest Ranking States: Northern and central states like
• Psychiatrist Shortage: As of the 2023 report, "Mental Uttar Pradesh, Chhattisgarh, Rajasthan, and Madhya
Healthcare and Its Management in Contemporary Times, " Pradesh had the lowest psychiatrist-to-population ratios.
India has 9,000 working psychiatrists, while it needs 36,000 Š Stagnant Accessibility: While the data shows that
to meet WHO standards. accessibility to mental healthcare has remained stagnant,
Š India's Psychiatrist Rate Comparison: India's psychiatrist awareness seems to be growing.
rate of 0.75 per 100,000 population is low compared Š Improvement in Attitudes: A study by the LiveLoveLaugh
to other BRICS nations. India, along with Ethiopia (0.1 Foundation, titled How India Perceives Mental Health 2021,

64
Feature Articles Current Affairs
Edition: October 2024

highlighted a notable improvement in attitudes toward Œ In India, these stressors can significantly impact mental
mental health and treatment-seeking behavior compared well-being, particularly in vulnerable populations.
to 2018.
• Exclusion of Milder Mental Illnesses: The NMHS data was Initiatives taken by the Government:
limited to specific severe mental illnesses, excluding milder • National Mental Health Programme (NMHP):
conditions such as emotional breakdowns, which also require Š Launched in 1982, the NMHP aimed to provide affordable
intervention. and accessible mental healthcare by integrating it with
• Overlooked Vulnerable Populations: The NMHS did not general care at primary health centres.
account for highly vulnerable groups like prisoners, the Š Primary and community health workers received
homeless, or the institutionalized. specialised training for mental disorder treatment.
Š The NMHP is operational in 743 districts across 36 States
Causes of Mental Illness:
and Union Territories.
• Genetic and Biological Factors:
Š Services offered include outpatient services, assessments,
Š Genetic Predisposition:
Œ Research indicates that mental illnesses, such as counselling, psycho-social interventions, continuing care,
schizophrenia, bipolar disorder, and depression, can medication, and ambulance services at community and
run in families, impacting 10 percent of the population. primary health centres.
Œ Genetic factors can increase the susceptibility to • District Mental Health Programme (DMHP):
these conditions, though they do not guarantee their Š The NMHP was restructured into the DMHP to decentralise
development. For instance, individuals with a family care, designating districts as the main administering units.
history of mental illness may have a higher risk of Š It focused on offering mental health services, including
experiencing similar issues. case management, counselling, and manpower training,
Š Neurobiological Factors: integrated with the National Rural Health Mission.
Œ Imbalances in neurotransmitters (brain chemicals) like
• Mental Healthcare Act, 2017: The act decriminalised suicide
serotonin, dopamine, and norepinephrine are linked to
attempts in India and also included WHO guidelines in the
mental health disorders.
categorisation of mental illnesses.
Œ For example, depression is often associated with
Š The most significant provision in the act was “advanced
low levels of serotonin, while schizophrenia involves
disruptions in dopamine pathways. directives”, which allowed individuals with mental illnesses
Œ Additionally, structural abnormalities in the brain, such to decide the course of their treatment.
as changes in the size of certain brain regions, can Š It also restricted the use of electro-convulsive therapy
contribute to mental illnesses. . (ECT), and banned its use on minors, finally introducing
• Trauma and Abuse: measures to tackle stigma in Indian society.
Š Childhood Trauma: • Rashtriya Kishor Swasthya Karyakram (RKSK): Launched in
Œ Experiences of abuse, neglect, or other forms of trauma 2014 under the National Health Mission, RKSK focuses on
during childhood are linked to various mental health adolescent health, including mental health.
disorders later in life. • Manodarpan Initiative: An initiative under Atmanirbhar Bharat
Œ In India, childhood trauma can result from domestic Abhiyan, aims to provide psycho-social support to students for
violence, child labor, or sexual abuse, all of which can their mental health and well-being.
have long-lasting psychological effects.
• Kiran Helpline: The helpline is a step towards suicide prevention,
Š Domestic Violence: Women and children who experience
and can help with support and crisis management.
domestic violence are at higher risk of developing mental
• National Tele-Mental Health Programme: Launched in 2022,
health issues such as depression, anxiety, and Post-
this initiative aims to provide mental health services through
Traumatic Stress Disorder (PTSD).
telemedicine, expanding access to care, especially in
• Medical and Environmental Factors:
underserved and remote areas.
Š Chronic Illness: Living with chronic physical health
• Ayushman Bharat Scheme:
conditions, such as diabetes or cardiovascular diseases,
can affect mental well-being. The stress of managing a Š Mental health services are also provided under the
chronic illness can contribute to mental health problems, Comprehensive Primary Health Care at Ayushman Bharat
including depression and anxiety. – Health and Wellness Centres.
Š Environmental Stressors: Environmental factors such as Š Guidelines for addressing mental, neurological, and
natural disasters (e.g., floods, earthquakes), pollution, and substance use disorders at these centers have been
poor living conditions contribute to mental health issues. issued.

65
CurrentSociety
Affairs
INVISIBLE BARRIERS:
Edition: October 2024
Feature Articles

THE OVERLOOKED GENDER DISPARITIES


Recently, the Vice-President of India, in his address at an event, stressed
the importance of addressing the widespread yet subtle gender discrimination present in society.

Different form of Subtle Gender Discrimination: Š These subtle forms of discrimination can create a toxic
• Male-Dominated vs. Female-Dominated Sectors: work environment that makes women feel undervalued
Š Certain sectors in India continue to be perceived as and less likely to pursue leadership roles.
male-dominated, such as engineering, defense, and • Domestic Responsibilities:
construction, where men are typically seen as more Š Despite the growing number of women entering the
competent or naturally suited for the work. workforce in India, they are still expected to take on the
Š On the other hand, teaching, nursing, and caregiving are majority of household responsibilities.
traditionally viewed as roles for women, reinforcing the notion Š This double burden of professional and domestic work
that women are better suited for nurturing or supportive is rarely acknowledged in formal discussions on gender
roles rather than technical or leadership positions. equality.
Š This ingrained belief restricts both men and women from Š Women often have to balance long working hours with
entering non-traditional fields, and hinders diversity in cooking, cleaning, childcare, and other household duties.
many professional sectors. Š For example, women devote approximately 76.2% of their
• Decision-Making Positions: total hours—three times more than men—on unpaid care
Š Gender discrimination often becomes more subtle in work, according to the International Labour Organization
professional environments, particularly when it comes to (ILO).
decision-making roles.
KEY INSIGHTS FROM NFHS-5
Š Women are frequently excluded from key decision-
making processes, and their opinions may not carry the • Educational Disparities:
same weight as those of their male counterparts. Š The National Family Health Survey-5 (NFHS-5) data
Š The "glass ceiling" phenomenon—where women face (2019-21) reveals that women are less literate than men
invisible barriers to career advancement—remains by 13% among those aged 15-49.
a significant issue, limiting their ability to rise to top Š Though there has been a slight improvement in female
education—females above age six attending school
management or executive positions in many organizations.
increased from 68.8% to 71.8%—the gap remains
GLASS CLIFF significant.
Š Only 41% of women aged 15-49 have completed ten or
• The "glass cliff" is a concept that refers to the phenomenon
more years of schooling compared to 50.2% of men.
where women are promoted to leadership positions during
Š These figures emphasize that achieving gender parity in
periods of crisis or instability, when the likelihood of failure education remains a critical policy priority.
is significantly higher. • Economic Empowerment:
• Contrast with the "Glass Ceiling": Š Ownership of assets: The data shows improvement, with
Š While the "glass ceiling" refers to the invisible barriers 43.3% of women owning a house or land (alone or jointly)
that prevent women from reaching top leadership roles, in 2019-21, up from 38.4% in 2015-16.
the "glass cliff" highlights the risks women face when Š Financial inclusion: There has been a significant rise in
they do attain such positions. women's financial inclusion, with 77.4% of women now
Š The glass cliff shows that even when women break holding bank or savings accounts they can independently
through the glass ceiling, they may still be placed in access—a 25% improvement from the previous survey.
positions where their success is highly uncertain, thus Š Labour force participation: The Periodic Labour Force
limiting the real impact of their advancement. Survey Report 2022-23, indicates that the Female
Labour Force Participation Rate in the country has risen
• Microaggressions in the Workplace: significantly by 4.2 percentage points, reaching 37.0%
Š Gender discrimination in the workplace can also manifest in 2023.
in the form of microaggressions, which are everyday Œ Women's participation in the workforce is often
slights, insults, or dismissive comments that may seem influenced by the burden of unpaid domestic work
minor but cumulatively reinforce gender biases. and childcare.

66
Feature Articles Current Affairs
Edition: October 2024

• Infrastructure and Health Programs:


• Social Factors Impacting Economic Participation:
Š Water and Sanitation: The Swacch Vidyalaya Mission
Š The NFHS-5 indicates that 23.3% of women aged 20-24
ensures all schools have functional toilets for girls,
are married before the legal age, a slight reduction from
addressing hygiene and safety concerns, which are
2015-16, while 43% of adolescent women aged 15-19
crucial for keeping girls in school.
experience fertility, which continues to restrict women's
Š Health and Clean Cooking Fuel: The Pradhan Mantri Ujjwala
economic participation.
Yojna (PMUY) provides clean cooking fuel to safeguard
Š Additionally, only 13.6% of children under five attended
women’s health and free them from the time-consuming
pre-primary school in 2019-20, increasing the burden of
burden of collecting firewood, improving their overall well-
childcare on women.
being.
Initiatives taken by the Government: • Legal and Labor Protections: India has enacted various labor
codes to promote a safe and equitable work environment for
• Reservation for Women in Local Governance:
women.
Š The 73rd and 74th Constitutional Amendments reserve
Š Key provisions include:
one-third of the seats in Panchayats and Municipalities
Œ The Code on Wages (2019), Industrial Relations Code
for women, significantly empowering women at the
(2020), Occupational Safety, Health and Working
grassroots level.
Conditions Code (2020), and Code on Social Security
Š These amendments have played a key role in increasing
(2020), which encourage women’s participation in the
women’s representation in local governance and decision-
workforce and ensure safe working conditions.
making processes across rural and urban areas of India.
Œ MGNREGA mandates that at least one-third of the jobs
Š Women are encouraged to actively participate in
generated be given to women, providing them with
governance, voicing their concerns and needs.
employment opportunities, especially in rural areas.
Š It has led to better gender sensitivity in local administration
• Mission Shakti:
and decision-making processes, ensuring that issues
related to women’s health, education, and welfare are Š The Mission Shakti program is an integrated initiative aimed
given due attention. at addressing women's issues throughout their lifecycle
• Maternity Benefit (Amendment) Act, 2017: and making them equal partners in nation-building.
Š The Maternity Benefit (Amendment) Act, 2017 was Š The mission uses a participatory approach to promote
introduced to reduce workplace discrimination against convergence across different levels of governance,
women and ensure their well-being during motherhood. ensuring women’s empowerment through better
Š The amendment: coordination of policies and services.
Œ Increased paid maternity leave from 12 to 26 weeks
for women working in establishments with 10 or more Way Ahead:
employees. • Incorporating Gender Sensitivity in Curricula: Schools and
Œ Aims to provide sufficient time for mothers to care for universities should integrate gender equality lessons in
their newborns, while also supporting their return to work. curricula to instill values of equality, respect, and fairness
Œ Introduced provisions for crèche facilities in from an early age.
establishments with 50 or more employees, ensuring • Support for Women Entrepreneurs: Provide financial literacy,
childcare support. access to credit, and mentorship programs specifically
Œ Requires employers to allow flexible work arrangements targeting women entrepreneurs.
post-maternity, further enhancing the support for • Flexible Work Arrangements: Encourage organizations to offer
working mothers. flexible work hours, maternity leave, and childcare support
• Skill Development and Economic Participation:
to enable women to balance professional and personal
Š The Skill India Mission and initiatives such as Pradhan
responsibilities.
Mantri Kaushal Vikas Kendras aim to provide vocational
• Closing the Gender Pay Gap: Implement targeted initiatives
training and skill development to women, increasing their
to reduce gender pay disparities, ensuring women are fairly
employability.
Š The National Skill Development Policy emphasizes compensated for their work.
inclusive skill development, promoting increased female • Accessible Legal Services: Establish support networks and
participation. accessible legal services for women facing discrimination,
Š The Pradhan Mantri Mudra Yojana and Stand Up India harassment, or violence, ensuring they can seek justice
schemes offer financial support to women entrepreneurs, without fear of retaliation. Provide legal aid, counseling, and
encouraging them to start their own businesses. safe spaces for vulnerable women.

67
CurrentSociety
Affairs
Edition: October 2024 CONCERNS RELATED
Feature Articles

TO WORK-LIFE BALANCE
Recently, the National Human Rights Commission (NHRC) has taken suo moto cognizance of the reported
death of a chartered accountant from Kerala in Pune, allegedly due to excessive workload in a private company.

Key Recommendations by the Commission: Implications of Work-Life Imbalance:


• Review of Work Culture and Employment Policies: • Stress and Burnout: Chronic stress from work overload can lead
Š The Commission urged businesses to undertake a to burnout, which negatively impacts mental health, resulting
comprehensive review of their work culture, employment in anxiety, depression, and other psychological issues.
policies, and internal regulations. • Physical Health Problems: Excessive work hours and lack of rest
Š This review should aim to ensure that business practices can cause physical health issues, including high blood pressure,
are in alignment with global human rights standards. heart disease, sleep disorders, and weakened immunity.
Š By promoting ethical practices, companies can create • Decline in Work Performance: Constant overwork and fatigue
more inclusive and fair working environments. can lead to decreased efficiency, impaired decision-making,
• Sensitivity and Accountability for Human Rights: and lower productivity at work.
Š Businesses are encouraged to be sensitive to and • Increased Absenteeism: A poor work-life balance can lead to
accountable for human rights issues. more sick days and absenteeism, further reducing workplace
Š This involves recognizing the potential impact of productivity.
corporate actions on individuals and communities and • Family Life Impact: Lack of time for family can cause tension and
actively working to prevent human rights violations in the misunderstandings within relationships, potentially leading to
workplace and supply chains. conflicts, marital issues, or strained relationships with children.
• Notice to the Ministry of Labour and Employment: • Social Isolation: Overworking often leads to a lack of time for
Š The Commission issued a notice to the Ministry of Labour socializing, which can contribute to feelings of loneliness and
and Employment, requesting a detailed report on the isolation.
steps taken to address the situation. • Employee Dissatisfaction: A poor work-life balance can reduce
Š This notice calls for a proactive approach from the job satisfaction, resulting in disengaged employees who are
Ministry to ensure that incidents of human rights violations less committed to their roles and organizations.
in business practices are addressed effectively. • High Turnover Rates: Persistent work-life imbalance can lead
• Submission of Report: to higher employee turnover, as workers seek environments
Š The Ministry of Labour and Employment has been asked that offer better flexibility and balance.
to submit a report within four weeks.
• Increased Healthcare Costs: The physical and mental health
Š The report should outline both the current steps being
issues caused by work-life imbalance can increase healthcare
taken and the proposed measures to ensure that such
costs for both individuals and organizations.
incidents of human rights violations do not recur in the
• Decreased Social Well-Being: The broader societal impact
future.
includes reduced community engagement and the erosion of
About Work-Life Balance: social bonds, as individuals struggle to find time for personal
• Work-life balance refers to the ability to effectively manage and social activities.
professional responsibilities while maintaining a fulfilling
COUNTRIES WITH THE LONGEST AVERAGE WORKING HOURS
personal life.
• It encompasses the allocation of time and energy to both • Bhutan:
work obligations and personal well-being. Š Bhutan, despite its small population of around 700,000,
• Components: Achieving work-life balance involves a careful ranks as the country with the highest average working
balance of several aspects: hours globally.
Š Work Obligations: Meeting professional duties and goals. Š Workers in Bhutan log an average of 54.4 hours per
Š Family Time: Ensuring quality time is spent with family week.
members. • United Arab Emirates and Lesotho:
Š Personal Interests: Pursuing hobbies, interests, and Š Following Bhutan, the United Arab Emirates records an
activities that bring joy or fulfillment. average of 50.9 hours per week.
Š Self-care: Focusing on mental and physical health through Š Lesotho comes next with an average of 50.4 hours per
activities like relaxation, exercise, or personal reflection. week.

68
Feature Articles Current Affairs
Edition: October 2024

Š The idea behind the law is to help employees maintain


• India's Ranking:
a work-life balance, reducing burnout, stress, and mental
Š India is ranked 13th among the world’s most overworked
health issues caused by the increasing expectations to be
countries.
available around the clock.
Š The average Indian worker logs 46.7 hours per week.
Š Other countries have followed suit, including Spain,
Š About 51% of India’s workforce works 49 or more hours
Belgium, Italy, Ireland, and Australia, enacting similar
per week, making India second among countries with
policies that limit after-hours work communications.
the highest rates of prolonged working hours.
Š In Portugal, the government has taken an even stricter
Š Work-related Stress in India:
approach by making it illegal for employers to contact
Œ A survey highlights that over 62% of Indian employees
employees outside working hours.
experience burnout due to work-related stress and
• 4-Day Work Week:
poor work-life balance.
Š The concept of the 4-day work week is gaining traction
Œ This burnout rate in India is three times the global
globally as more companies and governments experiment
average of 20%.
with reducing the number of workdays while maintaining
Reasons for Work-Life Imbalance in India: the same level of productivity.
• Excessive Workload: Many sectors in India, particularly IT, Š The idea is that by working fewer days, employees can be
finance, and manufacturing, demand long working hours due more focused and efficient during the days they do work,
to high expectations of output and productivity. This leaves thus increasing productivity.
little time for personal life. Š Countries like Belgium, the Netherlands, and Japan are at
• Cultural Norms: There is a cultural tendency to equate the forefront of this movement. They have introduced pilot
longer hours with commitment and success, which can programs and policies that allow employees to work just
pressure employees to work beyond regular hours, leading four days a week without any reduction in pay.
to imbalance. Š This work model is designed to foster happiness, creativity,
• High Competition: The fast-paced nature of India's growing and work-life balance. Companies have reported that
economy has led to increased competition in the job market. employees tend to be more motivated and experience lower
Many employees work overtime to secure promotions or stress levels, which in turn improves overall performance.
maintain job security. • Mandatory Vacations:
• Startup Culture: The rise of startups and entrepreneurial Š In Austria, there is a strong emphasis on ensuring
ventures often requires employees to put in extra hours as employees take sufficient time off to recharge.
businesses strive to establish themselves. Š The law mandates that employees who have worked for
• Rigid Work Schedules: Many Indian companies still adhere six months or more are entitled to at least five weeks of
to traditional 9-to-5 (or longer) workdays with little flexibility paid annual leave.
in terms of working from home or flexible hours, which limits Š This system ensures that workers get the time they need
personal time. to relax and spend time with family or pursue personal
• Resistance to Remote Work: Despite some progress during interests, which ultimately enhances workplace morale
the COVID-19 pandemic, many organizations are reluctant and reduces burnout.
to adopt remote work on a long-term basis, which could • Career Break or Time Credit:
help employees balance their personal and professional Š In Belgium, the concept of time credit allows employees
responsibilities. to take an extended career break without the fear of losing
their job.
Laws in other countries that India Can Adopt: Š Workers can take up to one year off, and in some cases,
• Right to Disconnect: depending on the circumstances, this time credit can be
Š In 2017, France made headlines by becoming the first extended to as long as six years.
country to introduce a law that provides employees with Š This system gives workers the flexibility to take time away
the right to disconnect from work after hours. from their jobs for various reasons, such as pursuing
Š This law was a response to growing concerns about the further education, caring for a family member, or simply
impact of constant connectivity on employees' personal taking a sabbatical to focus on personal growth and
lives and mental well-being. rejuvenation.
Š It allows workers to ignore emails, calls, and other work- Š By allowing such breaks, Belgium acknowledges the need
related communications outside of official work hours for life beyond work and gives workers the opportunity to
without fear of repercussion. return to their positions refreshed and re-energized.

69
CurrentSociety
Affairs Feature Articles
Edition: October 2024

MICRONUTRIENTS MALNUTRITION
Recent, Lancet Report reveals that Indian populations have inadequate intake of 15 dietary micronutrients,
with women more deficient in iodine and men more lacking in zinc and magnesium compared to each other.

Other Major Highlights of Lancet Report: FACTS RELATED TO MALNUTRITION IN INDIA


• Global Deficiency Statistics:
• According to the National Family Health Survey (NFHS-
Š Iodine Deficiency: 68% of the global population, or over 5
5), 35.5% of children under five are stunted, 19.3% are
billion people, do not consume enough iodine.
wasted, 32.1% are underweight, and 3% are overweight.
Š Vitamin E Deficiency: 67% of people worldwide have
Among women aged 15-49, malnutrition affects 18.7%.
inadequate vitamin E intake.
Š Anemia is prevalent in 25% of men, 57% of women,
Š Calcium Deficiency: 66% of the global population lacks
31.1% of adolescent boys, 59.1% of adolescent girls,
sufficient calcium in their diets.
52.2% of pregnant women, and 67.1% of children aged
• Deficiency in Essential Nutrients:
6-59 months.
Š Iron Deficiency: More than 4 billion people (65% of the
• The State of Food Security and Nutrition in the World (2023)
global population) do not consume enough iron.
reports that 74% of India's population cannot afford a
Š Riboflavin and Folate Deficiency: 55% of people lack
healthy diet, with 39% lacking adequate nutrients.
riboflavin, and 54% are deficient in folate.
• India's 2023 Global Hunger Index score is 28.7, considered
Š Vitamin C Deficiency: 53% of the global population has
serious, with the country having the highest child wasting
insufficient intake of vitamin C. rate at 18.7%.
• Gender-Specific Deficiencies:
Š Higher in Women: Women have higher rates of deficiency Significance of Micronutrients:
than men for iodine, vitamin B12, iron, and selenium. • Support for Growth and Development: Micronutrients enable
Š Higher in Men: Men show higher deficiency rates for the body to produce enzymes, hormones, and other
magnesium, vitamin B6, zinc, vitamin C, vitamin A, substances essential for normal growth and development.
thiamin, and niacin. They are crucial in maintaining proper bodily functions.
• Regional and Age-Specific Deficiencies: • Role in Metabolic Processes and Bone Health: Micronutrients
Š Calcium Deficiency by Region: The highest rates of calcium support vital metabolic processes and bone development.
intake inadequacy are reported in South Asia, sub- Additionally, they influence cognitive function and contribute
Saharan Africa, East Asia, and the Pacific. to overall brain health.
Š Age Group Impact: Inadequate intake is prevalent across • Prevention of Anemia: Iron, vitamin B12, and folate are vital
all age-sex groups in these regions, with the highest for the production of red blood cells, playing a critical role
deficiency rates among individuals aged 10–30 years. in preventing anemia and maintaining a healthy circulatory
system.
MICRONUTRIENTS • Tissue Repair and Wound Healing: Vitamins C, A, and zinc are
• Micronutrients are vitamins and minerals needed by the essential for tissue repair and wound healing, ensuring that
body in very small amounts. the body can recover effectively from injuries.
• Vitamins are organic compounds that are often categorized • Prevention of Chronic Diseases: Adequate intake of
into two groups: micronutrients helps reduce the risk of chronic diseases.
Š Water-Soluble Vitamins: These include Vitamin C and Deficiencies, on the other hand, can lead to lower energy
the B vitamins (like B12,B6, folate). They dissolve levels, reduced mental clarity, and overall diminished capacity.
in water and are typically not stored in the body, so • Mitigating Deficiencies through Nutrition: Micronutrient
regular intake through diet is necessary. deficiencies can lead to significant health issues, but many
of these are preventable through proper nutrition, education,
Š Fat-Soluble Vitamins: These include Vitamins A, D, E,
food fortification, and supplementation where necessary.
and K. They are absorbed along with dietary fat and
can be stored in the body's fatty tissues and liver. Reasons behind Micronutrient Malnutrition in India:
• Minerals are inorganic elements that are also classified into: • Poverty and Economic Disparities: Nearly 22% of India’s
Š Major Minerals: Such as calcium, potassium, and population lives below the poverty line (World Bank data),
magnesium, which are needed in larger amounts. limiting access to nutritious food.
Š Trace Minerals: Such as iron, zinc, copper, and selenium, Š This economic disparity results in widespread deficiencies,
which are needed in smaller amounts but are still vital such as anemia, which affects 53% of women aged 15-49
for health. years (NFHS-5).
70
Feature Articles Current Affairs
Edition: October 2024

Š Poverty drives reliance on calorie-dense, nutrient-poor • Addressing Underlying Socioeconomic Factors: Focus on
diets, exacerbating micronutrient malnutrition. reducing poverty, improving access to healthcare, clean
• Low Dietary Diversity: Indian diets, particularly in low-income water, and sanitation, and ensuring better maternal and child
households, are dominated by cereals, lacking fruits, health. Implement targeted interventions in rural and low-
vegetables, and protein-rich foods. income communities where malnutrition rates are higher.
• Lack of Nutrition Education: A widespread lack of awareness • Monitoring and Research: Regularly assess the nutritional
about the importance of micronutrients compounds the issue. status of the population through surveys like NFHS and
Despite government programs like ICDS, many in rural areas establish real-time monitoring mechanisms to track progress.
lack knowledge about balanced diets, leading to deficiencies. Invest in research to develop new strategies and innovations
Š Around 30% of school-aged children suffer from iodine for combating malnutrition.
deficiency (WHO), partly due to low awareness. • Multi-Sectoral Collaboration: Encourage collaboration between
• High Disease Burden: Diseases like diarrhea and parasitic government, private sector, and international organizations to
infections impair nutrient absorption, worsening malnutrition.
pool resources and expertise for large-scale interventions.
Š Vitamin A deficiency causes night blindness, severe
Public-private partnerships can help implement and expand
blindness, and increases child mortality. It weakens
fortification and supplementation programs effectively.
infection resistance, impairs growth, and contributes to
maternal mortality, making it a leading preventable cause
PROJECT SAMPOORNA: A CASE STUDY
of childhood blindness globally.
• In Assam's Bongaigaon district, Project Sampoorna was
• Gender Inequality in Nutrition: Cultural norms often prioritize
men and boys for food allocation, leaving women and launched to tackle malnutrition among 2,416 children (246
girls more vulnerable to malnutrition. Women face higher with Severe Acute Malnutrition and 2,170 with Moderate
rates of micronutrient deficiencies, particularly in iron and Acute Malnutrition).
iodine. NFHS-5 data shows that 57% of women are anemic, • The initiative paired mothers of healthy children with those
compared to just 25% of men. of malnourished children as "Buddy Mothers, " encouraging
• Limited Reach of Food Fortification Programs: Despite efforts to peer support and shared dietary guidance.
fortify foods like salt and wheat flour, many regions, especially • The project led to significant improvements, reducing
rural areas, remain underserved. Only 37% of children aged maternal deaths from 16 to 3 and infant deaths from 130
6-59 months received vitamin A supplements (NFHS-5). The to 63. By March 2021, 84.96% of SAM and 97.3% of MAM
uneven implementation of fortification programs limits their children had returned to normal health.
impact in addressing deficiencies across the population. GOVERNMENT OF INDIA INITIATIVES
Way Forward: • National Nutrition Mission (POSHAN Abhiyan): Launched in
• Strengthening Nutrition-Specific Programs: Expand and 2018, it aims to reduce stunting, undernutrition, anemia, and
enhance initiatives like the Integrated Child Development low birth weight by improving the nutritional status of children,
Services (ICDS), Mid-Day Meal Scheme, and Poshan Abhiyan adolescent girls, pregnant women, and lactating mothers.
to ensure delivery of micronutrient-rich food to vulnerable • Integrated Child Development Services (ICDS): It provides
populations, particularly children and women. comprehensive services for children under six years of
• Food Fortification and Supplementation: Encourage large- age, pregnant women, and lactating mothers. It aims to
scale fortification of staple foods such as rice, wheat, and salt improve the nutritional status and health of these groups.
with essential micronutrients like iron, iodine, and vitamin A. • Food Fortification Programs: Fortification programs focus
Additionally, implement supplementation programs for high- on adding iodine to salt (iodized salt), iron and folic acid to
risk groups like pregnant women and children. wheat flour, and Vitamin A to edible oils. The Food Safety
• Promoting Dietary Diversity: Raise awareness about the and Standards Authority of India (FSSAI) oversees the
importance of consuming diverse foods, including fruits, implementation of these fortification standards.
vegetables, pulses, dairy, and fortified foods, through • Mid-Day Meal Scheme (MDMS): The scheme provides
community-based programs and campaigns. Encourage free lunches that are fortified with essential nutrients to
sustainable agricultural practices that focus on nutrient- schoolchildren, aiming to enhance their nutritional intake
dense crops. and promote regular school attendance.
• Public Health and Nutrition Education: Invest in community- • Anemia Mukt Bharat (AMB): The program includes regular
level nutrition education to increase awareness about the iron and folic acid supplementation, deworming, and
importance of balanced diets and proper food choices. efforts to enhance dietary intake of iron-rich foods. It also
Strengthen outreach through schools, local governments, and emphasizes the need for community-based interventions
healthcare systems to spread knowledge about dietary needs. and awareness campaigns.

71
Current Affairs In-Shorts | Polity & Governance

POLITY &
Edition: October 2024

GOVERNANCE
23RD LAW COMMISSION About:
• PMJDY being the largest financial inclusion initiative to provide
President Droupadi Murmu has sanctioned the constitution support to the marginalized and economically backward
of the 23rd Law Commission of India, which will serve from sections through its financial inclusion interventions.
September 1, 2024, to August 31, 2027. • PMJDY provides one basic bank account for every unbanked
adult.
About:
• Overview: The Law Commission of India is a non-statutory Key Features of the Scheme:
body formed by the Government of India. It is established • Under the PMJDY, individuals can open a Basic Savings Bank
through a notification by the Ministry of Law & Justice, Deposit (BSBD) account at any bank branch or through a
Department of Legal Affairs. Business Correspondent (‘Bank Mitra’).
• Purpose and Functions: • Key benefits of the scheme include:
Š The Commission is constituted with specific terms of Š No requirement to maintain a minimum balance in PMJDY
reference to conduct research in the field of law. accounts;
Š It is responsible for making recommendations to the Š Interest earned on deposits in PMJDY accounts;
government on various legal issues in the form of Reports. Š Provision of a RuPay Debit card to account holders;
However, these recommendations are not binding on the Š Accident insurance cover of Rs 100,000 (increased to Rs
government. 200,000 for new accounts opened after August 28, 2018)
• Composition of the 23rd Law Commission: with the RuPay card;
Š A full-time Chairperson. Š Overdraft facility of up to Rs 10,000 for eligible account
Š Four full-time Members (including the Member-Secretary). holders;
Š The Secretary of the Department of Legal Affairs as an ex- Š Eligibility for Direct Benefit Transfer (DBT), Pradhan Mantri
officio member. Jeevan Jyoti Bima Yojana (PMJJBY), Pradhan Mantri
Š The Secretary of the Legislative Department as an ex- Suraksha Bima Yojana (PMSBY), Atal Pension Yojana
officio member. (APY), and Micro Units Development and Refinance
Š Up to five part-time Members. Agency Bank (MUDRA) scheme.

BACKGROUND
• Pre-independence: The first Law Commission was
established during colonial rule in India by the East India
Company under the Charter Act of 1833 and was presided
over by Lord Macaulay.
Š The First Law Commission drafted the Penal Code in
1837, the Limitation Law in 1842 and the Scheme of
Pleading and Procedure in 1848.
Significance:
Š After that, three more commissions were established in
• Financial Inclusion for All: PMJDY has revolutionized financial
pre-independent India.
inclusion by ensuring that even the marginalized and
• Post-independence: The first law commission in independent
economically disadvantaged populations can access formal
India was established in 1955, with its chairman M.C. Setalvad.
banking services, empowering them to manage their finances
securely.
10 YEARS OF PMJDY • Reduction in Informal Credit Dependency: With the overdraft
facility and access to credit schemes like MUDRA,
The Pradhan Mantri Jan Dhan Yojana (PMJDY) was beneficiaries can avoid predatory lending practices, thus
launched in 2014 under the Ministry of Finance and has reducing their dependence on informal credit sources like
completed a decade of successful implementation. moneylenders.

72
In-Shorts | Polity & Governance Current Affairs
Edition: October 2024

• Facilitation of Direct Benefit Transfers (DBT): The scheme Œ The Bharatiya Nyay Sanhita (BNS) 2023, the Bhartiya
facilitates direct transfers of government subsidies, pensions, Nagrik Suraksha Sanhita (BNSS) 2023, and the Protection
and other benefits, ensuring timely payments and reducing of Children from Sexual Offences (POCSO) Act 2012.
leakages in the distribution process. Š The proposed changes aim to apply to survivors and
• Increased Access to Social Security: By linking accounts with victims across all age groups, enhancing protection and
delivering stricter punishments for sexual offences.
insurance schemes like Pradhan Mantri Jeevan Jyoti Bima
• Death Penalty for Rape: The bill introduces capital punishment
Yojana (PMJJBY) and Atal Pension Yojana (APY), PMJDY
for individuals convicted of rape if the crime results in the
promotes financial security, offering life and accident
victim's death or leaves her in a vegetative state.
insurance to economically weaker sections.
Š Penalties Under BNS Laws:
• Promotion of Digital Payments: The provision of RuPay Debit
Œ Rape: A minimum of 10 years imprisonment with a fine.
cards to account holders promotes the use of digital payments, Œ Gang Rape: A minimum of 20 years imprisonment,
contributing to a cashless economy and enhancing financial extendable to life imprisonment.
transparency. • Rape Leading to Death or Vegetative State: A minimum of
20 years rigorous imprisonment, with the possibility of life
IMPLEMENTATION OF THE SCHEME imprisonment or the death penalty.
• The success of the initiative is reflected in 53 crore people • Time-Bound Investigations and Trials:
having been brought into the formal banking system Š The bill mandates that investigations into rape cases
through the opening of Jan Dhan Accounts. must be completed within 21 days, and trials concluded
• These bank accounts have garnered a deposit balance of within 30 days. Extensions are only allowed with written
justification from a senior police officer.
Rs. 2.3 lakh crore, and resulted in the issuance of over 36
Š Under BNSS laws, the time frame for investigation and
crore free-of-cost RuPay cards, which also provide for a `2
trial completion is set at two months from the date of
lakh accident insurance cover.
filing the FIR.
• 67% of the accounts have been opened in rural or semi-
• Establishment of Fast-Track Courts: The bill calls for the creation
urban areas, and 55% of accounts have been opened by of 52 special fast-track courts to expedite the adjudication of
women. cases related to sexual violence, ensuring justice is delivered
swiftly.
• Aparajita Task Force: The formation of a specialized Aparajita
Task Force at the district level is mandated. This task force,
led by a deputy superintendent of police, will focus on the
investigation of rape and other atrocities committed against
women and children.
• Stricter Penalties for Repeat Offenders: Repeat offenders face
life imprisonment, with the possibility of the death penalty if
deemed necessary under aggravated circumstances.
Conclusion: • Protection of Victims’ Identities: The bill includes provisions
• PMJDY being the world's largest financial inclusion scheme, to safeguard the identities of victims, ensuring privacy and
with its transformative power and its digital innovations have dignity throughout the legal process.
revolutionized financial inclusion in India. • Penalties for Delaying Justice: The bill introduces penalties for
police and health officials who fail to act promptly or tamper
with evidence, holding authorities accountable for negligence
APARAJITA BILL in handling sexual offence cases.
The West Bengal Legislative Assembly unanimously passed • Publication Restrictions: Strict penalties are proposed for the
the Aparajita Women and Child (West Bengal Criminal Laws unauthorised publication of court proceedings related to
Amendment) Bill, 2024. sexual offences, with offenders facing imprisonment of 3 to
5 years.
Major Highlights:
Challenges Related to the Aparajita Bill 2024:
• Proposed Amendments to BNS 2023, BNSS 2023, and POCSO
• Constitutional Validity: The Aparajita Women and Child (West
2012:
Bengal Criminal Laws Amendment) Bill, 2024 proposes to
Š The Aparajita Bill 2024 seeks to introduce amendments to
amend central laws, raising questions about its constitutional
three significant laws:
validity and jurisdictional limits.

73
Current Affairs In-Shorts | Polity & Governance
Edition: October 2024

Š According to Article 246 of the Indian Constitution, states counseling, legal aid, and rehabilitation programs, should
have the power to legislate on matters in the State List. be developed. Ensuring the dignity and safety of victims
Š However, the Concurrent List introduces complexity, as throughout the legal process is crucial for their recovery and
criminal laws fall within its domain. reintegration.
Š If the bill seeks to override central legislation, it would
require Presidential assent under Article 254(2).
NATIONAL AWARDS FOR E-GOVERNANCE
• Unrealistic Time Frames: The mandate to complete rape
investigations within 21 days poses a significant challenge due Open Network for Digital Commerce (ONDC) has received the
to the complexity of such cases and the existing backlog in The national awards for e-governance by the Department
the legal system, making timely investigation and trial difficult. of Administrative Reforms and Public Grievances (DARPG).
• Legal Challenges: Several precedents highlight challenges
faced by state-level amendments to central laws. For example: About:
Š In State of West Bengal v. Union of India (1964), the Supreme • Objective of the Award: The award seeks to recognize and
Court struck down the West Bengal Land Reforms Act, 1955 promote excellence in the implementation of e-Governance
due to its conflict with the central Land Acquisition Act, 1894, initiatives, encouraging innovation in successful
asserting the supremacy of Parliament over state laws. e-Governance solutions.
Š In KK Verma v. Union of India (1960), the Supreme Court • ONDC Initiative Overview:
invalidated the Madhya Pradesh Agricultural Produce Š ONDC (Open Network for Digital Commerce) is an
Markets Act, 1958, for inconsistency with central legislation. initiative by the Department for Promotion of Industry and
Š These cases underscore the judiciary's firm stance on the Internal Trade (DPIIT).
primacy of central laws over state-level amendments. Š Its primary goal is to promote an open platform for various
• Implementation Challenges: Effective implementation of the aspects of e-commerce retail, enabling small retailers to
bill may face obstacles, such as the need for upgraded law expand their businesses through digital mediums while
enforcement infrastructure and specialized training for police reducing the dominance of large players in the sector.
and judicial officers, particularly in handling sensitive sexual • Current Impact and Scale: The ONDC network is facilitating
offence cases. over 12 million orders per month, covering a wide range of
• Legal Rights of the Accused: The legal system guarantees product categories such as fashion and electronics, as well
the right to a fair trial for the accused, which could prolong as services like ride-hailing and metro ticketing.
the judicial process through appeals and mercy petitions, • Seller Onboarding and Reach: As of now, more than 6 lakh
potentially delaying the final outcome. sellers across India have been on-boarded onto the platform,
empowering small businesses and enhancing their visibility
Way Forward: in the digital marketplace.
• Strengthening Judicial Infrastructure: To ensure the swift
resolution of cases, it is essential to establish additional fast-
track courts and upgrade the existing judicial infrastructure.
NATIONAL TEST HOUSE
Adequate funding, staffing, and technological advancements Memorandum of Understanding (MoU) signed between
should be prioritized to handle the increased caseload the National Test House (NTH) and the Bureau of Energy
efficiently. Efficiency (BEE) to strengthen the Standards & Labelling
• Capacity Building for Law Enforcement: Specialized training (S&L) Program to promote energy efficiency in India.
programs for police officers, investigators, and judicial
officials must be implemented to handle sexual assault About:
cases sensitively and efficiently. Focus should be placed on • Organization Established in 1912: The organization was
building forensic capabilities and ensuring compliance with founded in 1912, marking over a century of its involvement in
time-bound investigations. scientific testing and quality assurance in India.
• Balancing Constitutional Jurisdictions: A collaborative • Affiliation: Department of Consumer Affairs, Government of
approach between the state and central governments should India
be promoted to address concerns over jurisdiction and Š It operates under the Department of Consumer Affairs,
constitutional validity. Clear guidelines and consensus on which is a part of the Government of India, ensuring
amendments to central laws will ensure that such reforms adherence to quality standards across various sectors.
meet constitutional requirements. • Role in National Projects: This organization plays a critical role
• Victim Support and Rehabilitation: Alongside legal reforms, in testing and quality assurance for major national projects,
a robust support system for victims, including psychological including:

74
In-Shorts | Polity & Governance Current Affairs
Edition: October 2024

Š Jal Jeevan Mission: Ensuring water quality and infrastructure About:


standards. • Mandatory Test for Licensing and Enrollment: The test is a
Š Bullet Train and Metro Projects: Certifying safety and compulsory requirement for obtaining a license and enrolling
quality of materials used. in the State or National Registers after completing a one-year
• Drone Certification: It is the only government agency in India internship.
authorized to provide drone certification, making it a key player • License to Practice in Indian System of Medicine: Successfully
in regulating and promoting drone technology in the country. passing the test grants a license to practice as a medical
• State-of-the-Art Testing Laboratories: professional in the respective disciplines of the Indian system
Š The organization boasts cutting-edge testing facilities of medicine.
located in several major cities across India Kolkata, Mumbai, • National Exit Test (NeXT): The National Exit Test (NeXT) is
Chennai, Ghaziabad, Guwahati, Jaipur, and Varanasi. mandated to be conducted by the relevant commissions
Š These labs support its nationwide initiatives in quality under the provisions of the National Commission for Indian
assurance and innovation. System of Medicine (NCISM) Act, 2020, and the National
Commission for Homoeopathy (NCH) Act, 2020.
BUREAU OF ENERGY EFFICIENCY (BEE)
• Establishment and Legal Framework: Founded in 2002,
the organization was created under the provisions of
KONYAK TRIBE
the Energy Conservation Act, 2001, aimed at promoting The Konyak Union, the apex body of the Konyak community in
energy efficiency in India. Nagaland, has recently raised concerns regarding a boundary
• Objective: The primary mission of the organization is line shown on Google Maps, which they claim inaccurately
to reduce energy intensity within the Indian economy, represents the traditional territory of the Konyak tribe.
contributing to sustainable growth through improved
energy efficiency. About:
• Functions and Duties: The organization works in • Ethnic and Tribal Identity: The Konyaks belong to the
collaboration with designated consumers, agencies, and Mongoloid race and are one of the largest tribes in Nagaland.
other stakeholders, leveraging existing resources and • Historical Practices: Historically, the Konyak tribe was known
infrastructure to perform its duties as outlined in the Energy for their practice of headhunting, a cultural ritual associated
Conservation Act. with warfare, honor, and social status.
• Regulatory and Promotional Responsibilities: The Energy
• Religious Beliefs: Before converting to Christianity, which is
Conservation Act assigns both regulatory and promotional
now the dominant religion among the Konyaks, they practiced
functions to the organization, empowering it to lead energy
Animism, a belief system that involved the worship of natural
conservation efforts across multiple sectors.
elements like trees, rivers, and animals.
• Regulatory Functions:
• Social Structure: The Konyaks have a patriarchal society,
Š Setting Minimum Energy Performance Standards: For
where authority and leadership typically rest with male
equipment and appliances under the Standards and
members of the community.
Labelling program.
Š Energy Standards for Commercial Buildings: Establishing
minimum energy performance standards for commercial SWACHH VAYU SURVEKSHAN AWARDS
buildings to ensure energy efficiency.
Š Energy Consumption Norms for Designated Consumers: Nine best performing NCAP cities were awarded on the
Developing and enforcing energy consumption norms occasion of International Day of Clean Air for Blue Skies
for consumers designated under the EC Act. which is also celebrated as Swachh Vayu Diwas.
• Nodal Ministry: The organization operates under the
jurisdiction of the Ministry of Power, which oversees its About:
energy efficiency and conservation initiatives. • The Swachh Vayu Survekshan Awards is a new initiative
launched by the Ministry of Environment, Forest, and Climate
Change (MoEFCC) under the National Clean Air Program
NATIONAL EXIT TEST (NExT) (NCAP) to rank and recognize cities based on their efforts to
improve air quality.
The National Exit Test (NExT) for Ayush students will come
• Criterias: Solid Waste Management, industrial emissions, road
into effect for the 2021-2022 batch onward.
dust etc.

75
Current Affairs In-Shorts | Polity & Governance
Edition: October 2024

• Awards Given: Under Category-1 (population over 10 Lakhs) • Established under the Bengal Eastern Frontier Regulations,
to Surat, Jabalpur, and Agra; Category-2 (population 1873, initially to protect British commercial interests, the ILP
between 3 and 10 Lakhs) to Firozabad, Amravati, and Jhansi; now aims to safeguard tribal cultures in northeastern India.
and Category-3 (population under 3 Lakhs) to Raebareli, • The system was updated post-independence to use "Citizen
Nalgonda, and Nalagarh. of India" instead of "British subjects. "
• There are various types of ILPs, including those for tourism and
long-term stays. Tourist ILPs are typically issued routinely.
NATIONAL TESTING HOUSE TO NOW CERTIFY • The states which require the permit are:Arunachal Pradesh,
DRONES Mizoram, Nagaland, Manipur.

National Test House (NTH) has been provisionally approved


by the Quality Council of India (QCI) as a Certification Body NITI AAYOG ON FUTURE PANDEMIC
for unmanned aircraft systems (UAS), including drones.
PREPAREDNESS
About: Recently, the NITI Aayog released an Expert Group report
• India's Largest Industrial Testing Laboratory: NTH is India’s titled ‘Future Pandemic Preparedness and Emergency
largest multi-location, multidisciplinary industrial testing Response —A Framework for Action’, focusing on public
laboratory under the central government, offering a health emergencies or pandemics.
comprehensive range of testing, calibration, and quality
evaluations in line with international and national standards. Background: Blueprint for Preparedness
• Establishment and Institutional Role: Founded in 1912, NTH • The expert group behind the ‘Future Pandemic Preparedness
operates under the Ministry of Consumer Affairs, Food & and Emergency Response (PPER) — A Framework for Action’
Public Distribution. It has a long-standing role in promoting recognised that COVID-19 wouldn’t be the last pandemic we
industrial growth by providing essential testing and quality face.
assurance services. • Given the ever-changing planetary dynamics—ecology,
• Expansion Since Independence: Post-independence, NTH climate, and interactions between humans, animals, and
has expanded its scope significantly, becoming involved plants—there is a need to be ready for new infectious threats.
in technological advancements related to industry, • In fact, the World Health Organization (WHO) has warned
commerce, trade, import substitution, export promotion, and that 75% of future public health threats are likely to be zoonotic
standardization across multiple sectors. (originating from animals).
• Drone Certification Services: NTH offers competitive drone
Key Recommendations: Four Pillars of Preparedness
certification services at a fee of `1.5 lakh, the lowest in
• Governance, Legislation, Finance and Management: Effective
the industry, demonstrating its commitment to supporting
governance structures, legal frameworks, financial
innovation and growth in the drone sector.
mechanisms, and management strategies are crucial.
• Contribution to National Initiatives: By certifying drones, NTH
Š A well-defined SOP manual for rapid response to be
plays a crucial role in supporting India’s “Make in India” and
prepared Setting up of a special PPER Fund for all
“Atma Nirbhar Bharat” initiatives, ensuring that domestically
activities of surveillance, data management, forecasting
developed drone technologies meet international standards.
and modelling, research, innovation and manufacture,
These efforts contribute to sectors like agriculture, healthcare,
development of countermeasures, infrastructure and
logistics, and infrastructure.
capacity building.
• Data Management, Surveillance and Early Predictive Warning,
INNER LINE PERMIT Forecasting and Modelling: Timely data collection, surveillance
systems, and predictive models allow us to detect outbreaks
The Nagaland State Government has approved the early. This information is vital for swift decision-making.
implementation of the Inner Line Permit (ILP) in • Research and Innovation, Manufacturing, Infrastructure,
Chumukedima, Niuland, and Dimapur districts. Capacity building/Skilling: Investing in research, innovation,
and domestic manufacturing capacities is essential. We need
About: to develop diagnostic tools, treatments, and vaccines swiftly.
• The Inner Line Permit (ILP) is an official travel document • Partnership, Community engagement including risk
required for Indian citizens from outside certain protected communication, Private sector partnerships, and international
states to enter these areas for a limited period. collaborations: Strengthening healthcare capacity, training

76
In-Shorts | Polity & Governance Current Affairs
Edition: October 2024

healthcare workers, and engaging communities are vital. of essential goods. It aims to protect industries like
International collaboration ensures knowledge sharing and manufacturing, agriculture, and services, minimizing job
resource pooling. losses and ensuring economic recovery during health crises.
• Promoting Technological Innovation and Self-Reliance:
Other Recommendations: Investing in pandemic preparedness will drive technological
• A separate Public Health Emergency Management Act (PHEMA) innovations in medical research, vaccine production, and
is proposed to facilitate the management of any public healthcare technologies.
health crisis beyond epidemics, including non-communicable Š This can further boost initiatives like 'Make in India, '
diseases, disasters, and bioterrorism, and should be in place reducing reliance on global supply chains for medical
for a developed country. supplies and improving self-reliance in critical sectors.
• Indian Regulatory System: There is a need for global • Strengthening Federal-State Cooperation: Effective pandemic
harmonisation of regulatory norms to allow acceptance of preparedness will enhance coordination between the central
regulatory data across the world’s recognised regulatory and state governments, ensuring a streamlined response to
authorities and a common framework for innovative technologies health emergencies.
and accelerated response for emergency approval. Š This will involve better public health policies, equitable
• The regulatory authority in India (CDSCO) needs special distribution of medical resources, and joint action plans to
powers through legislation and requires technical mitigate the impact of future pandemics.
competence strengthening and autonomy in functioning to • Protecting Vulnerable Communities: India’s future pandemic
meet these requirements. preparedness will focus on reducing healthcare disparities by
ensuring that marginalized and vulnerable populations receive
100-Day Action Plan:
timely healthcare access. Special attention will be given to
• The report emphasises that the first 100 days of an outbreak
rural areas, low-income families, and people with pre-existing
are critical. During this window, there is a need to have
health conditions to minimize their risk during pandemics.
strategies and countermeasures ready.
• The report provides a detailed roadmap for preparedness,
EVENT/OUTBREAK AND THEIR LEARNING
including how to track, test, treat, and manage outbreaks
effectively. SARS in 2003:
• Need for International legally binding rules/ regulations.
• Detection of infection among exposed persons is a
challenge during the initial phase.
• Need for core capacities for screening, sample collection
and quarantine facilities at international airports.

Avian Flu (H5N1) (Since 2006 - present time):


• An effective strategy of surveillance of at-risk populations
and culling sick birds was developed as a coordinated
surveillance and response plan for both human and animal
sectors.
• A standing committee on zoonosis was established
following avian influenza

H1N1 Pandemic (2009-10):


Significance of Future Pandemic Preparedness: • Countries were developing core capacities as per
• Strengthening India’s Public Health Infrastructure: Future International Health Regulations (IHR) 2005 at points of
pandemic preparedness will focus on enhancing India’s entry and inside the country for surveillance and response.
healthcare system by expanding rural healthcare facilities IHR (2005), a legally binding regulation, was in place.
and upgrading primary care centers. • Countries adopted public health measures like screening
Š This will ensure timely access to medical resources, at POEs, early detection of suspects, quarantine, contact
improve disease surveillance, and train healthcare tracing of suspect surveillance and management of cases
workers to respond swiftly to outbreaks. in isolation in dedicated wards. Public health measures
• Securing Economic Growth and Employment: Pandemic were helpful in mitigating and delaying the entry of infection.
preparedness in India will safeguard the economy by • Need for coordinated surveillance between Points of entry
developing resilient supply chains and local production and in country surveillance systems.

77
Current Affairs In-Shorts | Polity & Governance
Edition: October 2024

attacks on the Srivijaya kingdom based on the Sumatra


Ebola Outbreaks (2014-16) and (2018-21):
islands of present-day Indonesia.
• Efforts to control these outbreaks involved screening,
surveillance of exposed, contact tracing, data management, Š This naval expedition was a unique event in Indian history
laboratory testing, and health education, including use of and its legacy of peaceful relations with Southeast Asia.
PPEs. Š in 1014 AD and 1042 AD, the southern islands of this
• Public health efforts were much more effective, limiting archipelago were used as a strategic naval base by the
entry into the country. Chola Dynasty
• The islands, once a Chola naval base and the site of key
MERS-CoV (2012-13): events like the first Tiranga unfurling by Netaji Subhash
• Zoonotic diseases, particularly highly infectious diseases Chandra Bose and the imprisonment of freedom fighters in
that spread via respiratory/ droplets route could be the cellular jail, are now seen as crucial for India's strategic and
challenging to prevent. developmental goals.
• Most of the threats leading to epidemics were due to novel
viruses of zoonotic origin, possibly transmitted through the Significance:
human animal interface. • Strategic Importance:
• Infectious diseases having a respiratory mode of Š The islands are located at the crossroads of key
transmission are dangerous. international maritime routes, making them a crucial point
for India's maritime security.
Zika Virus Disease (2016):
Š Their proximity to the Malacca Strait, a major global
• It is a disease with over 80% asymptomatic cases and mild
shipping lane, enhances India's ability to monitor sea
clinical symptoms with full recovery cannot be prevented
traffic and counteract threats like piracy, smuggling, and
using public health measures directed towards travellers.
military incursions in the Indo-Pacific region.
• Effective vector surveillance and control is essential to
Š They also serve as a forward base for India’s naval and air
prevent entry and transmission of vector-transmitted
operations, strengthening India's defense posture.
diseases. Need for multi-sectoral collaborative surveillance.
• Economic Importance:
Š The islands have the potential to boost India's "Blue
PORT BLAIR TO BE RENAMED AS ‘SRI VIJAYA Economy" through fisheries, tourism, and offshore energy
PURAM’ exploration. Their rich marine biodiversity and pristine
beaches attract tourism, which is a vital economic driver.
The Indian government has decided to rename Port Blair Š The islands are also being developed as a maritime
in the Andaman and Nicobar Islands as Sri Vijaya Puram trade hub, which could increase India's connectivity with
to remove colonial imprints and honor the islands' role in Southeast Asia.
India's freedom struggle. • Ecological Significance:
Š The Andaman and Nicobar Islands are a biodiversity
About: hotspot, home to unique flora and fauna, some of which
• Port Blair is the capital of Andaman and Nicobar Islands. are endemic to the region. The islands play a crucial role
• It was originally named after Archibald Blair, a British naval in environmental conservation and are part of India's
surveyor who explored the area in the late 18th century. commitment to protecting fragile ecosystems.
• Historical linkages : Blair initially named the natural harbor Port Š They also contribute to mitigating climate change by
Cornwallis before it was renamed Port Blair. preserving coral reefs and mangroves, which act as natural
Š The East India Company (EIC) used the islands as a penal barriers against coastal erosion and extreme weather events.
colony and strategic base. • Geopolitical Significance:
Š Port Blair was established as a penal colony after the Š In the context of growing Chinese influence in the Indo-
Revolt of 1857, with a significant cellular jail (Kala Pani) Pacific, the Andaman and Nicobar Islands are central to
built in 1906 housing freedom fighters like Veer Damodar India's efforts to counterbalance China's expansion.
Savarkar. Š They serve as a base for India's collaborations with global
• Chola Expeditions: The Cholas were one of the longest ruling partners like the U.S. , Japan, and Australia, particularly
Tamil dynasties of southern India. under the Quadrilateral Security Dialogue (Quad).
Š They reigned approximately from the 9th to the 13th • Cultural Significance: The islands have a rich cultural history,
century. home to indigenous tribes with unique traditions and practices.
Š A prominent king of the dynasty, Rajendra Chola, Preservation of their cultural heritage is important not only for
maintained the Nicobar Islands as a naval base to launch the tribes but also for India's diverse cultural identity.

78
In-Shorts | Polity & Governance Current Affairs
Edition: October 2024

LAW ON EARLY ELECTIONS Supreme Court Ruling:


• Expanding the Scope of Section 15: The Supreme Court ruled
Delhi's Chief Minister has requested that the Assembly that Section 15 is not confined to penalizing the sharing
elections in Delhi be held alongside those in Maharashtra, or transmission of child pornography. It also covers cases
where a new legislature must be elected by November 26. where there is an “intent” to commit such acts.
However, the term of the Delhi Assembly doesn't conclude
Š This means that individuals can be punished even if they
until February 23, 2025.
do not actively distribute the material but show intent to
do so.
About: • Indirect Inference of Intent: The court clarified that failing to
• Under Article 324 of the Constitution, the powers of “delete, destroy, or report” child pornography can lead to an
superintendence, direction, and control of elections are vested inference of intent to share or distribute the material. Such a
in the Election Commission of India (ECI). failure would allow the court to infer the individual's intention
Š The ECI works backwards from the date on which the five- under Section 15.
year term of the existing House ends, ensuring that the • Overturning the Madras High Court Judgment: The Supreme
election process is completed before then. Court expanded the definition of “possession” in child
• Section 15(2) of The Representation of the People Act, 1951, pornography cases, overturning the Madras High Court's
says the election cannot be notified less than six months previous ruling. It stated that possession does not require
before the end of the term of the Assembly — unless the physical control over the material.
Assembly is dissolved before it completes its term. • Constructive Possession Defined: The court introduced the
• Article 174(2)(b) of the Constitution says the Governor “may concept of “constructive possession, ” where an individual
from time to time” dissolve the Legislative Assembly. may not physically possess the material but has control and
Š The Council of Ministers can recommend dissolution of the knowledge over it.
House to the Governor before the end of its term, forcing Š According to the ruling, “viewing, distributing, or displaying”
a decision. such content still qualifies as “possession” under Section 15.
Š Once the Assembly has been dissolved, the ECI has to
conduct fresh elections within six months. Supreme Court’s Recommendations to the Centre:
• Amend the POCSO Act: The court recommended replacing
Delhi’s Scenario: the term “child pornography” with “child sexual exploitation
• In Delhi, the Government of National Capital Territory of Delhi
and abuse material” (CSEAM) to more accurately reflect the
Act, 1991, applies.
gravity of the crime.
• Section 6(2)(b) of the Act says the Lieutenant Governor may
• Support for Victims: The SC suggested offering psychological
from time to time dissolve the Assembly, even if a Chief Minister
counselling, therapeutic interventions, and educational
of Delhi recommends the dissolution of the Assembly, the
support to help victims heal and reintegrate into society.
final say is the Centre’s (through the LG).
• Cognitive Behavioural Therapy (CBT) for Offenders: Implement
CBT programmes to address the cognitive distortions that
SUPREME COURT JUDGEMENT ON CHILD contribute to problematic sexual behaviour in offenders.
• Promoting Coordinated Efforts: Encouraging collaboration
PORNOGRAPHY
between educators, healthcare providers, law enforcement,
The Supreme Court held that viewing in private, downloading, and child welfare services to identify individuals with
storing, possessing, distributing or displaying pornographic problematic behaviours early and apply appropriate
acts involving children, attract criminal liability under the intervention strategies.
Protection of Children from Sexual Offences Act (POCSO), • Raising Public Awareness: Launch public campaigns aimed at
2012 and the Information Technology Act, 2000. destigmatizing the reporting of child sexual exploitation and
encouraging community vigilance.
Background: • Formation of an Expert Committee: The court called for the
• The Supreme Court verdict was based on an appeal filed by establishment of an expert committee to:
NGO, Just Right for Children Alliance, against a Madras High Š Devise comprehensive health and sex education
Court decision. programmes.
• The High Court had concluded that watching or downloading Š Increase awareness of POCSO among children from an
pornographic acts involving children in private domains was early age.
not a crime under the POCSO Act. Š Implement aforementioned recommendations effectively.

79
Current Affairs In-Shorts | Polity & Governance
Edition: October 2024

Actions taken by Government: Š Incentives will be given to those who have a scrapping
• Cyber Crime Unit (CCU): It handles cases under the Protection certificate from MoRTH approved vehicles scrapping
of Children from Sexual Offences (POCSO) Act and the centers.
Information Technology (IT) Act. • The scheme proposes the installation of 22,100 fast chargers
• Cyber Crime Prevention against Women and Children (CCPWC) for e-4 Ws, 1800 fast chargers for e-buses and 48,400 fast
Scheme: The objective is to have an effective mechanism chargers for e-2W/3Ws.
to handle cyber crimes against women and children in the • The outlay for electric vehicle public charging stations will be
country. Rs. 2,000 crore.
• National Commission for Protection of Child Rights (NCPCR): It
works with law enforcement agencies, conducts awareness
Significance of the Scheme:
campaigns, and intervenes in cases to ensure children's • The scheme promotes an efficient, competitive and resilient
safety. EV manufacturing industry thereby promoting Aatmanirbhar
Bharat. This will be achieved by incorporating a phased
• Indian Cyber Crime Coordination Centre (I4C): Coordinates
manufacturing programme (PMP) which encourages domestic
law enforcement efforts across the country to address
manufacturing and strengthening of EV supply chain.
cybercrime, including child pornography.
• The initiative is poised to address concerns regarding
• Cyber Tipline: It is the place to report child sexual exploitation
environmental pollution and fuel security as well as to make
and is operated by The National Center for Missing and
significant progress in promoting sustainable transportation
Exploited Children (NCMEC).
solutions.
• The scheme shall create significant employment opportunities
PM E-DRIVE SCHEME along the value chain.

The Union Cabinet approved a new scheme called PM Electric


OTHER INITIATIVES TAKEN
Drive Revolution in Innovative Vehicle Enhancement (PM
E-DRIVE) for the promotion of Electric Vehicles (EV) in India. • Electric Mobility Promotion Scheme 2024 (EMPS) with an outlay
of ` 778 Crore for a period 6 months (April 2024-September
2024) which provides incentives to buyers of e-2W and e-3W.
About:
• The PM E-DRIVE will replace Faster Adoption and Manufacturing • Production Linked Incentive Scheme for Automobile and
of Electric Vehicles in India Phase II (FAME India Phase II). Auto Component Industry (PLI-AAT) with a budgetary
outlay of ` 25,938 Crore. The scheme incentivises various
• The Ministry of Heavy Industries (MHI) will implement the new
categories of electric vehicles including e-2W, e-3W, e-4W,
scheme with a total outlay of Rs 10,900 crore over a period of
e-buses & e-trucks also.
two years.
• Production Linked Incentive Scheme for manufacturing of
• The scheme will focus on promoting electric buses, trucks, and
Advanced Chemistry Cell (PLI-ACC) in the country with a
ambulances. Electric cars for private or shared mobility will not
budgetary outlay of `18,100 Crore.
be covered under this new scheme.
• Scheme to Promote Manufacturing of Electric Passenger Cars
• The government has introduced e-vouchers for EV buyers to
to attract investments from global EV manufacturers and
avail of demand incentives under the scheme.
promote India as a manufacturing destination for e-vehicles.
Š These vouchers will be generated at the time of purchase
and authenticated via Aadhaar, ensuring transparency in
the subsidy process. PRADHAN MANTRI JANJATIYA UNNAT GRAM
Major Components of the Scheme:
ABHIYAN
• Subsidies/Demand incentives worth Rs. 3,679 crore have been The Union Cabinet approved Pradhan Mantri Janjatiya
provided to incentivize electric two-wheelers, electric three- Unnat Gram Abhiyan for improving the socio-economic
wheelers, e-ambulances, e-trucks and other emerging EVs. condition of tribal communities.
• The scheme will support 24.79 lakh e-2Ws, 3.16 lakh e-3Ws,
and 14,028 e-buses. About:
• The scheme allocates Rs. 500 crore for the deployment of • Financial Outlay of the Scheme: The scheme's total outlay is
e-ambulances. Rs. 79,156 crore, with the Central Government contributing
• A sum of Rs. 4,391 crore has been provided for procurement Rs. 56,333 crore and the State Governments contributing Rs.
of 14,028 e-buses by STUs/public transport agencies. 22,823 crore.
• Rs. 500 crore has been allocated for incentivising e-trucks. • Coverage and Beneficiaries: The initiative aims to cover

80
In-Shorts | Polity & Governance Current Affairs
Edition: October 2024

approximately 63,000 villages, benefiting over 705 tribal CVC REPORT ON CORRUPTION COMPLAINTS
communities, as highlighted in the Budget Speech for 2024-
25. India has a Scheduled Tribe population of 10.45 crore Central Vigilance Commission (CVC) has released the
according to the 2011 Census. report revealing the corruption complaints against various
government officials in 2023.
• Multi-Ministry Collaboration: The mission consists of 25
interventions that will be executed by 17-line ministries,
ensuring a comprehensive and multi-sectoral approach to
Major Highlights:
• Of the total corruption complaints received, the highest
tribal development.
number of complaints was against railway employees, followed
• Ministry-Specific Implementation: Each Ministry/Department
by those in Delhi’s local bodies and public sector banks.
will implement the schemes under the Development Action
Š Of the total complaints received against railway employees,
Plan for Scheduled Tribes (DAPST) over the next five years,
9,881 were disposed of and 566 were pending.
using funds allocated to achieve key goals for tribal welfare.
The goals are as follows:
Š Goal 1: Housing and Infrastructure
Œ The mission seeks to provide a pucca (permanent)
house for eligible households, alongside enhancing
village infrastructure for better living conditions in tribal
areas.
Š Goal 2: Economic Empowerment
Œ Through skill development, entrepreneurship
promotion, and livelihood support, the scheme focuses
on enhancing economic opportunities and self-
employment for tribal populations. • As many as 74,203 graft complaints were received against
Š Goal 3: Access to Quality Education all categories of officers/employees in 2023, of which 66,373
Œ The mission aims to ensure universal access to quality were disposed of and 7,830 were pending.
education for tribal communities, bridging gaps in
literacy and educational opportunities. Corruption:
• Corruption may be defined as an act of bribery or misuse of
Š Goal 4: Health and Dignified Ageing
public position or power for the fulfillment of selfish motives or
Œ The initiative prioritizes the promotion of healthy lives
to gain personal gratifications.
and dignified aging for tribal populations by improving
• India ranked 93 out of 180 countries on the corruption
access to healthcare and social services.
perceptions index for 2023 according to a Transparency
International report.
Promotion of schemes under PMJUGA:
• Tribal Home Stay: To tap the tourist potential of tribal areas Steps taken to Combat Corruption:
and to provide an alternate livelihood to the tribal community, • Prevention of Corruption Act (1988): This act aims to prevent
1000 Home stays will be promoted under Swadesh Darshan corruption in public life by criminalizing the act of accepting
through the Ministry of Tourism. or giving bribes. It has undergone amendments to address
• Sustainable Livelihood Forest Right Holders (FRA): It intends to emerging challenges in corruption.
bring sustainable agricultural practices to all Forest Rights • Right to Information Act (RTI) (2005): This act empowers citizens
Act (FRA) patta holders to enable them for maintenance and to seek information from public authorities, thereby promoting
conservation of forest transparency and accountability in government functioning.
• Digital India Program: Launched to improve governance and
• Improving infrastructure of Govt residential Schools and
transparency through technology, this program aims to digitize
Hostels: The Abhiyan aims to Improve infrastructure of Ashram
public services and reduce opportunities for corruption.
schools/hostels/Tribal schools/Govt residential schools for
• e-Governance: The implementation of online platforms for
upgradation on the lines of PM-Shri Schools.
government services (e.g., passport applications, income
• Tribal Multipurpose Marketing Centre (TMMCs): For Effective
tax returns) reduces bureaucratic red tape and minimizes the
marketing of tribal products and for improving marketing chances of corruption.
infrastructure, awareness, branding, packaging, and • Whistleblower Protection: The Whistleblowers Protection Act
transportation facilities 100 TMMCs will be set up. (2014) safeguards individuals who expose corruption and
wrongdoing in government and public sector enterprises.

81
Current Affairs In-Shorts | Polity & Governance
Edition: October 2024

• Government e-Marketplace (GeM): This online platform aims About: AB PM-JAY


to make public procurement more transparent and efficient • The Ayushman Bharat Pradhan Mantri Jan Arogya Yojana (AB
by enabling direct procurement by government departments PM-JAY) was launched on September 23,2018. The scheme
and public sector enterprises. is a key component of India’s commitment to achieving
• Anti-Corruption Units: Various state governments have Universal Health Coverage (UHC).
established their own anti-corruption bureaus and vigilance • Emergence: PM-JAY is part of the broader Ayushman Bharat
commissions to handle corruption cases at the state level.
initiative, which was established under the National Health
Policy 2017.
CENTRAL VIGILANCE COMMISSION (CVC) • Target Population: The scheme aims to cover over 12 crore
• Established: It was set up by the Government of India families, translating to nearly 55 crore individuals. The scheme
(Ministry of Home Affairs) vide Resolution in 1964 on the prioritizes the poorest 40% of the population, determined by
recommendation of the Santhanam Committee. It aims to the Socio-Economic Caste Census 2011.
promote integrity, transparency, and accountability in the • Coverage and Benefits: PM-JAY is recognized as the largest
public sector. health assurance scheme globally. It provides health
• Mandate: The CVC is tasked with overseeing and ensuring
coverage up to `5 lakh per family annually for secondary
the proper functioning of various government departments
and tertiary care hospitalization. The scheme focuses on
and public sector enterprises. It investigates allegations of
providing healthcare to India’s most vulnerable sections of
corruption and malpractices against public servants.
the population.
• Appointment of Members: The Central Vigilance
Commissioner and the Vigilance Commissioners are Feature:
appointed by The President of India on the basis of the • Cashless Access to Healthcare: Beneficiaries enjoy cashless
recommendation of a committee consisting of:
healthcare services at the point of care, eliminating the need
Š Prime Minister as Chairmen of the Committee.
for out-of-pocket payments during treatment.
Š The Minister of Home Affairs as a member of the
• Mitigating Catastrophic Health Expenditure: By covering
committee.
significant medical costs, PM-JAY helps prevent over six
Š Leader of the Opposition in the House of the People as
crore Indians from falling into poverty yearly due to healthcare
member of the committee.
expenses.
• Autonomy: The CVC operates independently of the
• Pre- and Post-Hospitalization Coverage: The scheme covers up to
government to ensure impartiality in its investigations and
recommendations. 3 days of pre-hospitalization and 15 days of post-hospitalization
• Term of Office: The Central Vigilance Commissioner shall expenses, including diagnostics and medications.
hold office for a term of four years from the date on which • No Family Size or Age Restrictions: PM-JAY imposes no
he enters upon his office or till he attains the age of sixty- restrictions on family size, age, or gender, ensuring inclusivity
five years, whichever is earlier. for all.
• Removal of Members: Only the President has the power • Coverage from Day One: All pre-existing medical conditions
to remove the Central Vigilance Commissioner or any are covered from the very first day of enrolment, ensuring
vigilance commissioner from the office under the following timely treatment.
circumstances:
Š If proved an insolvent. Achievements:
Š If he has been convicted of an offense which, in the opinion • Over the past six years, PM-JAY has aimed to address deep-
of the Central Government, involves moral turpitude. rooted health inequities in India.
Š If holds any Office of Profit. • PM-JAY represents a shift from segmented healthcare services
Š If he is unfit to continue in office by reason of infirmity to an integrated, need-based approach. It aligns with India's
of mind or body. commitment to the Sustainable Development Goals (SDGs).
• The scheme ensures that "no one is left behind", supporting
health equity for all.
SIX YEARS OF AYUSHMAN BHARAT PM-JAY • As of September 9, 2024, over 35.4 crore Ayushman cards
have been issued, improving healthcare accessibility for
Over six years, PM-JAY has transformed healthcare by
millions.
offering essential coverage to millions and reducing
• The scheme operates in 33 States and Union Territories,
financial burdens from medical expenses.
excluding NCT Delhi, West Bengal, and Odisha.

82
In-Shorts | International Relations Current Affairs

INTERNATIONAL Edition: October 2024

RELATIONS
CHINA–HOSTED FOCAC SUMMIT About:
• It is an annual international event held in Vladivostok, Russia,
Chinese President Xi Jinping pledged $51 billion of funding since 2015.
to African countries at the ninth edition of the Forum on • Its primary aim is to promote economic development in the
China-Africa Cooperation (FOCAC) in Beijing. Russian Far East and to encourage investment, collaboration,
and cooperation between Russia and Asia-Pacific nations.
About: • The forum brings together government officials, business
• China will support 30 infrastructure projects across the leaders, investors, and policymakers to discuss key economic
continent, with 360 billion yuan ($50.7 billion) to be offered as issues, opportunities in various sectors, and enhance regional
financial assistance. connectivity.
• The theme this year is “Joining Hands to Advance Modernization • It plays a vital role in shaping economic diplomacy and
and Build a High-Level China-Africa Community with a Shared fostering partnerships in the Asia-Pacific region. It borders
Future.” two oceans, the Pacific and the Arctic, and five countries
(China, Japan, Mongolia, the United States and North Korea).
About FOCAC:
• The Forum on China-Africa Cooperation was established in
2000 to formalise the strategic partnership between China INTERNATIONAL COOPERATIVE ALLIANCE'S
and African nations. GENERAL ASSEMBLY
• A summit is conducted every three years, with the host
alternating between China and an African member. India will host the International Cooperative Alliance's
• The FOCAC counts 53 African nations as its members – the General Assembly and global conference for the first time
entire continent except Eswatini. in November this year, at Bharat Mandapam, New Delhi.
Š Eswatini has diplomatic ties with Taiwan against Beijing’s
“One China” Policy. About:
Š The African Union Commission is also a member. • The theme for this year’s conference is “Cooperatives Build
Prosperity for All, ” which is in line with the Prime Minister
China’s Investment in Near Future in Africa: Narendra Modi’s vision of ‘Sahakar se Samriddhi’.
• China’s approach has changed for investment in African Nations: • The Conference will also mark the official launch of the UN
China wishes to narrow the country’s investment portfolio International Year of Cooperatives – 2025.
away from big-ticket infrastructure to “small and beautiful Š A commemorative stamp celebrating the International Year
projects.” It also hopes to sell advanced, green technologies of Cooperatives – 2025 will be launched during the event.
which Chinese firms have heavily invested in. • The Conference will be used to showcase Indian Cooperatives’
• Reasons for Change in China's Approach: The summit comes products and services in the ‘Haat’ setup with the theme of
at a time when China is experiencing a prolonged economic Indian Villages.
slowdown post-pandemic, with China’s growth target for the Š India is home to one-fourth of the world’s cooperatives,
year looks out of reach. both in terms of numbers and membership, and this move
Š Its manufacturers are battling deflationary pressures and will further strengthen the cooperative movement in the
unemployment challenges. country.
Š There are also concerns about loan defaults — in 2020,
Zambia defaulted on its loan , while Ghana defaulted on INTERNATIONAL COOPERATIVE ALLIANCE (ICA)
most of its $30 billion external debt in 2022.
• It is the premier body for the Global Cooperative movement.
• It was established in 1895 as a non-profit international
EASTERN ECONOMIC FORUM association to advance the cooperative social enterprise
model.
The Eastern Economic Forum 2024 was held in Vladivostok, • The ICA’s General Assembly meets every year whereas
Russia. global conferences happen every two years.

83
Current Affairs In-Shorts | International Relations
Edition: October 2024

INDO-PACIFIC OCEANS INITIATIVE (IPOI) About:


• The Turkmenistan-Afghanistan-Pakistan-India (TAPI) natural
Recently, the Indo-Pacific Oceans Initiative (IPOI) completes gas pipeline project is a significant regional energy initiative.
five years since its launch in 2019. • It aims to transport up to 33 billion cubic meters (bcm) of natural
gas annually from the Galkynysh gas field in Turkmenistan,
About: through a pipeline spanning approximately 1,800 kilometers.
• It was launched by India in November 2019 at the East Asia • The route includes passing through key regions like Herat and
Summit (EAS) in Bangkok, and aims to foster cooperation for Kandahar in Afghanistan, and Balochistan in Pakistan, before
a free, open, and rules-based Indo-Pacific. terminating in Fazilka, Punjab, in India.
• IPOI emphasizes maritime security, stability, and
development, building on India's Security and Growth for All Significance:
in the Region (SAGAR) vision. • Meeting South Asia’s Energy Demands: The project is
designed to address the rising energy needs of South Asia,
• It operates as a non-treaty-based, voluntary arrangement,
with Pakistan and India each expected to receive 42% of the
relying on existing frameworks like the EAS mechanism.
gas supplies, while Afghanistan will receive 16%.
Key Pillars and Leadership of IPOI: • Economic Boost for Afghanistan: Afghanistan is set to benefit
from transit fees estimated at $500 million annually, which
IPOI has seven pillars, with countries taking the lead in specific areas:
could significantly contribute to its economy and infrastructure
• Maritime Security: UK and India
development.
• Maritime Ecology: Australia and Thailand
• Enhancing Regional Cooperation: The TAPI project fosters
• Maritime Resources: France and Indonesia
regional cooperation by connecting energy-rich Central Asia
• Capacity Building and Resource Sharing: Germany
with energy-deficient South Asia, promoting closer economic
• Disaster Risk Reduction and Management: India and Bangladesh
and political ties among participating nations.
• Science, Technology, and Academic Cooperation: Italy and
• Improving Energy Security: By diversifying energy sources,
Singapore
the TAPI pipeline enhances energy security for Pakistan and
• Trade, Connectivity, and Maritime Transport: Japan and the US India, reducing their dependence on volatile energy markets
and strengthening energy resilience.
Significance of IPOI:
• Promoting Economic Development: The project holds the
• Rules-Based Regional Order: The IPOI aims to establish a
potential to drive economic growth in all participating
rules-based order in the Indo-Pacific, ensuring the free
countries by creating jobs, improving infrastructure, and
movement of goods, services, and people, while protecting
stimulating local economies through the construction and
the sovereignty of all nations in the region.
operation of the pipeline.
• Strengthening Maritime Security: The IPOI promotes regional
• Geopolitical Stabilization: TAPI could contribute to regional
maritime security through cooperation among nations to tackle stability by fostering interdependence among countries
shared threats such as piracy, illegal fishing, smuggling, and with historical tensions, potentially reducing conflict over
other maritime crimes, enhancing collective safety at sea. energy resources and promoting peace through economic
• Disaster Risk Reduction and Management: IPOI seeks to collaboration.
bolster regional capacity for disaster preparedness and • Environmental Benefits: With natural gas being a cleaner
response, fostering cooperation in disaster risk reduction and energy source compared to coal and oil, the TAPI pipeline
management to mitigate the impact of natural disasters in the also contributes to lowering carbon emissions in the region,
Indo-Pacific. supporting global climate goals.
• Flexible, Non-Treaty-Based Initiative: As a voluntary, non-
treaty-based initiative, IPOI offers flexibility for countries to
UN OBSERVES INTERNATIONAL DAY OF
participate based on mutual interests, without imposing new
institutional or regulatory burdens on member states.
SOUTH-SOUTH COOPERATION
The United Nations International Day of South-South
Cooperation was observed. This year's theme is "A better
AFGHANISTAN SET TO BEGIN WORK ON TAPI
tomorrow through South-South Cooperation. "
PIPELINE
The Afghanistan government said that work would begin About:
on a $10 billion TAPI gas pipeline traversing South Asia. • It is observed annually on September 12, as established by
General Assembly resolution 58/220.

84
In-Shorts | International Relations Current Affairs
Edition: October 2024

• This date commemorates the adoption of the Buenos Aires India’s Approach:
Plan of Action (BAPA) in 1978, which promotes technical • Principles of global “South-South cooperation” guided India’s
cooperation among developing countries. warm and friendly relations with all African countries.
• India has played a significant role in SSTC through projects
South-South Cooperation:
like the Pan-African e-Network, India-Brazil-South Africa
• It refers to the collaboration among countries in the Global
Fund, and International Solar Alliance (ISA). India has
South to address common development challenges, share
invested about $107 billion in SSTC since 1947.
knowledge, and build collective capacities.
• The G20 summit has solidified India as a leading voice for
• The concept of cooperation among developing countries
developing nations.
originated from the Afro-Asian Conference held in Bandung
• The inclusion of the African Union in the G20 strengthens
in 1955.
Š This Conference led to the establishment of the Non- India's global position and partnerships.
Aligned Movement in 1961 and the creation of the Group
of 77 (G-77) in 1964. The G-77 mainly promoted South-
OPERATION SADBHAV
South Cooperation in the 1960s and 1970s.
India has launched Operation Sadbhav to provide
humanitarian assistance and disaster relief (HADR) to Laos,
Myanmar and Vietnam.

About:
• Laos, Myanmar and Vietnam have been hit by severe flooding
caused by Typhoon Yagi.
• Operation Sadbhav is part of India’s broader effort to
contribute to HADR within the ASEAN (Association of
Southeast Asian Nations) region, in line with its longstanding
‘Act East Policy’.
• Typhoon Yagi has been termed the strongest tropical cyclone
that has hit Asia in 2024. It started as a tropical storm in the
western Philippine Sea and turned into a Category 5 typhoon
and made landfall in China’s Hainan province with winds of
223 kmph. It has displaced millions across South East Asia
and caused widespread devastation.

Global Efforts:
• The United Nations Office for South-South Cooperation
2024 QUAD LEADERS’ SUMMIT
(UNOSSC): It was created in 1974 to promote, coordinate and Leaders of the Quad group of countries met at their sixth
support South-South and triangular cooperation globally and summit-level meeting at Archmere Academy, Delaware, to
within the United Nations system. announce a broad range of outcomes.
• The “South-South Galaxy” : It is a global knowledge-sharing
and partnership platform launched in 2019. The project
About:
aims to give systematic and effective support to countries of
• It is an informal multilateral grouping of India, the U.S. ,
the South, so they can connect, learn and collaborate with
Australia, and Japan aimed at cooperation for a free and open
potential partners in the wider digital world.
Indo-Pacific region.
• South-South and Triangular Cooperation (SSTC): SSTC
• Origin: The Quad began as a loose partnership after the
supports development across sectors like agriculture, health,
2004 Indian Ocean tsunami when the four countries joined
and education. It fosters mutual benefit, respect, and non-
together to provide humanitarian and disaster assistance to
conditional partnerships, contributing to more resilient and
the affected region.
sustainable societies.
Š It was formalized by former Japanese Prime Minister
Š The World Food Programme (WFP) has been actively
involved in facilitating SSTC, utilizing mechanisms like the Shinzo Abe in 2007, but then fell dormant.
South-South Trust Fund. In 2023, it supported 60 of 85 • After a decade it was resurrected in 2017, reflecting changing
countries in engaging in SSTC initiatives. attitudes in the region toward China's growing influence.

85
Current Affairs In-Shorts | International Relations
Edition: October 2024

Key Initiatives of QUAD 2024: About:


• Quad Cancer Moonshot, a groundbreaking partnership to • In the 'Pact of the Future', world leaders agreed to redress the
save lives in the Indo-Pacific region. historical injustice against Africa as a priority and improve the
Š Under this, India will provide $7.5 million worth of HPV representation of the under-represented and unrepresented
sampling kits, detection kits and cervical cancer vaccines regions and groups including Asia-Pacific, Latin America and
to countries in the Indo-Pacific. the Caribbean.
Š A commitment from the Serum Institute of India, in • They also agreed to enlarge the Security Council to be more
partnership with Gavi and the Quad, to support orders of up representative of the current United Nations membership and
to 40 million HPV vaccine doses for the Indo-Pacific region. reflective of the realities of the contemporary world.
• Coast Guard Cooperation: The First-ever “Quad-at-Sea Ship
Observer Mission” in 2025 to improve interoperability and Key Issues for Reform at UNSC:
advance maritime safety between our Coast Guards across • Categories of membership,
the Indo-Pacific. • The question of the veto held by the five permanent members,
• The Quad Indo-Pacific Logistics Network pilot project, in order • Regional representation,
to support civilian response to natural disasters more rapidly • The size of an enlarged Council and its working methods, and
and efficiently across the Indo-Pacific region. • The Security Council-General Assembly relationship.
• The “Quad Ports of the Future Partnership” will harness the
Quad’s collective expertise to support sustainable and resilient UNITED NATIONS SECURITY COUNCIL (UNSC)
port infrastructure development across the Indo-Pacific. • It is one of the UN’s six main organs and is aimed at
• The “Semiconductor Supply Chains Contingency Network maintaining international peace and security.
Memorandum of Cooperation” to enhance Quad resilience in • It held its first session on 17th January 1946 in Westminster,
semiconductor supply chains. London.
• Reform at the UN Security Council: The Leaders recognised • Headquarters: New York City.
the urgent need to make it more representative, inclusive, • Membership: The Council is composed of 15 Members.
and democratic through expansion in permanent and non- Š Five Permanent members with veto power: China, France,
permanent categories of membership Russia, the United Kingdom and the United States.
• Quad Principles for Development and Deployment of Digital Š Ten Non Permanent members
Public Infrastructure were welcomed for the region and beyond.
Election of Non-Permanent Members:
• The Maritime Initiative for Training in the Indo-Pacific (MAITRI)
• Each year the General Assembly elects five non-permanent
to enable regional partners to monitor and secure their
members (out of 10 in total) for a two-year term.
waters, enforce their laws, and deter unlawful behavior.
• The 10 non-permanent seats are distributed on a regional
Š India will host the first MAITRI workshop in 2025.
basis as follows:
Strategic Significance of QUAD: Š Five for African and Asian States;
• Act East policy: India’s participation in the Quad emphasizing Š One for the Eastern European States;
deeper engagement with East Asian nations and strengthening Š Two for the Latin American and Caribbean States;
maritime security cooperation. Š Two for Western European and other States.
• Military cooperation: It provides a platform for military • To be elected to the Council, candidate countries need a
cooperation, intelligence sharing, and joint exercises aimed two-thirds majority of ballots of the Member States that are
at maintaining maritime security and ensuring the rule of law.
present and voting in the Assembly.
• Counterbalancing China’s Influence: QUAD is crucial for
Š The elections were held with each of the 193 member
India’s interests in safeguarding its maritime trade routes and
states casting its vote in a secret ballot.
ensuring freedom of navigation in international waters.
• More than 50 United Nations Member States have never
• India has supported a rule-based multipolar world and QUAD
been Members of the Security Council.
can help it in.
Š India last sat at the UN high table as a non-permanent
member in 2021-22.
'PACT OF THE FUTURE' PROMISING TO
REFORM THE UNSC Need for UN Reforms:
• Non-representative Council membership: When the UN was
The United Nations’ General Assembly adopted the 'Pact of
founded in 1945, the Council consisted of 11 members out of
the Future', promising to “reform the UNSC.
51 members of UN; around 22%.

86
In-Shorts | International Relations Current Affairs
Edition: October 2024

Š Today, there are 193 member-states of the UN, and only geographical locations could potentially lead to “supply chain
15 members of the Council — fewer than 8%. vulnerabilities and even disruption of supplies”.
• More financial contribution of non permanent members:
There are countries whose financial contributions to the UN MINERAL SECURITY PARTNERSHIP (MSP)
outweigh those of four of the five permanent members. • It is a US-led collaboration that would focus on the supply
Š For example, Japan and Germany have for decades been chains of minerals such as Cobalt, Nickel, Lithium, and
the second and third largest contributors to the UN also the 17 ‘rare earth’ minerals.
budget. • Members: Australia, Canada, Estonia, Finland, France,
• Unable to discharge basic functions: The Security Council Germany, India, Italy, Japan, the Republic of Korea,
cannot discharge its basic function as one of the permanent Norway, Sweden, the UK, U.S. , and the EU.
members of the Security Council attacked its neighbour. Š India was inducted to the MSP in 2023.
Russia, a permanent member of the UN, has vetoed UNSC • Mandate: To catalyze public and private investment in
critical mineral supply chains globally. It directly addresses
resolutions on Ukraine issues.
four major critical minerals challenges:
• Im-balance of Power: The composition of the Council also
Š Diversifying and stabilizing global supply chains;
gives undue weightage to the balance of power of those
Š Investment in those supply chains;
days.
Š Promoting high environmental, social, and governance
Š Europe, accounting for 5% of the world’s population,
standards in the mining, processing, and recycling
controls 33% of the seats in any given year (and that does
sectors; and
not count Russia, another European power).
Š Increasing recycling of critical minerals.
• India’s contribution & representation: Opportunities are also
denied to other states such as India, which by its sheer size Applications of Critical Minerals:
of population, share of the world economy, or contributions to • Clean Energy Technologies: Critical minerals are essential in
the UN have helped shape the evolution of world affairs in the the production of clean energy technologies such as zero-
seven decades since the organisation was born. emission vehicles, wind turbines, and solar panels. These
minerals enable energy storage, efficient power generation,
Conclusion: and renewable energy adoption on a global scale, contributing
• The U.N. Secretary-General, in his remarks warned that to reducing carbon footprints.
the 15-nation United Nations Security Council, which he • Battery and Semiconductor Manufacturing: Minerals like
described as “outdated” and whose authority is eroding, Cadmium, Cobalt, Gallium, Indium, Selenium, and Vanadium
will eventually lose all credibility unless its composition and are integral to producing batteries for electric vehicles, energy
working methods are reformed. storage systems, and semiconductors. These components
are vital for powering the next generation of electronics,
making energy use more efficient.
MINERALS SECURITY FINANCE NETWORK • Advanced Manufacturing and Defense: Critical minerals
(MSFN) play a crucial role in defense applications and advanced
manufacturing. For instance, minerals like Beryllium, Titanium,
India has joined the US-led Minerals Security Finance
Network, an initiative aimed at strengthening global Tungsten, and Tantalum are used in aerospace components,
cooperation in securing critical mineral supply chains. permanent magnets, and high-performance ceramics,
enhancing strength and resistance in harsh environments.
About: • New Technologies and Electronics: Critical minerals are
• It is a new initiative emerging from the Minerals Security indispensable in new technologies and electronic devices, from
Partnership (MSP), a framework established by the US in 2022. smartphones to aerospace technologies. Minerals like Tungsten
• The network aims to bring together institutions from the and Tantalum are key to miniaturizing electronic components
Indo-Pacific region and Europe, promoting cooperation, and ensuring high conductivity and heat resistance.
information exchange, and co-financing. • Medical Devices and Pharmaceuticals: Platinum Group
Metals (PGMs) have critical applications in healthcare,
Meaning of Critical Minerals: especially in medical devices such as pacemakers and
• These are minerals that are essential for economic development stents, cancer treatment drugs, and dental materials. These
and national security. The lack of availability of these minerals minerals contribute to the advancement of modern medicine,
or the concentration of extraction or processing in a few improving treatment outcomes.

87
Current Affairs In-Shorts | Economy
Edition: October 2024

ECONOMY
VisioNxt Š By fostering healthy competition and showcasing Indian
culture and design, it promotes a rich tapestry of Indian
Recently, the Union Minister of Textiles inaugurated India's fashion that resonates both locally and internationally.
first fashion forecasting initiative, 'VisioNxt'. Š This initiative not only seeks to empower Indian designers
but also positions India as a significant player in the global
About: fashion landscape.
• Funding:
Š This initiative is funded by the Ministry of Textiles, 5 YEARS OF PRADHAN MANTRI KISAN
Government of India, under the Research & Development
MAANDHAN YOJANA
scheme.
Š It is affiliated with the National Institute of Fashion Recently, the Pradhan Mantri Kisan Maandhan Yojana (PM-
Technology (NIFT), which leverages its 18 campuses, in- KMY) marked five years since its implementation.
house expertise, and extensive alumni network to enhance
the program's reach and effectiveness. About:
• Pioneering AI and EI Integration: • Overview:
Š This initiative marks India’s first-ever effort to combine Š Launched on September 12, 2019, the Pradhan Mantri
Artificial Intelligence (AI) and Emotional Intelligence (EI) to Kisan Maandhan Yojna (PM-KMY) aims to provide social
generate fashion trend insights and forecasts. security to all land-holding Small and Marginal Farmers
Š By integrating these two fields, it aims to provide a (SMFs) across India.
nuanced understanding of fashion trends that resonate Š This old-age pension scheme is voluntary and contributory,
with Indian consumers. allowing eligible farmers to secure a fixed monthly pension
• Mission: of ₹3,000 upon reaching the age of sixty.
Š The mission of this initiative is to identify, map, and analyze • Contribution Mechanism:
geo-specific trends that reflect the positive plurality, Š To qualify for the pension, farmers must contribute monthly
cultural diversity, and socio-economic nuances of India. to the pension fund throughout their working years, with
Š It aims to collate comprehensive trends and insights that the central government making matching contributions.
cater specifically to the Indian market, moving beyond Š Farmers aged between 18 and 40 years can enroll by
generic global trends. paying a monthly subscription ranging from ₹55 to ₹200
• Development of ‘Deep Vision’: until they reach sixty years of age.
Š A key outcome of this initiative is the development of • Implementation Success:
‘Deep Vision, ’ an indigenous trend forecasting system that Š Once enrolled, farmers who meet the scheme's exclusion
synthesizes AI and EI. criteria will receive their monthly pension starting at age
Š This system is designed to analyze vast amounts of data, sixty.
offering insights that are both data-driven and empathetic Š The Life Insurance Corporation (LIC) manages the pension
to consumer emotions and cultural contexts. fund, while beneficiary registration occurs through
• Importance of the Initiative: Common Service Centres (CSCs) and state governments.
Š This initiative significantly reduces dependence on global • Eligibility Criteria:
forecasting agencies by providing unique insights into Š Farmers with cultivable land holdings of up to 2 hectares
Indian fashion consumers. and listed in state/UT land records as of August 1, 2019,
Š By integrating India’s strengths in information technology are eligible for the scheme.
with the textile industry, it combines artificial intelligence Š As of August 6, 2024, approximately 23.38 lakh farmers have
with human intelligence, resulting in a more holistic joined the PM-KMY. Bihar leads in registrations with over
approach to fashion forecasting. 3.4 lakh, followed by Jharkhand with more than 2.5 lakh.
• Enhancing Global Presence: Š Uttar Pradesh, Chhattisgarh, and Odisha also show
Š The initiative aims to enhance India’s global presence in significant participation, indicating a robust uptake of the
the fashion industry. scheme.

88
In-Shorts | Economy Current Affairs
Edition: October 2024

• Key Benefits Under PM-KMY: Š Nutritional Composition:


Š Minimum Assured Pension: Subscribers are guaranteed a Œ DAP is particularly valued for its nutrient profile,
minimum pension of ₹3,000 per month upon reaching age containing approximately 18% Nitrogen (N) and 46%
sixty. Phosphorus (P).
Š Family Pension: If a subscriber passes away while Œ Both nitrogen and phosphorus are primary macronutrients
receiving their pension, their spouse is entitled to a family essential for plant growth and development.
pension of ₹1,500 per month, provided the spouse is not Œ Nitrogen is critical for leaf growth and overall plant
already a beneficiary of the scheme. vigor, while phosphorus is vital for root development,
Š PM-KISAN Benefit: SMFs may use their PM-KISAN benefits flowering, and fruiting.
to make voluntary contributions to the PM-KMY scheme Š Manufacturing Process: DAP is produced through a chemical
by signing and submitting an enrolment-cum-auto-debit- reaction between ammonia and phosphoric acid in
mandate form, allowing automatic deductions from the controlled conditions within fertilizer manufacturing plants.
bank account receiving PM-KISAN benefits. • Importance of DAP in Agriculture:
Š Equal Contribution by Government: The Central Š Primary Nutrients:
Government contributes an equal amount to the pension Œ DAP serves as a rich source of two of the most crucial
fund as that contributed by the eligible subscriber. nutrients for plant health.
Œ The presence of both nitrogen and phosphorus
contributes significantly to improving soil fertility and
boosting crop yields, making it a preferred choice
among farmers for various crops.
Š Part of Essential Nutrients:
Œ DAP is not only a source of nitrogen and phosphorus
but is also integral to the 18 essential nutrients required
for optimal plant health.
Œ These nutrients include various micronutrients that
support various physiological and biochemical
Conclusion: processes in plants.
• Over five years of implementation, the PM-KMY has significantly • Nano DAP:
empowered Small and Marginal Farmers (SMFs) in India. Š Specialized Formulation:
• One of its key achievements is enhancing financial stability Œ Nano DAP is an innovative, specialized form of DAP
for farmers, who often face uncertain futures due to the that has been developed to enhance the fertilizer's
seasonal nature of agriculture and fluctuating incomes. effectiveness in promoting plant growth and
• By securing a pension for their retirement years, the scheme development.
addresses a critical gap in social security for the rural Œ It is a liquid fertilizer designed to improve nutrient
population. absorption and utilization by plants.
• Its success underscores its vital role in improving the quality Š Ease of Use:
of life for India’s ‘Annadata’ (food providers). Œ The liquid formulation of Nano DAP makes it logistically
easier to handle compared to traditional granular
NANO DAP VS CONVENTIONAL GRANULAR fertilizers.
Œ This user-friendly aspect can significantly reduce the
FERTILIZER labor and effort involved in application.
Recently, the Government is promoting nano DAP as a cost- Š Coverage and Pricing:
effective, homegrown alternative to the imported granular Œ A 500 ml bottle of Nano DAP, which is priced at Rs 600,
version of the fertilizer. is sufficient to cover one acre of land.
Œ In contrast, one 50 kg bag of traditional granular DAP,
About: costing Rs 1,350, is necessary to fertilize one acre of
• Overview of DAP: wheat.
Š Common Usage: Di-Ammonium Phosphate (DAP) is Œ For crops such as potatoes, farmers may require 2.5 to
recognized as the second most widely used fertilizer 3 bags per acre.
in India, following urea, which is the most prevalent Œ This stark difference in coverage highlights the potential
nitrogenous fertilizer. cost savings associated with Nano DAP.

89
Current Affairs In-Shorts | Economy
Edition: October 2024

Š Reduced Handling and Transportation Costs:


INDIAN FARMERS FERTILISER COOPERATIVE (IFFCO)
Œ Farmers opting for Nano DAP can benefit from lower
handling and transportation costs. • Founded: It was established in 1967 and is headquartered
in New Delhi, India.
Œ The lighter liquid form and smaller volume required
for application make it more convenient for farmers • Member Cooperatives: IFFCO comprises approximately
to transport and apply, further enhancing their profit 35,000 member cooperatives.
margins. • Beneficiary Farmers: The cooperative model reaches
• Current Fertilizer Demand and Supply: over 50 million farmers across India, providing them with
essential fertilizers and promoting sustainable agricultural
Š Annual Consumption:
practices.
Œ India consumes approximately 10.5-11.5 million tonnes
• Market Share: It holds a substantial position in the Indian
of DAP annually, reflecting the high demand for this
fertilizer market, with nearly 29% market share in complex
essential fertilizer.
fertilizers and 19% market share in urea.
Œ However, domestic production is limited, with estimates
ranging from 4 to 5 million tonnes, leading to substantial
imports to bridge the gap.
CENTRAL SILK BOARD
Š Regional Demand:
Œ In states like Punjab, the demand for DAP is particularly Recently, Union Minister of Textiles, Shri Giriraj Singh,
significant, with the region requiring about 5.50 lakh launched a commemorative coin in Mysuru to celebrate the
tonnes annually. Platinum Jubilee of the Central Silk Board (CSB).
Œ A large portion of this demand arises during the Rabi
season (October-March), primarily for crops such as About:
wheat and potatoes. • Establishment and Legal Status:
• Challenges with Traditional DAP Supply: Š The Central Silk Board (CSB) was established in 1948 under
Š Supply Issues: an Act of Parliament, making it a statutory body.
Œ The supply of conventional granular DAP has faced Š This legal status grants it specific authority and
numerous challenges, primarily due to its heavy responsibilities in regulating and promoting the silk
reliance on imports. industry in India.
Œ These supply chain issues have led to shortages and • Operational Jurisdiction: The CSB operates under the Ministry
delays, creating panic among farmers who depend on of Textiles, which is responsible for formulating policies and
timely access to fertilizers for their crops. programs to enhance the development of textiles in India.
Š Alternatives Exploration: • Role in Silk Industry Development: The CSB plays a crucial
Œ In light of these supply challenges, agro-scientists role in the development of India's silk industry, which is
and policymakers have been exploring alternatives to an essential sector for rural employment and economic
conventional DAP, such as the innovative Nano DAP development. Its responsibilities include:
developed by IFFCO, which could provide a more Š Advising the Government: The CSB provides guidance
reliable and effective solution for farmers. to the Government of India on various matters related to
• Government Recommendations: sericulture (silk farming) and the overall silk industry. This
Š The Government has currently recommended that Nano advisory role is vital for shaping policies that support silk
DAP be used to replace only 25-50% of conventional DAP. production and sustainability.
Š Specifically, at least 50% of the recommended DAP dose Š Research and Development: The Board is involved in
should consist of traditional DAP applied during sowing, research activities aimed at improving silk production
while the remaining 50% should comprise Nano DAP, techniques, enhancing quality, and exploring innovative
which can be used as a foliar spray once the crop’s practices in sericulture.
leaves have emerged. • Support for Sericulture: The CSB focuses on promoting
Š This balanced approach aims to optimize nutrient delivery sericulture as a viable livelihood option, especially for rural
while maintaining crop health. communities. Its initiatives often include:
• Reducing Subsidy Burden: Š Providing technical assistance and training to silk farmers
Š The widespread adoption of indigenously produced nano to improve their practices.
fertilizers like Nano DAP is expected to alleviate India's Š Facilitating access to funding and resources for small and
financial burden associated with fertilizer subsidies, which marginal farmers engaged in sericulture.
are projected to be Rs 1.88 lakh crore in FY 2024. • Headquarters: Bengaluru, Karnataka

90
In-Shorts | Economy Current Affairs
Edition: October 2024

Silk Production in India Š Current Accounts: Opening current accounts for members
• Global Standing: India ranks as the second-largest producer is prohibited.
of silk globally, showcasing its significance in the international • Acquisition and Control:
silk market. Š Acquisition of Companies: Nidhi companies cannot acquire
• Employment Generation: another company or control its Board of Directors unless
Š The sericulture industry in India employs approximately they pass a special resolution in a general meeting and
9.2 million people in rural and semi-urban areas. obtain prior approval from the relevant Regional Director.
Š This highlights the sector's vital role in providing livelihoods Š Business Limitations: They are restricted to conducting
and supporting rural economies. only borrowing and lending activities in their own name.
• Economic Contribution: • Additional Restrictions:
Š The silk industry is one of the largest foreign exchange Š Locker Facilities: While Nidhi companies can provide
earners in India, contributing significantly to the country’s
locker facilities to their members, the rental income from
economy.
such services must not exceed 20% of the Nidhi's gross
Š The diverse range of silk products enhances its market
income during any financial year.
potential both domestically and internationally.
Š Membership Limitation: Nidhis are not permitted to accept
• Geographical Spread: Sericulture activities in India are
deposits from or lend money to individuals or entities that
widespread, encompassing around 52,360 villages across
are not their members.
the nation, demonstrating the sector's deep-rooted presence
Š Asset Management: They cannot pledge any assets
in rural communities.
lodged by their members as security, nor can they
• In FY23, India produced 36,582 metric tons (MT) of silk,
engage in deposit-taking or lending activities involving
reflecting an increase from the 34,903 MT produced in the
2021-2022 fiscal year, which was a 3.4% year-on-year (YoY) any corporate bodies.
growth from the previous year's production of 33,770 MT. Š Partnerships: Entering into partnership arrangements
Š Mulberry silk constitutes the largest share of total silk concerning borrowing or lending activities is prohibited.
production in the country. Š Advertising Restrictions: Nidhi companies are not allowed
to issue advertisements soliciting deposits.
Œ However, private circulation of fixed deposit scheme
NIDHI COMPANIES details among members, labeled “for private circulation
to members only, ” is permitted.
Recently, the Registrar of Companies (RoC) imposed
penalties on more than two dozen Nidhi companies for Š Brokerage and Incentives: Nidhi companies cannot pay
breaching the Companies Act. any brokerage or incentives for mobilizing deposits from
members or for lending funds. This ensures that their
About: operations remain transparent and focused on mutual
• Definition: benefit.
Š Legal Framework: Nidhi companies are a specific category
of companies defined under the Companies Act, 2013 in
India.
NPS VATSALYA SCHEME
Š Objective: As per Sub-Section (1) of Section 406, a "Nidhi" Recently, the Union Finance Minister has launched the NPS
is defined as a company incorporated with the primary Vatsalya scheme.
objective of promoting the habit of thrift and savings
among its members. About:
Š Membership Focus: Nidhi companies operate on a mutual • Introduction and Objective:
benefit basis, meaning they accept deposits from and
Š NPS Vatsalya is a new initiative under the National Pension
provide loans exclusively to their members.
System (NPS), introduced in the Union Budget 2024-25.
• Operational Restrictions:
Š It is specifically designed to promote long-term financial
Š Chit Funds and Finance: Nidhis cannot engage in
security for minors by allowing parents and guardians to
businesses related to chit funds, hire purchase finance,
invest in a pension account on behalf of their children.
leasing finance, insurance, or acquire securities issued by
any body corporate. Š The scheme is launched by the Ministry of Women and
Š Debt Instruments: They are not allowed to issue preference Child Development and managed by the Pension Fund
shares, debentures, or any other form of debt instruments. Regulatory and Development Authority (PFRDA).

91
Current Affairs In-Shorts | Economy
Edition: October 2024

Š There is no upper limit on the contributions, giving flexibility


PENSION FUND REGULATORY AND
to families who wish to invest more for a higher return over
DEVELOPMENT AUTHORITY (PFRDA)
the long term.
• Nature:
Œ This feature is particularly beneficial for parents looking
Š It is a statutory regulatory body established under the
to accumulate a sizable fund for their child's future
PFRDA Act, 2014.
expenses, such as higher education or significant life
Š It operates under the jurisdiction of the Ministry of
events.
Finance, Government of India.
• Contributors to the Scheme:
Š Headquarters: New Delhi, with regional offices across
Š Contributions to the NPS Vatsalya account can be made
the country.
by parents or legal guardians on behalf of their minor
• Objective:
children.
Š To promote old age income security by establishing,
Š This ensures that parents have the ability to directly
developing, and regulating pension funds.
manage their child’s long-term financial planning until the
Š To protect the interests of subscribers to pension
child becomes an adult and takes control of the account.
schemes and related matters.
• Transition After Age 18:
• Composition:
Š Upon reaching the age of 18, the minor’s NPS Vatsalya
Š The PFRDA has a Chairperson and a maximum of
account automatically transitions into a standard NPS
six members, of whom at least three are whole-time
account.
members.
Œ This allows the individual to continue managing their
Š All appointments are made by the Central Government.
pension fund as an adult, providing them with a head
• Functions of PFRDA:
start on retirement savings.
Š Regulation of Pension Schemes: Regulates the National
Pension System (NPS) and other pension schemes • Partial Withdrawals:
covered under the PFRDA Act. Š After the account has been active for at least three years,
Š Education and Training: partial withdrawals are permitted for specific purposes.
Œ Undertakes steps to educate subscribers and the Š The account holder (or their guardian, until the child turns
general public on pensions, retirement savings, and 18) can withdraw up to 25% of the total corpus for needs
related matters. such as:
Œ Provides training for intermediaries involved in the Œ Education: Funds can be used for educational
pension sector. expenses, ensuring that the savings can be utilized for
Š Provision of Pension Schemes: Offers pension schemes the child’s development and future career prospects.
not regulated by any other legislative framework. Œ Healthcare: Withdrawals are allowed for medical
Š Protection of Subscriber Interests: Safeguards the emergencies or health-related expenses, ensuring
interests of NPS subscribers and other approved financial support during critical situations.
pension schemes. Œ Disability: If the child experiences a disability or
special needs, the funds can be withdrawn to cover
Š The initiative aims to encourage parents and guardians to
related expenses, offering a safety net for unforeseen
build a financial corpus for their children’s future, particularly
challenges.
focusing on retirement planning from an early age.
Š This long-term investment provides a structured,
disciplined approach to savings for minors, offering them ADB RAISES INFLATION FORECAST FOR
financial security as they transition into adulthood.
INDIA
• Eligibility Criteria: The scheme is open to minors (children
under the age of 18) who possess both a PAN card and an Recently, The Asian Development Bank (ADB) forecasts that
Aadhar card. India’s GDP will grow by 7.0% in FY2024 (ending March
• Minimum and Maximum Contribution: 2025) and 7.2% in FY2025.
Š The minimum annual contribution required for the NPS
Vatsalya account is Rs 1,000. About:
Š This allows parents and guardians from all economic • Inflation Projections:
backgrounds to participate in the scheme and start Š The Asian Development Bank (ADB) has revised India's
building savings, making it accessible to a broad section retail inflation forecast for 2024-25 to 4.7%, an increase
of society. from the previous estimate of 4.6%.

92
In-Shorts | Economy Current Affairs
Edition: October 2024

Š This adjustment is primarily attributed to elevated food Š However, the mining and construction sectors have shown
prices, which have been a significant factor in inflation gains, indicating a mixed performance across different
dynamics. industrial segments.
Š For 2025-26, the inflation forecast remains unchanged, Š The ADB expects La Niña, a climate pattern, to enhance
with expectations that core inflation (inflation excluding India’s agricultural output, particularly for key crops like
food and energy prices) will increase as food inflation rice, wheat, and sugarcane.
begins to moderate. Š This anticipated boost in agricultural productivity could
Š This indicates a shift in inflationary pressures, suggesting alleviate some food price pressures in the longer term.
that while food prices may stabilize, other sectors could • Potential Risks:
Š The ADB identifies geopolitical and weather-related
see increased price levels.
shocks as potential risks that could disrupt global supply
• Monetary Policy Outlook:
chains and affect agricultural output.
Š The ADB does not anticipate an immediate cut in interest
Š Such risks highlight the interconnectedness of global
rates, diverging from the expectations of some agencies
markets and the vulnerabilities that can impact domestic
predicting a potential rate cut by the Reserve Bank of India
economies.
(RBI) by October.
Š These shocks could lead to fluctuations in food prices and
Š This suggests a cautious approach by the ADB regarding
economic stability, necessitating vigilant monitoring and
the short-term monetary policy stance. preparedness by policymakers.
Š While there is an expectation for monetary policy to
become less restrictive, such a shift is contingent on the ASIAN DEVELOPMENT BANK (ADB)
easing of food price pressures. • Establishment: ADB is a multilateral development bank
Š This indicates that the RBI may maintain higher interest founded on December 19, 1966.
rates to combat inflation until food prices stabilize, thereby • Role: It serves as the primary international development
delaying any accommodative measures. finance institution for the Asia-Pacific region.
• Impact of Elevated Food Prices: • Vision: ADB aims to create a prosperous, inclusive, resilient,
Š The persistence of high food prices has been a critical and sustainable Asia and the Pacific while continuing its
factor affecting the RBI's inclination toward a more efforts to eradicate extreme poverty in the region.
accommodative monetary policy. • Headquarters: Located in Manila, Philippines.
Š Despite increased imports and positive expectations • Membership:
for higher agricultural output, the elevated prices have Š Eligibility: Open to members and associate members of
created a challenging environment for policymakers. the United Nations Economic Commission for Asia and
Š The ADB notes that the ongoing high food prices hinder the Far East, as well as other regional and non-regional
the RBI's ability to lower interest rates, as inflation remains developed countries that are UN members or part of its
a primary concern that needs to be addressed to stabilize specialized agencies.
the economy. Š Growth: ADB has expanded from 31 members at its
• GDP Growth Outlook: inception in 1966 to 68 members today, with 49 from
Š The ADB maintains its GDP growth projection for India at Asia and the Pacific and 19 from outside the region.
7% for 2024-25 and 7.2% for 2025-26.
Š These figures suggest a robust growth outlook, reflecting
optimism about India's economic resilience despite
SCHEMES FOR IMPROVING FARMERS’ LIVES
inflationary pressures. AND LIVELIHOODS
Š The growth projections indicate confidence in the
Recently, the Cabinet approval of seven major schemes with
underlying economic fundamentals, supported by
a total budget of Rs. 14,235 crore outlines a comprehensive
structural reforms and recovery in various sectors. approach by the Indian government to enhance agricultural
• Industrial and Agricultural Outlook: productivity, and improve farmers' incomes.
Š Industrial growth has experienced a slowdown due
to rising input costs, which have negatively impacted Key Schemes:
manufacturing margins. • Digital Agriculture Mission: This ` 2,817 crore mission
Š This highlights the challenges faced by the industrial emphasizes the use of technology such as AI, big data, and
sector in maintaining growth amidst inflationary pressures. geospatial tools to modernize agriculture.

93
Current Affairs In-Shorts | Economy
Edition: October 2024

• Crop Science for Food and Nutritional Security: With a budget management, contributing to higher income from livestock
of `3,979 crore, this program focuses on climate-resilient and dairy farming.
crops, plant genetic improvements, and securing food supply Š Veterinary Support: Investments in animal health
by 2047. management will reduce disease outbreaks and improve
• Strengthening Agricultural Education: This `2,291 crore overall livestock health.
program seeks to modernize agricultural education in line • Sustainable Horticulture Development:
with the New Education Policy 2020. Š Higher Value Crops: Focuses on high-value horticultural
• Sustainable Livestock Health and Production: The `1,702 crore crops, including vegetables, floriculture, and medicinal
allocated to livestock management aims to increase farmers' plants, which can provide better returns compared to
incomes from livestock and dairy production. traditional crops.
• Sustainable Horticulture Development: With `1,129 crore set Š Diversified Income: Expanding into diverse crop categories
aside, this initiative promotes the growth of horticulture crops, reduces dependency on traditional crops and opens new
which are known to be of high value. income streams for farmers.
• Krishi Vigyan Kendras: The `1,202 crore for KVKs aims to • Krishi Vigyan Kendras (KVKs):
strengthen over 700 Krishi Vigyan Kendras (KVKs), which Š Knowledge Dissemination: Strengthening KVKs helps in
play a crucial role in disseminating agricultural knowledge spreading modern agricultural knowledge and training
and training. farmers on new techniques, contributing to better on-
• Natural Resource Management: This `1,115 crore scheme ground implementation.
targets the sustainable management of natural resources like Š Capacity Building: Farmers will be better equipped with skills
soil and water, crucial for long-term agricultural productivity. and technologies to address modern farming challenges.
• Natural Resource Management:
Benefits: Š Sustainable Practices: Promotes efficient management of
• Digital Agriculture Mission: resources like water, soil, and land to improve long-term
Š Enhanced Decision-Making: The integration of technologies agricultural productivity.
like Agri Stack, Krishi Decision Support System, and Š Environmental Conservation: Helps reduce environmental
digital crop estimation could significantly improve degradation and preserves essential resources for future
decision-making processes for farmers, providing them agricultural use.
with accurate weather forecasts, soil profiling, and real-
time crop management insights. Challenges Associated:
Š Improved Loan Access: The digitization of crop data and • Digital Agriculture Mission: While digital tools promise great
land registries simplifies access to credit, ensuring timely benefits, the digital divide in rural areas may hinder the full
financial support for farmers. adoption of these technologies. Bridging this gap through
• Crop Science for Food and Nutritional Security: education and infrastructure will be crucial.
Š Climate Resilience: Focuses on developing climate-resilient • Crop Science for Food and Nutritional Security: Climate-
crops, protecting against changing weather patterns and resilient agriculture is necessary as India faces increasing
ensuring long-term food security. climate variability. However, developing these crops may
Š Increased Productivity: By enhancing the genetic quality take time and involve extensive research and testing, which
of food and fodder crops and promoting research on will need sustained funding and scientific expertise.
pulse and oilseed crops, this initiative aims to increase • Strengthening Agricultural Education: Adapting the education
yields and improve food quality. system to include advanced technology requires significant
• Strengthening Agricultural Education: investments in infrastructure, teacher training, and curriculum
Š Modernized Training: Agricultural students and development.
researchers will be trained in cutting-edge technologies, • Sustainable Livestock Health and Production: Proper
including AI, big data, and remote sensing, ensuring a implementation will require widespread veterinary support
workforce ready for future challenges. and infrastructure, which can be a challenge in remote areas.
Š Alignment with NEP 2020: Integration of modern • Sustainable Horticulture Development: Developing robust
agricultural techniques and climate resilience strategies market linkages and supply chains for horticulture produce
into education will create a more sustainable and informed will be essential to ensure that farmers realize profits from
agricultural sector. these high-value crops.
• Sustainable Livestock Health and Production: • Krishi Vigyan Kendras (KVKs): Ensuring that KVKs are well-
Š Increased Livestock Income: Focuses on improving equipped and staffed to meet the growing demands of
dairy production, animal health, and genetic resource modern agriculture will be a logistical challenge.

94
In-Shorts | Environment Current Affairs
Edition: October 2024

ENVIRONMENT

NAGAR VAN YOJANA (NVY) Design and Components of Nagar Van:


• Tree Cover Requirements: Each Nagar Van must ensure that at
The Ministry of Environment, Forest and Climate Change least two-thirds of its area is under tree cover. This requirement
has achieved 100-Day Target of 100 Nagar Vans.
guarantees substantial green space that contributes to urban
biodiversity.
About: • Additional Features: Nagar Vans will include various
• Purpose: components such as:
Š The Nagar Van Yojana was launched in 2020 as part of an Š Biodiversity Parks: Areas focused on preserving a wide
initiative to enhance urban greenery. range of plant and animal species.
Š The primary goals of the scheme are to improve the Š Smriti Vans: Commemorative gardens dedicated to
quality of life for residents and to foster social cohesion individuals or events.
within cities. Š Butterfly Conservatories: Spaces designed to attract and
• Financial Support: support butterfly populations.
Š The scheme provides financial assistance of Rs. 4 lakh per Š Herbal Gardens: Areas showcasing medicinal plants for
hectare for the creation and maintenance of urban forests. educational and therapeutic purposes.
Š This funding aims to incentivize the establishment of Š Matri Van: A new addition created under the Ek Ped Ma
green spaces within urban settings. Ke Naam initiative, further promoting the planting of trees.

Key Features of the Scheme: Future Goals and Support:


• Target Areas: • Development Targets:
Š Nagar Van areas are designated green spaces that Š The current aim of the Nagar Van Yojana is to establish
range from a minimum of 10 hectares to a maximum of 50 1000 Nagar Vans by the year 2027.
hectares. Š This ambitious target reflects the commitment to enhancing
Š This size is intended to create significant urban forests that urban greenery and promoting sustainable living in cities.
can effectively contribute to local ecology and community • Funding Sources:
well-being. Š The financial support for the initiative comes from the
• Coverage: The scheme encompasses all cities with Municipal National Fund of the National Compensatory Afforestation
Corporations, Municipalities, and Urban Local Bodies (ULBs), Management and Planning Authority (National CAMPA).
ensuring a wide reach and impact across various urban Š This funding source is crucial for the successful
areas. implementation and maintenance of the urban forests.
• Biodiversity Focus:
Š The initiative emphasizes biodiversity by promoting the
planting of fruit-bearing, medicinal, and native species.
AIR QUALITY MANAGEMENT EXCHANGE
Š This approach aims to attract wildlife and maintain PLATFORM (AQMx)
ecological balance, creating a rich urban ecosystem.
Recently, the Climate and Clean Air Coalition (CCAC)
• Community Participation: has created and introduced an Air Quality Management
Š Community engagement is a core component of the Nagar Exchange Platform (AQMx).
Van Yojana. It encourages the involvement of citizens,
students, and other stakeholders in: About:
Œ Tree planting activities. • Overview:
Œ Educational programs related to environmental Š This platform serves as a resource for the latest guidance
conservation and urban forestry. and tools on air quality management, designed to
Œ Sustainable management practices to ensure the align with the interim targets set by the World Health
longevity and health of the urban forests. Organization (WHO) Air Quality Guidelines.

95
Current Affairs In-Shorts | Environment
Edition: October 2024

Š It was established in response to a resolution from Š This theme highlights the Montreal Protocol's essential
the recent United Nations Environment Assembly, role in not only protecting the ozone layer but also in
emphasizing the need for increased regional collaboration spearheading broader climate action initiatives worldwide.
and action to improve air quality worldwide. • India’s Leadership:
• Significance of the Platform: Š India has emerged as a leader in the implementation of the
Š Capacity Building: The platform addresses gaps in air quality Montreal Protocol, particularly in achieving the reduction
management capabilities by providing curated guidance targets for controlled substances ahead of schedule.
on essential themes such as air quality monitoring, inventory Š This proactive approach has not only contributed to the
development, and health impact assessments. safeguarding of the ozone layer but has also played a
Š Informed Decision-Making: It enables decision-makers to significant role in the global fight against climate change.
obtain a comprehensive understanding of the impacts of • Mission LiFE:
air pollution, which is crucial for developing policies that Š A key initiative in promoting sustainability is Mission LiFE
effectively address public health needs on a global scale. (Lifestyle for Environment), a campaign aimed at fostering
Š Knowledge Exchange: The platform is designed to evolve, an environmentally conscious lifestyle.
facilitating knowledge sharing among regional and sub- Š It encourages individuals to make mindful choices in their
regional communities regarding best practices in air daily lives that contribute to a healthier environment.
quality management. • National Initiative:
Š The ‘Ek Ped Maa Ke Naam’ initiative, launched by the Prime
CLIMATE AND CLEAN AIR COALITION (CCAC) Minister, underscores the importance of tree planting
• Overview: Founded in 2012 and convened under the as vital for a sustainable future and for the protection of
United Nations Environment Programme (UNEP). Mother Earth.
• Members: It is a voluntary partnership comprising over 160 Š This initiative is aligned with broader environmental
governments, intergovernmental organizations, and non- goals and reflects India's commitment to ecological
governmental organizations. preservation.

• Objectives:
OZONE
Š Pollutant Reduction: The coalition focuses on reducing
powerful but short-lived climate pollutants (SLCPs), • Chemical Composition: Ozone, represented by the chemical
including methane, black carbon, hydrofluorocarbons formula O3, is distinct from breathable oxygen (O2), which
(HFCs), and tropospheric ozone, which significantly is vital for life.

contribute to both climate change and air pollution. • Stratospheric Ozone:

Š Integrated Approach: It aims to align ambitious Š Location: Most of the Earth’s ozone is concentrated

agenda-setting with targeted mitigation actions within in the stratosphere, at altitudes ranging from 10 to 40

specific countries and sectors, ensuring effective kilometers above the Earth's surface.

implementation of strategies to combat these pollutants. Š Function: In this layer, ozone absorbs harmful ultraviolet
(UV) radiation emitted by the Sun, effectively shielding
living organisms from its damaging effects.
WORLD OZONE DAY Œ This protective role is why stratospheric ozone is
often referred to as "good" ozone.
Recently, the Ministry of Environment, Forest and Climate
• Tropospheric Ozone: Conversely, excess ozone at the
Change hosted an event in New Delhi to commemorate the
Earth's surface, primarily formed from pollutants, is termed
30th World Ozone Day.
"bad" ozone.
Š It can have adverse health effects and contribute to
About:
environmental degradation.
• World Ozone Day is celebrated on 16th September each
year to commemorate the signing of the Montreal Protocol, • Commitment to the Montreal Protocol:
an international environmental treaty for phasing out of Š India has been a Party to the Montreal Protocol since June
production and consumption of Ozone Depleting Substances, 1992 and has been effectively implementing its provisions,
that came into force on this day in 1987. particularly in phasing out ozone-depleting substances.
• Theme: Š The country has successfully eliminated substances such
Š The theme for World Ozone Day 2024 is “Montreal as: Chlorofluorocarbons (CFCs), Carbon tetrachloride, Halons,
Protocol: Advancing Climate Actions.” Methyl Bromide, Methyl Chloroform.

96
In-Shorts | Environment Current Affairs
Edition: October 2024

Š Currently, India is working towards phasing out


• Role in International Cooperation:
Hydrochlorofluorocarbons (HCFCs) as part of the
Š As a vital component of the international ozone
accelerated schedule outlined by the Protocol.
framework, the Vienna Convention facilitates
discussions on scientific research and observations
MONTREAL PROTOCOL ON SUBSTANCES related to the ozone layer.
THAT DEPLETE THE OZONE LAYER Š Its parties meet every three years, aligning their sessions
• Overview: It is an international agreement aimed at with those of the Montreal Protocol, to make decisions
safeguarding the Earth's delicate ozone layer by regulating regarding the administration of the Convention.
the production and consumption of Ozone-Depleting
Substances (ODS).
• Historical Context:
PHRYNARACHNE DECIPIENS
Š Adoption Date: The original Montreal Protocol was Recently, a new species of spider called Phrynarachne
established on September 16,1987. decipiens, commonly known as the bird-dung crab spider,
Š Implementation: It came into force on January 1, 1989 has been discovered in Assam.
and has undergone eight revisions (amendments and
adjustments) since its inception. About:
Š Global Endorsement: It is notable for being the first • Common Name: Bird dung or bird-dropping crab spider
international environmental agreement to receive • Distribution:
universal support from all countries.
Š This spider species has been primarily
• Achievements: The Protocol has led to the successful
found in Malaysia and Indonesia,
closure of the ozone hole, demonstrating the effectiveness
specifically on the islands of Java and
of collaborative international environmental governance.
Sumatra.
• Flexibility and Funding:
Š Recently, it has been recorded for
Š The Montreal Protocol includes a unique adjustment
the first time in India, with sightings in Assam's Sonapur
provision that allows its parties to quickly respond to
(Kamrup Metropolitan district) and the Chirang Reserve
new scientific findings and accelerate the reduction of
Forest (Kokrajhar district).
harmful chemicals already covered under the Protocol.
• Habitat and Behavior:
Š These adjustments apply automatically to all member
Š The bird dung crab spider typically rests motionless 1 to
countries. Furthermore, the Protocol has been amended
2 feet above the ground on the upper surfaces of broad
to include new chemicals and to establish funding
leaves.
mechanisms to assist developing nations in meeting
Š Its chalky white coloration, combined with the whitish
compliance requirements.
appearance of its web, resembles bird droppings, making
• Annual Meetings: The parties convene annually to
it challenging to spot in its natural habitat.
make decisions that ensure the continued and effective
• Morphological Features:
implementation of this vital legal agreement.
Š Notably, this spider possesses stout spermathecae,
Vienna Convention for the Protection of the Ozone Layer: which are sac-like organs in the female reproductive tract
• Background: that store sperm received during copulation.
Š The Vienna Convention, adopted in 1985 and enforced Š In this species, the posterior heads of the spermathecae
in 1988, serves as a foundational element of the are almost touching each other.
international ozone protection regime.
• Taxonomy: The genus Phrynarachne comprises 35 accepted
Š In 2009, it achieved universal endorsement, becoming
species, among which three have been identified and re-
the first Convention of its kind to do so.
described based on female specimens collected from
• Objectives:
Assam: P. ceylonica, P. ceeliana, and P. tuberosa.
Š The Convention's primary goal is to encourage parties
to implement legislative or administrative measures to
mitigate activities harmful to the ozone layer. ELONGATED TORTOISE (INDOTESTUDO
Š This is to be achieved through systematic observations, ELONGATA)
research, and information exchange.
• Non-Binding Nature: Unlike the Montreal Protocol, the Recently, the elongated tortoise was observed in the
Vienna Convention does not mandate concrete actions for Damdama area of Haryana during a research survey in the
controlling ozone-depleting substances. Aravalli region.

97
Current Affairs In-Shorts | Environment
Edition: October 2024

About: • Ecological Significance:


• Physical Features: Š The Aravali Range serves as an ecotone between the
Š Medium-sized body with a yellowish-brown or olive- Thar Desert and the Gangetic Plain.
colored shell. Š Ecotones are regions where two or more ecosystems,
Š Characterized by black blotches biological communities, or biotic regions converge,
at the center of each scute. fostering biodiversity and unique ecological interactions.
Š During the breeding season, • Highest Peak: Gurusikhar, situated in Rajasthan, is the
a distinctive pink ring appears highest peak in the Aravali Range, reaching an elevation
around the nostrils. of 1,722 meters.
• Habitat:
Š Typically found in Sal deciduous and hilly evergreen forests.
Š Distribution extends across Southeast Asia, northern ASSAM CASCADE FROGS
India, Nepal, Bhutan, Bangladesh, and other regions.
Recently, scientists from the Wildlife Institute of India
Š Present in the Chhota Nagpur plateau and Himalayan
conducted a study on the Assam Cascade Frog (Amolops
foothills, inhabiting areas at elevations of up to 1,000
formosus) in two Himalayan streams within the Churdhar
meters.
Wildlife Sanctuary (Himachal Pradesh).
• Threats:
Š Subject to human exploitation for food and traditional
About:
medicine.
• Distribution: The Amolops species, commonly referred to
Š Hunting practices, often conducted with the assistance of
as the hill stream frog, primarily inhabits the Himalayan belt
dogs, pose a significant threat.
in India and is also found in the high-flowing and gradient
Š Habitat degradation and illegal wildlife trade further
streams of northern Bangladesh, Bhutan, and Nepal.
endanger the species.
• Ecological Significance:
• Ecological Role: Plays a crucial role in its ecosystem but is Š This species serves as an
highly vulnerable to environmental changes and human indicator species, meaning it
pressures. can be utilized for long-term
• Population Decline: Experiences significant population monitoring of the health of hilly
decline due to hunting, habitat degradation, and illegal streams.
wildlife trade, despite its extensive distribution. Š Its presence and well-being reflect the ecological
• Conservation Status: condition of its habitat, making it crucial for assessing
Š Classified as Critically Endangered on the IUCN Red List. environmental changes.
Š Listed under Appendix II of the CITES, indicating it requires • Diversity: The genus Amolops consists of 72 distinct species
international cooperation for conservation. that thrive in the hilly regions with fast-flowing streams across
Š Wildlife (Protection) Act of 1972: Schedule IV. southern and Southeast Asia.
• Adaptations:
ARAVALIS Š Amolops frogs are highly adapted to their swift aquatic
• Overview: environment.
Š The Aravali Range stretches across a distance of 692 Š They possess adhesive disks on the tips of their digits,
km from Gujarat to Delhi, passing through Rajasthan featuring circum-marginal grooves that enable them to
and Haryana. cling effectively to rocks and other substrates in fast-
Š The range varies in width between 10 to 120 km, flowing waters.
acting as a natural green wall that separates different Š This adaptation is vital for their survival in such challenging
ecological regions. habitats.
• Geographical Distribution: • Common Names: Assam sucker frog, Beautiful stream frog,
Š Approximately 80% of the Aravalis are located in Assam cascade frog, Hill stream frog.
Rajasthan, with the remaining 20% extending into • Conservation Status: According to the International Union
Haryana, Delhi, and Gujarat. for Conservation of Nature (IUCN), the conservation status
Š The mountains are divided into two main ranges: the of the Amolops species is categorized as Least Concern,
Sambhar Sirohi Range and the Sambhar Khetri Range, indicating that they are currently not at immediate risk of
which collectively extend about 560 km in Rajasthan. extinction.

98
In-Shorts | Environment Current Affairs
Edition: October 2024

TARDIGRADES About:
• Scientific Name:
Recent studies of amber-encased fossils have shed light on Š Amur falcons belong to the falcon family,
the period when tardigrades first evolved their capacity to with the scientific name Falco amurensis.
enter the tun state, a development that has allowed them Š These birds are small in size compared
to endure through mass extinction events.
to other raptors but are known for their
exceptional long-distance migration.
About: • World’s Longest Travelling Raptors:
• Classification:
Š Amur falcons hold the distinction of being the longest-
Š Tardigrades, commonly known
travelling raptors in the world.
as "water bears" or "moss piglets,
Š Their migratory journey spans thousands of kilometers,
" are microscopic, water-dwelling
making them endurance champions among avian species.
animals belonging to the phylum
Š They undertake this extensive migration annually with the
Tardigrada.
onset of winter, covering a greater distance than any other
Š They are renowned for their resilience and unique ability
bird species.
to survive extreme environmental conditions.
• Named After the Amur River:
• Physical Characteristics: Tardigrades are typically about 0.5
Š These falcons are named after the Amur River, which
to 1.5 millimeters long and have a distinctive appearance,
forms the border between Russia and China.
featuring a segmented body and eight stubby legs with claws.
Š The river region is significant as it is near their primary
• Unique Abilities:
breeding grounds.
Š One of the most remarkable traits of tardigrades is their
• Breeding and Migration Route:
ability to enter a cryptobiotic state known as the "tun" state.
Š Breeding Grounds: Amur falcons breed in southeastern
Š When faced with extreme conditions—such as high
Siberia and northern China during the warmer months.
radiation, extreme temperatures, desiccation, or lack
Š Migration Path:
of oxygen—they can dehydrate and curl into a ball,
Œ They migrate through India and then over the Indian
significantly reducing their metabolic activity.
Ocean to reach their wintering grounds in southern Africa.
Š In this state, they can survive temperatures ranging from
Œ Once winter ends, they return to Mongolia and Siberia
near absolute zero to over 150 degrees Celsius, high
to breed, completing an annual cycle of remarkable
levels of radiation, and even the vacuum of space.
travel distances.
• Reproduction:
Œ Their migration is an extraordinary feat, as they cover
Š Tardigrades reproduce both sexually and asexually,
more than 22,000 kilometers, including crossing vast
depending on the species.
open water over the Indian Ocean.
Š They can lay eggs that are often resistant to harsh
conditions, ensuring the survival of their offspring in • Doyang Lake, Nagaland – The Falcon Capital of the World:
challenging environments. Š Doyang Lake in Nagaland, India, is internationally
• Ecological Importance: recognized as a critical stopover point for the Amur
Š Tardigrades play a crucial role in their ecosystems by falcons during their annual migration.
contributing to the decomposition process and nutrient Š Large flocks of these birds gather here in the autumn
cycling. months, creating a spectacular natural event that has
Š They are also indicators of environmental health, as their earned Nagaland the title of the "Falcon Capital of the World".
presence and abundance can reflect the conditions of Š The earlier practice of hunting falcons has been curtailed
their habitats. thanks to conservation initiatives, transforming Nagaland
Š Tardigrades likely survived major events such as the into a safe haven for these birds.
"Great Dying" (around 250 million years ago), which wiped • Conservation Status:
out 90% of Earth's species. Š IUCN Status: It is classified as Least Concern on the
International Union for Conservation of Nature (IUCN) Red
List.
AMUR FALCONS Š Convention on Migratory Species (CMS): The species is also
protected under the CMS, an international agreement that
Recently, Manipur's Tamenglong district implemented a
safeguards migratory species and encourages cooperation
ban on the hunting of Amur Falcons.
between countries along their migratory routes.

99
Current Affairs In-Shorts | Environment
Edition: October 2024

• Ecological Importance: • Conservation Status: Despite the positive trend in population


Š As part of the global ecosystem, Amur falcons play a growth, the greater one-horned rhino is still classified as
critical role in maintaining ecological balance. Vulnerable on the IUCN Red List.
Š Their migratory behavior connects diverse ecosystems • Poaching Threat:
across continents, from the forests of Siberia to the Š Poaching remains one of the most significant threats to
wetlands of southern Africa. the species.
Š Rhino horns are highly sought after, particularly in illegal
wildlife trade, making the rhino vulnerable to organized
GREATER ONE-HORNED RHINO
poaching networks.
Recently, the International Rhino Foundation (IRF) released Š The species has been driven out of many areas where it
its 'State of the Rhino' report, emphasizing positive progress once thrived, indicating that recovery efforts must focus
for the Greater One-Horned Rhino. on both protection and reintroduction to former habitats.
• Landscape-Level Threats:
About Š Invasive Species: The prevalence of invasive plant species in
• Habitat and Distribution: rhino habitats has become a growing concern. These non-
Š Primary Regions: Greater one-horned rhinos (Rhinoceros native plants choke out native rhino food plants, reducing
unicornis) mainly inhabit India and Nepal, though a smaller the amount of available habitat and food sources.
population occasionally crosses into Bhutan. Š Habitat Disruption: Stronger monsoon seasons and resource
Š These three countries (Bhutan, India, and Nepal) collaborate scarcity are disrupting rhino habitats, further compounded
on a trans-boundary management strategy to ensure the by limited space for the species to roam and thrive.
effective conservation and management of the species. • Climate Change Impact:
• Population Growth: Š There is rising concern that greater one-horned rhinos
Š Historical Low: Over the past century, the population of could be severely impacted by climate change.
greater one-horned rhinos was critically low, with fewer Š Increased intensity in monsoon seasons may flood their
than 100 animals surviving. habitats, reduce access to food, and displace populations.
Š Recent Growth: Due to strict government protection and • Human-Wildlife Conflict: As human settlements expand and
effective management, the population has seen steady rhino habitats shrink, the risk of human-wildlife conflict rises,
growth, increasing by about 20% over the past decade. putting both rhinos and local communities at risk.

100
In-Shorts | Geography Current Affairs
Edition: October 2024

GEOGRAPHY

MORE FREQUENT CYCLONES IN ARABIAN SEA Unique Characteristics of the Indian Ocean:
• Oceanic Tunnels:
Recently, the Arabian Sea experienced an unusual cyclone Š Pacific and Southern Ocean Influence:
named Asna, which attracted significant attention because Œ The Indian Ocean is linked to the Pacific Ocean and
of its atypical timing and origin. Southern Ocean through 'oceanic tunnels. '
Œ The Pacific tunnel contributes warm water to the
Cyclone Activity in the North Indian Ocean: upper 500 meters of the Indian Ocean, while the
• Moisture Source: Southern Ocean tunnel supplies cooler waters below
Š Role of the North Indian Ocean: approximately 1 kilometer.
Œ The North Indian Ocean provides a significant portion of • Temperature and Convection:
the moisture required for the Indian summer monsoon. Š The Arabian Sea warms rapidly during the pre-monsoon
Œ This moisture is crucial for the generation of season, while the Bay of Bengal also warms but produces
approximately 200 lakh crore buckets of water during more atmospheric convection and rainfall.
the monsoon season. Š This warming and convection lead to the monsoon onset
Š Evaporation: The warm temperatures of the Arabian Sea over Kerala by mid-May.
and Bay of Bengal are essential for evaporation, which • Post-Monsoon Season: During the post-monsoon season,
fuels monsoon rainfall and cyclogenesis. significant rainfall occurs in several Indian states due to the
• Cyclone Frequency: northeast monsoon.
Š Cyclone Activity: Despite the favorable conditions
for cyclogenesis (i. e. , warm waters and significant
Cyclogenesis and Climate Change:
• Cyclogenesis Patterns:
evaporation), the North Indian Ocean is one of the least
Š The North Indian Ocean experiences two main cyclone
active regions globally concerning cyclone frequency.
seasons—pre-monsoon and post-monsoon.
Š Cyclone Factors: Factors such as vertical wind shear
Š The Arabian Sea is cooler during the pre-monsoon
and other atmospheric conditions suppress cyclone
season due to strong southwesterly winds that mix cold
development, leading to fewer cyclones compared to
subsurface waters with surface waters.
other oceanic regions.
Š Conversely, the Bay of Bengal produces many low-
• Vertical Wind Shear: It refers to the variation in wind speed
pressure systems during the monsoon, though these
and direction with altitude.
rarely become cyclones due to vertical wind shear.
Š Impact on Cyclones:
• Climate Change Impact:
Œ Disruption of Cyclone Formation: High vertical wind
Š Warming Trends:
shear disrupts the vertical alignment and organization
Œ Climate change accelerates the warming of the Indian
of cyclones. Effective cyclogenesis requires a
Ocean, with increased heat input from both the Pacific
consistent wind structure to support the development
Ocean and Southern Ocean.
of cyclonic systems.
Œ This warming affects global ocean heat uptake and
Œ Difficulty in Intensification: Strong shear forces can influences climate patterns.
prevent cyclones from consolidating their structure Š Cyclone Dynamics:
and intensifying. This disrupts the cyclonic process, Œ The warming of the Indian Ocean contributes to
leading to weaker storms. changes in cyclone frequency and intensity.
• Proximity to Landmasses: Œ The Arabian Sea, despite having lower cyclonic
Š Impact on Cyclones: The Bay of Bengal and the Arabian activity, shows signs of increasing cyclone numbers in
Sea are located near major landmasses, including India, recent years.
Bangladesh, and Myanmar. • Unusual Cyclone Events:
Š When cyclones move over land, they encounter increased Œ August Cyclone 'Asna': This cyclone developed from a
friction. This friction slows down the cyclone and leads to strong land-born depression that transitioned onto the
a rapid loss of energy and intensity. warm Arabian Sea.

101
Current Affairs In-Shorts | Geography
Edition: October 2024

Œ The land-born depression grew unusually powerful MISSION MAUSAM


over land, fueled by soil moisture and then intensified
over the warm Arabian Sea. Recently, the Union Cabinet approved the 'Mission Mausam'
initiative to develop a more weather-resilient and climate-
DEVELOPMENT CYCLE OF TROPICAL CYCLONES smart India.

Formation and Initial Development Stage:


About:
• Warm Sea Conditions:
• Budget and Timeline:
Š Temperature Requirements: The sea must be warm, with
Š With a budget of `2,000 crore, Mission Mausam is planned
temperatures exceeding 26°C to a depth of at least 60
for implementation over two years, from 2024 to 2026.
meters.
Š This initiative by the Government of India is designed to
Š Evaporation and Moisture Transfer: Abundant
make the country "Weather Ready" and "Climate Smart" by
evaporation from the warm sea surface transfers
enhancing weather and climate forecasting capabilities.
water vapor into the overlying atmosphere, creating
• Cutting-Edge Technology Development:
conditions conducive to cyclonic development.
Š Advanced Weather Surveillance: The mission focuses
• Atmospheric Instability:
on developing next-generation weather surveillance
Š Vertical Cumulus Clouds: Instability in the atmosphere
technologies and systems.
promotes the formation of towering cumulus clouds
Œ This includes improving atmospheric observations,
through convection.
ensuring better spatial and temporal coverage, and
Š Condensation of Rising Air: As warm, moist air rises from
enhancing the accuracy of weather data.
the ocean surface, it cools and condenses, forming
Œ Cutting-edge tools like Doppler Weather Radars,
cloud structures and initiating the cyclonic process.
advanced satellites, and radio sondes will be incorporated
Mature Tropical Cyclones: to achieve precise and real-time data collection.
• Intensification Process: Š High-Performance Computing (HPC): The use of HPC
Š Rising Air and Horizontal Spread: As the storm intensifies, systems will significantly boost the efficiency of climate
vigorous thunderstorms cause air to rise and spread and weather models, providing faster and more accurate
horizontally at the tropopause level. predictions.
Š Positive Perturbation Pressure: This horizontal spread Š Higher-Resolution Observations: The mission aims to
creates a positive perturbation pressure at high levels, implement systems that allow for more detailed atmospheric
which accelerates downward air motion due to convection. observations, helping capture weather patterns more
• Formation of the Eye: accurately.
Š Subsidence and Warming: With the downward motion Œ By improving temporal (time-based) and spatial
of air, subsidence occurs, warming the air through (location-based) sampling, it will enable meteorologists
compression, leading to the formation of a warm 'Eye' to predict weather events more precisely.
at the cyclone’s center. • Improved Earth System Models: Through advanced models
Š Eye Shapes: The 'Eye' can take on various shapes, and tools, including the use of AI and machine learning,
including circular, concentric, or elliptical. better forecasting capabilities will be developed, enabling
• Physical Features: faster decision-making and preventive actions.
Š Turbulent Thundercloud Bands: Mature tropical cyclones • Development of Weather Management Technologies:
in the Indian Ocean are characterized by a concentric Œ The mission seeks to create state-of-the-art technologies
pattern of highly turbulent giant cumulus thundercloud specifically for weather management.
bands surrounding the 'Eye. ' Œ These technologies will help in real-time monitoring,
prediction, and potential interventions to mitigate
Modification and Decay:
weather impacts.
• Weakening Process:
• Last-Mile Connectivity for Weather Dissemination:
Š Loss of Warm Moist Air: The cyclone begins to weaken
Œ A robust system will be established to ensure that
once its supply of warm, moist air diminishes, which weather forecasts and warnings reach every corner of
can occur after landfall or when the cyclone moves over the country, including remote areas.
cooler waters. Œ The goal is to create a seamless communication network
Š Decreasing Central Low Pressure: As the source of energy that provides timely and accurate weather information
wanes, the central low pressure, internal warmth, and to citizens, ensuring preparedness for extreme weather
wind speeds decrease. events.

102
In-Shorts | Geography Current Affairs
Edition: October 2024

• Capacity Building: • Significance of the Ocean Energy Atlas:


Š One of the primary focuses of Mission Mausam is Š Energy Potential Identification: The atlas provides vital
enhancing the skills and expertise of personnel involved information for identifying energy-rich areas, helping to
in weather observation and forecasting. enhance ocean energy production.
Š Training programs and educational initiatives will be Š Support for Net Zero Goals: This resource plays a
launched to build capacity among stakeholders, ensuring significant role in India’s journey towards achieving its net
the sustainability of the mission’s objectives. zero emissions goal by utilizing sustainable ocean energy
sources.
Š Policymaker and Researcher Utility: The atlas will aid
INTEGRATED OCEAN ENERGY ATLAS policymakers and researchers by offering detailed energy
generation estimates and guidance for designing more
Recently, the Indian National Centre for Ocean Information
Services (INCOIS) announced the creation of an 'Integrated effective strategies to harness ocean-based renewable
Ocean Energy Atlas' for the Indian Exclusive Economic Zone. energy.
• Regional Energy Potential Insights:
About: Š Tidal Wave Energy: Coastal areas along West Bengal and
• Indian EEZ and Ocean Energy Potential: Gujarat were identified as suitable for tidal wave energy
Š The Indian Exclusive Economic Zone (EEZ) holds vast generation.
potential for ocean energy resources, including marine Š Salinity Gradient Energy: Salinity gradient potential was
meteorological energy (solar and wind) and hydrological noted to be favorable along the coasts of Andhra Pradesh
energy (wave, tide, currents, ocean thermal, and salinity and West Bengal, offering additional opportunities for
gradients). harnessing energy from ocean resources.
Œ An “exclusive economic zone, ” or “EEZ” is an area of
the ocean, generally extending 200 nautical miles (230 INDIAN NATIONAL CENTRE FOR OCEAN
miles) beyond a nation's territorial sea, within which INFORMATION SERVICES (INCOIS)
a coastal nation has jurisdiction over both living and • Establishment and Organizational Structure:
nonliving resources. Š Founded as an autonomous body in 1999 under the
Š Estimates suggest that the Indian EEZ can generate Ministry of Earth Sciences (MoES), this organization is
approximately 9.2 lakh terawatt hours (TWh) of energy a unit of the Earth System Science Organization (ESSO).
from various ocean renewable energy sources. Š It plays a pivotal role in delivering crucial ocean
Š The newly created ocean Energy Atlas identifies high- information and advisory services to various sectors,
potential areas for energy generation within India’s including society, industry, government agencies, and
EEZ and serves as a reference tool for policymakers, the scientific community.
researchers, and industries. • Mandate:
• Scope and Mapping Details:
Š The primary goal is to provide the best possible ocean
Š Resolution and Coverage: The energy potential mapping was
information and advisory services through sustained
conducted at a 5 km x 5 km resolution, covering sites along
ocean observations.
India’s EEZ, which extends up to 220 km from the coast.
Š The body continually improves its services by conducting
Š Coastline and ocean Economy:
systematic and focused research, thereby advancing
Œ India has a vast coastline of over 7,000 km, offering
its technological and scientific capabilities.
significant opportunities for ocean energy generation.
• Key Activities:
Œ The Ocean Energy Atlas is integral to India's broader
Š Tsunami, Storm Surge, and Wave Warnings: It offers 24/7
efforts to strengthen its ocean economy, focusing on
monitoring and warning services for tsunamis, storm
sustainable use of ocean resources.
surges, high waves, and similar ocean hazards through
• World’s First Integrated ocean Energy Atlas: This atlas is the
its in-house Indian Tsunami Early Warning Centre (ITEWC).
first of its kind globally, offering an integrated and individual
assessment of ocean energy reserves across India’s EEZ. Š Fishing Advisory Services: Daily advisories are issued to
Š The atlas also accounts for critical factors such as fishing fisherfolk, helping them locate abundant fish areas in
zones, shipping lines, cyclone-prone zones, eco-sensitive the ocean, significantly aiding in their livelihoods.
areas, and existing ports and harbours. Š Short-Term Ocean State Forecasts: The organization
Š These considerations are essential for industries planning issues forecasts of ocean conditions such as waves,
infrastructure for energy generation. currents, and sea surface temperature.

103
Current Affairs In-Shorts | Geography
Edition: October 2024

NAMIBIA Impact on Namibia:


• Food Security:
Recently, Namibia is experiencing its worst drought in a Š Seasonal Food Availability:
century, exacerbated by El Niño. Œ Typical Low Periods: Namibia typically experiences low
food availability from July through September. The
About: current drought has worsened this seasonal scarcity.
• Geographical Context: Œ Crop Failure: Staple crops such as maize, which are
Š Location: crucial for food security, have dried up. The failure of
Œ Namibia is situated in southern Africa, characterized by these crops has led to severe food shortages.
its arid to semi-arid climate. Œ Livestock Losses: The drought has caused significant
Œ This geographic condition makes the country losses in livestock due to insufficient water and feed,
particularly vulnerable to drought. further straining food resources.
Š Historical Droughts: Namibia has a history of severe Š Food Reserves Depletion: By August 23, 2024,
droughts, with significant national emergencies declared approximately 84% of Namibia's food reserves were
in 2013, 2016, and 2019 due to extreme drought reported to be exhausted. This depletion has led to
conditions. heightened food insecurity and scarcity.
• Current Drought Situation: • Economic and Social Consequences:
Š Initiation: The current drought began in Botswana in Š Price Surge:
October 2023 and quickly spread to neighboring countries Œ As food stocks diminish, prices have soared, making
including Angola, Zambia, Zimbabwe, and Namibia. basic food items increasingly unaffordable for many
Œ Spread: The drought has intensified across southern Namibians.
Africa, affecting the majority of the region. Œ This price surge compounds the economic hardship
Š El Niño Influence: faced by the population.
Œ Weather Pattern: The primary cause of the current Š Acute Food Insecurity: The Integrated Food Security Phase
drought is the El Niño weather pattern, which re- Classification (IPC) estimated in July 2024 that between
emerged in 2023 after a seven-year hiatus. April and June 2024, approximately 1.2 million people
Œ Effects of El Nino: El Nino is known for causing extreme in Namibia would experience high levels of acute food
weather conditions, including elevated temperatures insecurity.
and reduced rainfall. In this case, it has led to above- • Health and Vulnerability:
average temperatures and minimal precipitation Š Malnutrition:
across southern Africa, exacerbating the drought Œ Severe acute malnutrition rates among children under
five have risen due to the ongoing food crisis.
conditions.
Œ Some areas have reported deaths among young
Š Climate Change:
children as a result of malnutrition and inadequate food
Œ Research indicates that climate change is making
supplies.
extreme weather events, such as droughts and floods,
Š Gender-Based Violence:
more frequent and severe.
Œ The drought has increased the vulnerability of women
Œ Rising global temperatures contribute to more intense
and girls.
and prolonged droughts.
Œ As they are required to travel longer distances to fetch
food and water, their risk of encountering gender-
based violence has also risen.
Œ The extended distances and harsh conditions place
women and girls at greater risk, highlighting the need
for targeted support and protection measures.

NAMIBIA'S PLAN FOR WILDLIFE CULLING


• Objective: To provide much-needed meat for the population,
the Namibian government has decided to cull hundreds
of wild animals. This measure aims to address the food
scarcity exacerbated by the drought.

104
In-Shorts | Geography Current Affairs
Edition: October 2024

• Management and Funding:


• Total Animals to be Culled: The government plans to cull
723 animals, including: Hippopotamuses (30), Buffaloes Š Governance: The project will be managed by the Union
(60), Impalas (50), Blue Wildebeest (100), Zebras (300), Ministry of Ports, Shipping, and Waterways.
Elephants (83), Elans (a type of antelope) (100). Š Funding Model: It will receive central funding and is
Š Current Status: Over 150 animals have already been structured under a public-private partnership (PPP)
culled, resulting in approximately 63 tonnes of meat model. This approach combines public oversight with
being processed and distributed. private sector investment and expertise.
Š Namibia is home to about 24, 000 elephants, one of the • Strategic Importance:
largest populations globally. Š Economic Impact: By expanding the capacity to handle
• Rationale: large volumes of cargo, the Galathea Bay project is
Š Mitigating Drought Effects: The government fears that as expected to enhance India's maritime infrastructure and
the drought worsens, wild animals will migrate in search reduce reliance on foreign ports for transshipment.
of food and water, potentially leading to conflicts with Š Infrastructure Development: The project reflects a strategic
human populations. investment in port infrastructure to bolster regional trade
Š Wildlife Management: By culling certain species, the and logistics capabilities.
government aims to manage the pressure on grazing
areas and water resources, particularly in parks and PORTS IN INDIA
communal areas where animal populations exceed the
• Types of Ports:
available resources.
Š Major Ports:
Œ There are 12 major ports in India. These ports are
GALATHEA BAY under the administrative control of the Ministry of

Recently, the government has classified the international Shipping.


trans-shipment hub at Galathea Bay as a 'Major Port'. Œ All 12 major ports are operational and play a critical
role in the country's maritime trade.
About: Š Minor Ports: India has approximately 200 non-major
• Location: (minor) ports.
Š Geographic Setting: It is situated on Great Nicobar Island, Œ These ports are managed by respective State
which is part of the Union Territory of Andaman and Maritime Boards or State Governments.
Nicobar Islands, India. Œ Around 65 of these non-major ports handle cargo,
Š Regional Context: while the remaining are used primarily by fishing
Œ The islands are located in the eastern Indian Ocean,
vessels and small ferries for passenger transport
specifically within the Bay of Bengal.
across creeks and other bodies of water.
Œ The Andaman and Nicobar Islands consist of about
• Regulatory Framework:
836 offshore islands, with Great Nicobar being the
Š Major Ports: All 12 major ports are governed under
southernmost island.
• Environmental Significance: the Major Port Trusts Act of 1963. This act provides
Š Galathea Bay is recognized as one of the “Important a framework for the administration and regulation of
Marine Turtle Habitats in India. ” major ports in India.
Š This designation highlights its ecological importance for Š Non-Major Ports: The Indian Ports Act (IPA) of 1908,
marine turtle conservation. which includes 69 sections and two schedules,
• Project Phases and Capacity: regulates the non-major ports.
Š Phase 1: Expected to be operational by 2028. It will handle Œ Port Operations: The IPA Act governs the operations
approximately 4 million Twenty-foot Equivalent Units of berths, stations, anchoring, fastening, mooring,
(TEUs) of cargo. and unmooring of vessels at non-major ports.
Š Future Expansion: The capacity is projected to increase
Œ Rates and Fees: It fixes the rates to be paid for using
to 16 million TEUs by 2058 as the subsequent phases are
government moorings at these ports.
completed.
Œ Regulations: The Act also covers the regulation
• Objective: The facility aims to capture a significant portion of
of catamarans (boats) operating for hire and the
the transshipped cargo that is currently processed at foreign
ports. management of fires and lights within the port areas.

105
Current Affairs In-Shorts | Geography
Edition: October 2024

106
In-Shorts | Internal Security Current Affairs
Edition: October 2024

INTERNAL SECURITY
PEACE PACT WITH TRIPURA INSURGENT Significance of Agreement:
GROUPS • Promotion of Tribal Development: The Centre’s approval
of a ₹250 crore special package aims to foster the overall
A Memorandum of Settlement was signed between the development of the tribal population in Tripura, addressing
Government of India, Government of Tripura and the socio-economic disparities and ensuring inclusive growth.
National Liberation Front of Tripura (NLFT) and the All • Reduction of Insurgency in the Northeast: This marks the 12th
Tripura Tiger Force (ATTF). peace agreement for the Northeast, contributing significantly
to reducing insurgency and militancy, helping over 10,000
About: insurgents reintegrate into society over the past decade.
• Reintegration of Armed Cadres: More than 328 armed cadres • Strengthening Peace in Tripura: Being the third agreement
from NLFT and ATTF will lay down their arms and reintegrate related to Tripura in the last ten years, it highlights consistent
into mainstream society. efforts to secure long-term peace and stability in the region,
• Financial Package: A dedicated financial package of ` 250 reducing future conflict potential.
crore has been sanctioned to support the development of • Regional Security and Development: The peace pact enhances
Tripura's tribal communities. regional security by curbing insurgent activities and promoting
• 12th agreement for the Northeast: The peace pact is the 12th the economic development of the region, thereby contributing
agreement for the Northeast and the third agreement related to overall national security and prosperity.
to Tripura in the past ten years. • Reintegration of Armed Cadres: Over 328 armed cadres from the
Š Through these agreements, about 10,000 insurgents have NLFT and ATTF will renounce violence, leading to enhanced
joined the mainstream by giving up arms. peace and stability in Tripura by joining the mainstream of
society.
NATIONAL LIBERATION FRONT OF TRIPURA (NLFT)
• Formation: Established in 1989. MALPE AND MULKI
• Objective: Aimed to create an independent Tripura through
armed struggle, seeking liberation from Indian neo- The fourth and fifth ships of the Anti-Submarine Warfare
colonialism and imperialism and promoting a distinct and Shallow Water Craft (ASW SWC) project, named Malpe and
independent identity. Mulki, were launched by M/s Cochin Shipyard Ltd for the
• Internal Conflicts: Experienced multiple splits due to Indian Navy. The first three ships in the ASW SWC project
personal ambitions and parochial religious considerations. are Mahe, Malvan, and Mangrol.
• Legal Status: Outlawed in April 1997 under the Unlawful
Activities (Prevention) Act, 1967, and also proscribed About:
under the Prevention of Terrorism Act (POTA), 2002. • Ports of Strategic Importance: Malpe and Mulki, named after
• Splits: In February 2001, divided into two factions—one led strategically important ports along India’s coast, are part of
by Biswamohan Debbarma and the other by Nayanbasi the Mage-class ships. These vessels are set to replace the
Jamatiya. in-service Abhay-class ASW Corvettes of the Indian Navy.
• Designed for Multiple Maritime Operations: The ships are
ALL TRIPURA TIGER FORCE (ATTF)
designed to conduct anti-submarine warfare in coastal
• Formation: Founded in 1990. waters, low-intensity maritime operations, and mine-laying
• Demands: Called for the removal of illegal migrants from missions. They are also equipped for search and rescue
electoral rolls and the implementation of the 1949 Tripura operations.
Merger Agreement. • Advanced Weaponry and Capabilities: Malpe and Mulki are
• Operations: Operated in North and South Tripura districts, armed with lightweight torpedoes, anti-submarine warfare
becoming a significant terrorist group by 1991. rockets, a close-in weapon system, and remote-controlled
• Legal Status: Banned in April 1997 under the Unlawful guns. These ships can reach a top speed of 25 knots and
Activities (Prevention) Act, 1967. have an endurance of up to 1,800 nautical miles.

107
Current Affairs In-Shorts | Internal Security
Edition: October 2024

Significance: • It is named after the 19th century Dogra General Zorawar Singh,
• Strategic Coastal Defense: Malpe and Mulki enhance the who led military expeditions to Ladakh and Western Tibet.
Indian Navy's coastal defense capabilities by replacing older • The tank will be able to navigate steep mountains and cross
Abhay-class corvettes, ensuring continued protection against water bodies like rivers far more easily than its forerunners
submarine threats in shallow waters. such as the heavy-weight T-72 and T-90 tanks.
• Multi-Mission Flexibility: Designed for anti-submarine
warfare, mine-laying, and low-intensity maritime operations, OPERATION CHAKRA III
these ships contribute to versatile naval operations in both
peacetime and conflict scenarios. The Central Bureau of Investigation (CBI) in its ongoing
• Modern Combat Systems: Equipped with advanced weaponry, Operation CHAKRA-III has taken action to successfully
including torpedoes, anti-submarine rockets, and remote- dismantle a sophisticated cyber-enabled financial crime
controlled guns, the ships significantly bolster the Indian network.
Navy’s combat readiness in coastal waters.
• Enhanced Endurance and Speed: With a top speed of 25 knots About:
and endurance up to 1,800 nautical miles, Malpe and Mulki • This operation was executed with cooperation from other
ensure sustained naval presence and operational reach in international law enforcement agencies including the FBI
strategically vital coastal zones. (USA) and INTERPOL.
• The network has been targeting victims in foreign countries
INDUS-X INITIATIVE since 2022, with their operations involving cryptocurrencies
and bullion.
Recently, the third edition of India-US Defence Acceleration
Ecosystem (INDUS-X) Summit concluded in the USA.
INDIA ELECTED TO GlobE NETWORK'S
About:
STEERING COMMITTEE
• The INDUS-X Initiative was launched in June 2023 by the U.S. India has been elected to the GlobE Network's steering
Department of Defense (DoD) and Indian Ministry of Defense committee in Beijing, gaining a pivotal role in shaping
(MoD). global anti-corruption efforts.
• The initiative aims to expand the strategic technology
partnership and enhance defense industrial cooperation About:
between India and the USA by fostering collaboration among • Background: The Global Operational Network of Anti-
governments, businesses, and academic institutions. Corruption Law Enforcement Authorities (GloBE Network)
• It connects defense startups from India and the USA, was an initiative of G-20.
encouraging innovation and technology sharing in defense Š It was officially launched on June 3,2021, during a special
sectors. event at the UN General Assembly Special Session
• Part of iCET: The INDUS-X initiative is aligned with the U.S.- against Corruption.
India initiative on Critical and Emerging Technology (iCET). • Member: It now has 121 member countries and 219 member
• Steering Agencies: authorities.
Š iDEX (India): Innovation for Defence Excellence, • Objective: The GloBE Network is a platform where agencies
representing India's Ministry of Defence. from across the world share criminal intelligence, develop
Š DIU (USA): Defense Innovation Unit, under the U.S. strategies, and support in the common cause of combating
Department of Defense. corruption.
• Governance: The Network has one chair, one vice-chair and 13
INDIGENOUS LIGHT TANK 'ZORAWAR' members in the Steering Committee for providing leadership
to the organization.
India has successfully conducted the field firing trials of
its new indigenous light tank 'Zorawar', a highly versatile Indian Representation:
platform capable of deployment in high-altitude areas. • The Ministry of Home Affairs is the central authority for GloBE
Network, while the CBI and the Enforcement Directorate are its
About: member authorities from India.
• Zorawar has been developed by the Combat Vehicles • During India’s G-20 Presidency in 2023, two high-level
Research & Development Establishment (CVRDE), and DRDO, principles for combating corruption were adopted which
in collaboration with Larsen & Toubro Ltd. detailed leveraging of the GloBE Network.

108
In-Shorts | Internal Security Current Affairs
Edition: October 2024

EXERCISE VARUNA EXERCISE EASTERN BRIDGE VII


The Indian and French navies held their 22nd edition of The 7 th edition of Exercise Eastern Bridge, between the Royal
bilateral naval exercise ‘VARUNA’ in the Mediterranean Sea. Oman Air Force and the Indian Air Force, began at Air Force
base Masirah, Oman.
About:
• The bilateral exercise VARUNA, which began in 2001, has About:
evolved significantly over the years and a series of advanced • The 1st edition of bilateral exercise Eastern Bridge was held
naval operations were conducted during the present edition. at Oman in 2009.
• The conduct of ‘VARUNA’ in the Mediterranean Sea marks • Exercise Eastern Bridge VII aims to improve tactical and
a significant milestone in the maritime domain between operational skills, foster mutual understanding and bolster
India and France displaying Indian Navy’s outreach and the ability of both air forces to collaborate effectively in
commitment towards sustained operations far away from the diverse scenarios.
Indian Ocean Region (IOR). • The exercise will include complex aerial maneuvering, air to
air and air to ground operations, and logistical coordination,
Significance: reflecting the evolving defense needs and strategic interests
• Strengthening Military Cooperation: Bilateral exercises foster of both nations.
close military collaboration between participating nations,
improving coordination, trust, and interoperability during joint
operations or future missions.
EXERCISE AL NAJAH
• Enhanced Tactical Expertise: These exercises provide The 5th edition of India-Oman joint military Exercise AL
opportunities to exchange knowledge on advanced military NAJAH began in Salalah, Oman.
tactics, technologies, and operational strategies, leading to
improved combat and defense capabilities for both nations. About:
• Boosting Regional Security: By conducting joint drills, • Exercise AL NAJAH has been held biennially since 2015,
countries signal their commitment to regional stability and alternating between India and Oman. Last edition of the same
security, deterring potential threats and enhancing collective exercise was conducted at Mahajan in Rajasthan.
defense postures in strategically important areas. • Aim of the Joint Exercise is to enhance joint military capability
• Crisis Response Preparedness: Bilateral exercises simulate of both sides to undertake counter terrorism operations under
various crisis scenarios, from humanitarian missions to Chapter VII of the United Nations Charter.
conflict situations, enhancing the ability of both nations to • Exercise AL NAJAH V will allow both sides to exchange best
effectively respond to natural disasters, piracy, or military practices in tactics, techniques and procedures for joint
conflicts. operations.

Significance of Defence Exercises


• Strengthens Military Preparedness: Defense exercises help military forces enhance their operational capabilities, readiness,
and response to real-world threats by practicing scenarios that mirror potential conflicts or disasters.
• Improves Interoperability: Joint military exercises, especially with international partners, foster cooperation and coordination
between forces, allowing them to work seamlessly together during combined operations or peacekeeping missions.
• Tests and Validates Strategies: These exercises provide an opportunity to test and refine military tactics, strategies, and
technologies, identifying areas of improvement in planning and execution.
• Enhances Diplomatic Relations: Defense drills, particularly multinational ones, build diplomatic ties, trust, and mutual
understanding between countries, contributing to broader regional or global stability.
• Boosts Morale and Discipline: Engaging in rigorous and realistic exercises improves troop morale, discipline, and confidence,
ensuring they are mentally and physically prepared for real-life combat or crisis situations.
• Evaluates Equipment and Technology: Defense exercises allow military forces to assess the performance of their equipment,
weaponry, and new technologies in simulated combat scenarios, ensuring they are reliable and effective when deployed in
real operations.
• Promotes Crisis Management: By simulating emergency situations like natural disasters or terror attacks, defense drills help
military and civilian agencies improve coordination and decision-making in crisis management, ensuring a swift and efficient
response during real emergencies.

109
Current Affairs In-Shorts | Science & Technology
Edition: October 2024
SCIENCE &
TECHNOLOGY
VISHANU YUDH ABHYAAS Blockchain Technology:
• Definition: Blockchain is a shared, immutable ledger that
The central government conducted a five-day mock drill records transactions and tracks assets within a business
named Vishanu Yudh Abhyaas (Virus War Exercise). network.
Š It stores information electronically in a digital format to
About: ensure secure transactions and is commonly referred to
• The drill took place over five days in Ajmer district, Rajasthan. as Distributed Ledger Technology (DLT).
• It is conducted under the National One Health Mission (NOHM). Š This technology digitizes and stores anything of value,
• It aims to assess pandemic preparedness and response to including currency.
zoonotic disease outbreaks. • Historical Background: Blockchain was first proposed in
Š Zoonotic Diseases include infections spread between 1991 as a research project. However, it became widely
people and animals, such as avian influenza, Nipah, and known and implemented in 2009 with the advent of Bitcoin, a
Zika, caused by viruses, bacteria, parasites, and fungi. cryptocurrency built using blockchain technology.
• Objective: To evaluate the readiness and response of the • Structure and Security:
National Joint Outbreak Response Team (NJORT), which Š Data Blocks: Blockchain consists of interconnected data
includes experts from human health, animal husbandry, and blocks, where each block is linked to the previous one,
wildlife sectors. forming a continuous chain.
• Outcome: The drill provided valuable insights to improve Š Security: The design of these blocks ensures security and
India's preparedness and response to zoonotic disease resistance to tampering or hacking, making blockchain a
outbreaks and promoted a coordinated and efficient robust solution for secure digital transactions.
approach across relevant sectors.

OpenAI’S PROJECT STRAWBERRY


OpenAI is reportedly planning to release its most powerful
AI model codenamed Project Strawberry and could
integrate it into ChatGPT-5.

About:
• Earlier known as Project Q* (Q-star), it has been billed as
OpenAI’s push to create Artificial General Intelligence with Applications:
capabilities similar to that of the human brain. • Finance and Banking: Financial institution: Testing blockchain
• It will be able to solve math problems even if it has never for trade finance, foreign exchange, cross-border settlement,
been trained on them, perform high-level tasks like designing and securities.
market strategies and solving complex word puzzles and do Š India, with its large underbanked population, can leverage
“deep research. ” blockchain for financial inclusion.
• It will also help the AI firm develop their next large language Š Blockchain has been used in the creation of various
model (LLM) called Orion. cryptocurrencies, decentralized finance applications,
non-fungible tokens and smart contracts.
VISHVASYA-BLOCKCHAIN TECHNOLOGY • Governance and Public Services: Blockchain's potential to
enhance transparency and accountability in governance is
STACK being actively explored. Applications include land record
The Ministry of Electronics and Information Technology management, voting systems, and identity verification.
(MeitY) launched the Vishvasya-Blockchain Technology • Healthcare: In healthcare, blockchain can be used to securely
Stack. manage patient records, ensure data integrity, and facilitate
the secure sharing of medical information between institutions.

110
In-Shorts | Science & Technology Current Affairs
Edition: October 2024

• Transparent Elections: Blockchain can enhance election About:


processes by providing transparent and tamper-proof voting • Spacewalks, also called extravehicular activities (EVAs),
records. involve astronauts leaving their spacecraft to conduct
• Supply Chain Management: Tracking goods from origin to experiments, repairs, or tests.
destination becomes more reliable using blockchain. • The first spacewalk was done by Soviet cosmonaut Alexei
Š India’s vast supply chains can benefit from increased Leonov in 1965. Today, spacewalks are crucial for advancing
transparency and traceability. space science and technology.
• The Polaris Dawn mission will test new spacesuits designed
by SpaceX to protect astronauts from high radiation levels
BepiColombo encountered in the Van Allen Belts.

The spacecraft, BepiColombo, gave scientists their first


clear view of Mercury’s south pole. It also captured several VAN ALLEN BELTS
of the planet’s craters, including those with unusual rings of • The Van Allen Belts are two regions of charged particles
peaks within the basin’s rim. that encircle Earth, held in place by the planet’s magnetic
field. These belts were first discovered in 1958 by American
About: physicist James Van Allen.
• It is a joint mission between the European and Japanese space • They form part of the magnetosphere, a protective shield
agencies, launched in 2018. around Earth that deflects harmful solar radiation and
• It will go into orbit around Mercury in 2026, about a year after cosmic rays.
its original arrival time.
Š The delay was prompted by efforts to overcome problems SATELLITE CHAMRAN-1
with the spacecraft’s thrusters.
• It has two orbiters, one more focused on Mercury’s landscape Iran successfully launched its Chamran-1 research satellite
and the other collecting data about its surrounding space into orbit.
environment. Scientists hope to use the BepiColombo mission
to learn about the planet’s origins and evolution by studying About:
its composition, geology and magnetic field. • The Chamran-1 satellite, weighing 60 kg, was placed into a
550-kilometer orbit to test orbital maneuver technology.
MERCURY • It used the Qaem-100 rocket which is a solid-fuel carrier
designed and built by the Aerospace Force of the
• Mercury is the closest planet to the Sun, and the smallest
Revolutionary Guards.
planet in the solar system - only slightly larger than Earth's
• Western nations, especially the United States, express concern
Moon.
that Iran’s space program could be used to develop ICBMs.
• Despite its proximity to the Sun, Mercury is not the hottest
planet in the solar system – it is Venus.
INTERCONTINENTAL BALLISTIC MISSILES (ICBMS)
• A day on Mercury lasts 59 Earth days.
• ICBMs are missiles with a range over 5,500 kilometers,
• A year on Mercury lasts 88 Earth days.
designed to deliver nuclear warheads.
• Along with Venus, Earth, and Mars, Mercury is one of the
• They are possessed by several countries, including the
rocky planets.
US, Russia, China, India and others.
• Instead of an atmosphere, Mercury possesses a thin
exosphere made up of atoms blasted off the surface by the
solar wind and striking meteoroids. SIGNAL MODULATION
• Mercury's exosphere is composed mostly of oxygen,
Signal modulation streamlines the technology needed to
sodium, hydrogen, helium, and potassium. transmit information, such as news on TV or music on the
• Mercury doesn’t have any moons. radio.

Modulation:
POLARIS DAWN MISSION • Modulation, in electronics, technique for impressing
The Polaris Dawn mission, led by Jared Isaacman and SpaceX, information (voice, music, pictures, or data) on a radio-
is making history by attempting the first private spacewalk. frequency carrier wave by varying one or more characteristics
of the wave in accordance with the information signal.

111
Current Affairs In-Shorts | Science & Technology
Edition: October 2024

• There are various forms of modulation, each designed to alter About:


a particular characteristic of the carrier wave. • Bio-RIDE combines two existing schemes — Biotechnology
• Modulation allows multiple signals to coexist without Research and Development (R&D) and Industrial and
interference. Digital transmissions are less affected by static Entrepreneurship Development (I&ED) — with a new
noise, enhancing communication technologies. component, Bio-manufacturing and Bio-foundry.
• The outlay for the implementation of the scheme is Rs. 9197
Modulation Types:
crore during the 15th finance Commission period from 2021-
• Frequency Modulation (FM): It involves changing the frequency
22 to 2025-26.
of the waves to convey information (e.g., Morse code with
closely spaced waves for dots). FM is widely used in FM radio Significance:
broadcasting, where the quality of sound is crucial. • Promote Bio-Entrepreneurship: Bio-RIDE will nurture a thriving
Š It provides better resistance to noise and interference ecosystem for startups by providing seed funding, incubation
compared to AM. support, and mentorship to bio-entrepreneurs.
• Amplitude modulation (AM): It involves varying the amplitude
• Advance Innovation: The scheme will offer grants and
of the waves while keeping frequency constant (e.g., using
incentives for cutting-edge research and development in
heavy and light stones to represent dots and dashes).
areas like synthetic biology, biopharmaceuticals, bioenergy,
• Phase Modulation (PM): It changes the phase of waves to
and bioplastics.
encode messages, allowing for clearer digital transmission
• Facilitate Industry-Academia Collaboration: Bio-RIDE
since it's less affected by amplitude fluctuations. PM is
will create synergies between academic institutions,
used in certain digital communication systems and radar
research organizations, and industry to accelerate the
applications.
commercialization of bio-based products and technologies.
Uses of Modulation:
• Radio Broadcasting: Both AM and FM modulation are used BIOTECHNOLOGY
for radio transmission. AM covers long distances but is • Biotechnology deals with the application of biological
susceptible to interference. FM provides better sound quality knowledge and techniques pertaining to molecular, cellular
and is ideal for music. and genetic processes to develop significantly improved
• Television Broadcasting: TV signals are also modulated products and services.
(usually using vestigial sideband modulation). This allows us • The Biotechnology industry in India is divided into the
to watch our favorite shows with clear audio and video. following segments – Biopharmaceuticals, Bio-services,
• Cellular Communication: Mobile phones use various Bio-agriculture, Bio-Industrials and Bio-IT.
modulation techniques to transmit voice and data over
cellular networks. Status of Biotechnology in India:
• Wireless Internet (Wi-Fi): Wi-Fi signals are modulated to carry • India ranks 3rd in the Asia-Pacific region and 12th globally in
data wirelessly between devices. terms of biomanufacturing.
• Satellite Communication: Satellites use modulation to relay Š Biotechnology, a sunrise sector, has achieved a valuation
signals across vast distances. of Rs 75,000 crore over the past 10 years.
• The Indian Biotechnology industry was valued at $93.1 billion
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION in 2022, with expectations of reaching $300 billion by 2030.
• In the Global Innovation Index, India has climbed from 81st
• Digital transmission uses discrete signals (0s and 1s),
place in 2015 to 40th out of 132 economies in 2023.
while analog transmission uses continuous signals.
• In 2022, BioEconomy accounted for 4% of India’s gross
• PM is digital and better for data transmission, whereas AM
domestic product (GDP) of $3.47 trillion and employs over 2
and FM are used for analog radio and TV broadcasts.
million people.

Bio-RIDE SCHEME
The Union Cabinet approved the Biotechnology Research
Innovation and Entrepreneurship Development (Bio-RIDE)
scheme to support cutting-edge research and development
in biotechnology.

112
In-Shorts | Science & Technology Current Affairs
Edition: October 2024

Government Initiatives: • The revised Gaganyaan Programme to include the scope of


• Biotechnology Industry Research Assistance Council (BIRAC) development and precursor missions for BAS, and factoring
established by the Department of Biotechnology (DBT) is aimed one additional uncrewed mission and additional hardware
at strengthening and empowering emerging biotechnology requirement for the developments of ongoing Gaganyaan
enterprises to undertake strategic research and innovation. Programme. Now the human spaceflight program of
• Policy initiatives of the Government of India (GoI) such as technology development and demonstration is through eight
Startup India and Make in India programs are aimed to develop missions to be completed by December 2028 by launching
India as a world-class Biotechnology and Bio-manufacturing the first unit of BAS-1.
hub. • The 52-tonne space station will serve as a research platform
• Favorable Government Policies like Draft R&D Policy 2021, PLI for Indian astronauts and scientists to conduct experiments in
Schemes and Clinical trial rules have propelled India to be the microgravity, astronomy and Earth observation, and will allow
‘pharmacy of the world’. astronauts to stay in orbit for 15-20 days.
• FDI Policy: 100% FDI is allowed under the automatic route
for greenfield pharma. Also 100% FDI is allowed under the ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
government route for brownfield pharma. Up to 74% FDI
Currently, there are only two operational space stations – the
is under the automatic route and beyond 74% is under the
International Space Station (ISS), developed in cooperation by
government approval route.
the United States, Russia, Japan, Europe and Canada; and
China’s Tiangong Space Station (TSS).
CIRCUMNUTATIONS
The study reveals the role circumnutations could play in RECOMMENDATIONS TO ADDRESS AI-
plant growth patterns. In this study, researchers found that RELATED RISKS AND GOVERNANCE GAPS
sunflowers grown in a dense row naturally formed a near-
perfect zigzag pattern, with each plant leaning away from The United Nations AI advisory body released a final report
the row in alternating directions. with seven recommendations to address AI-related risks
and governance gaps.
About:
• It refers to the slow, repetitive, and often spiral movement Key Recommendations:
observed in the growing tips of plants, such as shoots, • Scientific Panel: Create an impartial panel of leading AI
tendrils, and roots. researchers, ethicists, and technologists to provide accurate,
• This movement is caused by differential growth rates in unbiased scientific knowledge about AI. This panel would
different parts of the plant, particularly in the apical meristem, aim to bridge the information gap between AI labs and the
leading to a helical or circular motion. global community, ensuring transparency and accessibility
• Examples: to AI advancements.
Š Tendrils of climbing plants exhibit circumnutation to locate • Policy Dialogue: Initiate an international policy dialogue on
and coil around supports. AI governance to promote cooperation among countries.
Š Roots may use circumnutation to navigate through soil, By engaging stakeholders, including governments, private
finding the best path for growth. sectors, and civil society, this dialogue would work to
establish consensus on regulatory frameworks and ethical
standards for AI deployment.
BHARTIYA ANTRIKSH STATION (BAS)
• AI Standards Exchange: Establish a global platform where
The union cabinet chaired by Prime Minister Narendra nations and organizations can share AI standards, safety
Modi has approved the building of the first unit of the protocols, and best practices. This would help create
Bhartiya Antriksh Station (BAS) by extending the scope of harmonized guidelines for AI development and application,
Gaganyaan program. promoting accountability and interoperability across borders.
• Global AI Capacity Development Network: Strengthen AI
About: governance capacities by building a network of experts,
• The first module of BAS will be launched in 2028 and by 2035 policymakers, and institutions. This network would offer
the fully operational indigenous space station will be created. technical assistance and training to nations or organizations
• The BAS will be placed in low earth orbit, at 400 km above with limited expertise, ensuring that AI knowledge is
the earth’s surface. disseminated equitably.

113
Current Affairs In-Shorts | Science & Technology
Edition: October 2024

• Global AI Fund: Set up a dedicated fund to address capacity • Technological Investments: The funds will be used to deploy
gaps in AI governance, research, and implementation, 10,000 Graphic Processing Units (GPUs), Large Multi-Models
particularly in under-resourced countries. The fund would (LMMs), and promote AI-based research collaboration and
ensure inclusive access to AI technologies and support the innovative projects.
development of local expertise. • Balancing Economic Growth and SDGs: India's AI strategy
• AI Data Framework: Develop a transparent and accountable must align with the Sustainable Development Goals (SDGs),
global framework for managing AI data, emphasizing privacy, ensuring responsible AI use that supports innovation while
security, and ethical use. This framework would help regulate managing associated risks.
data collection, sharing, and usage while promoting trust in • Phased Approach to AI Governance: India is likely to adopt a
AI systems worldwide. gradual, phase-led approach to AI governance, promoting a
• AI Office: Establish a small but strategic AI office to coordinate fair and inclusive AI system that supports economic growth
and oversee the implementation of AI-related initiatives. This without compromising ethical and social responsibilities.
office would act as a central body for monitoring progress,
Conclusion:
resolving challenges, and ensuring alignment with global AI
• The rapid advancement of AI technologies has significant
governance objectives.
economic, societal, and ethical implications. Effective
Emerging Challenges: governance is necessary to maximize AI's benefits while
• Ethical Concerns and Bias: AI systems can inherit biases from mitigating its risks. AI systems must be fair, unbiased, and
the data they're trained on, leading to unfair or discriminatory accountable.
outcomes, particularly in areas like hiring, law enforcement,
and lending. Addressing these biases and ensuring ethical WOMEN IN SPACE LEADERSHIP PROGRAMME
use remains a significant challenge.
• Job Displacement: AI’s ability to automate tasks threatens job A Women in Space Leadership Programme (WiSLP) was
markets, particularly in sectors like manufacturing, customer launched by the Department of Science and Technology
service, and even skilled professions like accounting and law. (DST) in collaboration with the British Council.
The challenge is to manage the societal impact of automation
and ensure reskilling opportunities. About:
• Data Privacy and Security: AI systems rely heavily on large • It was launched as part of the UK-India Education and
amounts of data, raising concerns about how this data is Research Initiative (UKIERI).
collected, stored, and used. Ensuring that AI complies • The initiative focuses on supporting institutions in
with data protection regulations and safeguards personal strengthening gender-inclusive practices to foster women’s
information is critical. leadership in space sciences by developing a strategic
leadership framework.
• Regulation and Accountability: The rapid pace of AI
development has outpaced regulatory frameworks,
Implementation of WiSLP:
creating challenges in establishing clear accountability,
• The programme will aid 250 early career researchers to become
especially when AI systems make decisions autonomously.
better equipped to take up leadership roles and navigate
Governments and institutions struggle to regulate AI without
gender biases and associated barriers.
stifling innovation.
• The programme is underpinned by three foundational pillars:
• Weaponization and Misuse: AI has the potential to be misused Š Intersectionality or understanding of different aspects of
for malicious purposes, such as autonomous weapons, women’s identities;
surveillance, or disinformation campaigns. Preventing the Š Collaborative culturally sensitive approaches that respond
militarization and misuse of AI technologies is a pressing to opportunities and challenges in India;
global security concern. Š Using leadership theory from both social science and
STEM to support female scientists to become more
India’ Approach:
confident about their leadership abilities.
• Deep-Tech StartUps: India is emerging as a key player in AI
regulation and development, with its large consumer base
and labor force being crucial for technology companies. By NEURALINK’S BLINDSIGHT
2030, India will host over 10,000 deep tech start-ups.
Elon Musk’s start-up Neuralink has been granted approval
• India AI Mission Funding: The government has allocated `10,
from the US Food and Drug Administration (FDA) for its
300 crore to the India AI mission to bolster AI innovation and
upcoming product Blindsight.
strengthen the public-private partnership ecosystem.

114
In-Shorts | Science & Technology Current Affairs
Edition: October 2024

About: Sun's Differential Rotation:


• Blindsight is a brain-computer interface (BCI) device, or a chip, • The Sun rotates at different speeds at different latitudes: the
surgically implanted in the brain, that will enable those who equator rotates faster (25 days) than the poles (35 days).
are blind to see. • This differential rotation is key to understanding the solar
• It will only work for those who have suffered damage to dynamo, the 11-year solar cycle, and solar magnetic storms.
their optic nerve, but not the visual cortex of the brain which • Discovery: Differential rotation was first discovered in the 19th
processes imagery and input from the eyes. century by Carrington, but earlier methods were limited in
• The device will enable transmission of signals by bypassing studying latitudes above 35 degrees.
the optic nerve and directly stimulating the visual cortex of • Findings on Rotation Rates: The rotation rate was faster at the
the brain to make imagery visible to those without eyesight. equator (13.98 degrees/day) and slower towards the poles
(10.5 degrees/day at 80 degrees latitude). Both plages and
Neuralink:
network features showed similar rotation rates, suggesting a
• Neuralink is a neurotechnology company that develops
common origin possibly rooted deep inside the Sun.
implantable Brain-Computer Interfaces (BCIs).
• These devices connect the brain and a computer, and
Plages and Network Cell:
instructions through the computer can be utilized to send
• Plages are bright regions in the chromosphere, larger than
electrical signals to the device, and vice-versa.
sunspots, with weaker magnetic fields.
• Network cells are slightly larger than sunspots and have
GLOBAL CYBERSECURITY INDEX 2024 weaker magnetic fields, present continuously across the
Sun’s surface.
India has achieved Tier 1 status in the Global Cybersecurity
Index (GCI) 2024, with a score of 98.49 out of 100, marking
Significance of the Study:
it as a global leader in cybersecurity.
• Comprehensive Solar Rotation Mapping: This study marks the
first time that chromospheric network cells have been used to
About:
map the Sun’s rotation across its entire surface, providing a
• India's success is driven by robust cybercrime laws, sector-
more complete and accurate understanding of solar rotation,
specific Computer Incident Response Teams (CSIRTs),
particularly at high latitudes where previous methods had
education initiatives, and international collaborations.
limitations.
• India's global leadership is reinforced by international
• Insights into Solar Dynamo and Magnetic Activity: By
partnerships and agreements to enhance cybersecurity
measuring the differential rotation of the chromosphere, the
capacity and information sharing.
study enhances our understanding of the solar dynamo,
• The GCI evaluated countries based on five pillars—legal,
which drives the Sun’s magnetic field and 11-year solar
technical, organizational, capacity development, and
cooperation—using a detailed questionnaire covering cycle. This contributes to the prediction and study of solar
83 questions and 20 indicators. It is published by the magnetic storms and their impact on Earth.
International Telecommunication Union (ITU). • Long-term Solar Data Utilization: The use of 100 years of
digitized data from the Kodaikanal Solar Observatory offers a
rare, extensive historical perspective on the Sun's behavior.
DIFFERENTIAL ROTATION OF THE SUN
This long-term dataset provides invaluable insights into solar
Astronomers mapped the variation in the Sun's chromosphere dynamics over an extended period, improving the accuracy
rotation speed from the equator to the poles using 100 years of solar models.
of data from the Kodaikanal Solar Observatory. • Confirmation of Consistent Rotation Patterns: The similar rotation
rates observed for both plages and network cells suggest
Data Source and Technique: a common origin for these features, potentially rooted deep
• Indian Institute of Astrophysics (IIA) astronomers used solar inside the Sun. This discovery deepens our understanding of
plages and network cells features from daily Sun records at the Sun's internal structure and magnetic activity.
393.3 nm (Calcium K spectral line). These features allowed
them to measure rotation speed even at the poles, unlike
sunspots. GLOBAL INNOVATION INDEX 2024
• The 100-year-long data from Kodaikanal Solar Observatory
India has risen to 39th position among 133 global economies
has been digitized, enabling detailed analysis of
in the Global Innovation Index 2024.
chromospheric features.

115
Current Affairs In-Shorts | Science & Technology
Edition: October 2024

About: CDSCO RELEASES A LIST OF “NOT OF


• The Global Innovation Index (GII) is published by the World STANDARD QUALITY” DRUGS
Intellectual Property Organization (WIPO), a specialized
agency of the United Nations. A recent quality control check by the Central Drugs Standard
• It measures innovation based on criteria that include Control Organisation (CDSCO) has raised alarms over the
institutions, human capital and research, infrastructure, safety and effectiveness of 53 medicines, including widely
credit, investment, linkages; the creation, absorption and used drugs like Paracetamol and Pan D.
diffusion of knowledge; and creative outputs.
About:
Global Innovation Index 2024: • Several medicines were found to be "Not of Standard Quality"
• Top performer: Switzerland, Sweden, the United States, (NSQ), with some being declared spurious by drug testing
Singapore and the United Kingdom labs.
• Fastest 10-year climbers: China, Turkiye, India, Viet Nam and • This raises serious public health concerns and it also highlights
the Philippines. failure of several states in submitting data on quality of drugs.
• Earlier, the drug regulator has actively banned risky fixed-dose
India’s Performance:
drug combinations, further highlighting the need for stricter
• India has been on a rising trajectory, over the past several
quality control measures in pharmaceuticals.
years in the Global Innovation Index (GII), from a rank of 81
in 2015 to 40 in 2023.
Drug Regulation Framework in India:
• India's strengths lie in key indicators such as Information
• Governing Laws: Drug regulation in India is governed by the
and Communications Technology (ICT) services exports (at 1st
Drugs and Cosmetics Act, 1940 (DC Act) and the Drugs and
place, globally), venture capital received and intangible asset
Cosmetics Rules, 1945 (DC Rules), which provide the legal
intensity. India's unicorn companies also secure the country
foundation for drug control and safety.
the 8th rank globally.
• Central Drugs Standard Control Organization (CDSCO): The
Initiatives taken by India: CDSCO, headed by the Drugs Controller General of India
• The Atal Innovation Mission has played a major role in (DCGI), is responsible for overseeing drug quality and safety
expanding the Innovation ecosystem. at the national level. It regularly issues a "Not of Standard
• The Anusandhan National Research Foundation (ANRF) was Quality" (NSQ) list to monitor and assess drug standards.
established to foster a culture of research and innovation • National Pharmaceutical Pricing Authority (NPPA): The NPPA
throughout India’s universities, research institutions, and is tasked with regulating and revising the prices of controlled
R&D laboratories. bulk drugs. It also ensures the availability of essential drugs,
• Biotechnology Industry Research Assistance Council (BIRAC) identifies shortages, and implements necessary remedial
established by the Department of Biotechnology (DBT) measures.
is aimed at strengthening and empowering emerging • State-Level Drug Regulation: As public health is a state subject
biotechnology enterprises to undertake strategic research in India, state governments also play a key role in drug
and innovation. regulation through their respective State Drug Regulatory
• National Research Foundation (NRF): Announced as part of Agencies (SDRAs), complementing the efforts of national
the National Education Policy 2020, NRF aims to promote a regulatory bodies.
culture of research and innovation in universities and higher
Issues Associated with Drug Regulation in India:
education institutions by funding interdisciplinary research.
• Quality Control Issues: Frequent reports of substandard and
spurious drugs highlight the gaps in quality control.
WORLD INTELLECTUAL
• Inadequate Monitoring and Enforcement: The capacity of both
PROPERTY ORGANIZATION (WIPO)
CDSCO and State Drug Control Authorities is limited in terms
• It is a self-funding agency of the United Nations, that serves of resources and manpower.
the world’s innovators and creators, ensuring that their ideas • Lack of Comprehensive Post-Market Surveillance: There is a lack
travel safely to the market and improve lives everywhere. of a robust post-marketing surveillance system to ensure that
• Members: The organization has 193 member states drugs continue to meet safety standards after they are marketed.
including India. • Fragmented Regulation: The division of regulatory
• In 1974, WIPO joined the United Nations (UN) family of responsibilities between the central and state governments
organizations, becoming a specialized agency of the UN. often leads to coordination issues, inefficiencies, and variations
• Headquarters: Geneva, Switzerland. in enforcement across states.

116
In-Shorts | Science & Technology Current Affairs
Edition: October 2024

• Other issues: Like, lack of trained manpower, lack of Key Facts on Supercomputers:
transparency in clinical trials, pressure on the regulatory • A supercomputer is a powerful computing machine that
bodies for approval etc. The Mashelkar Committee (2003) performs at the highest operational rate, typically measured
identified the lack of trained and adequate personnel as a in floating-point operations per second (FLOPS).
significant issue in India's drug regulatory framework. • Key Performance Indicators:
Š FLOPS (Floating-point Operations per Second): The
Way Ahead: performance of supercomputers is measured in teraflops
• Strengthening Regulatory Infrastructure: India needs to
(trillions of FLOPS) or petaflops (quadrillions of FLOPS).
augment the capacities of both central and state drug
Š Top500: A bi-annual ranking of the top 500 supercomputers
regulatory authorities, with better resources, skilled personnel,
globally, based on their performance.
and infrastructure to ensure robust drug regulation.
• Enhanced Coordination Between Central and State Agencies: India’s Supercomputers:
Improved collaboration and sharing of information between • PARAM Rudra: Recently launched under India's National
CDSCO and State Drug Control Authorities is necessary to Supercomputing Mission, these supercomputers are deployed
address issues like inconsistent regulation and enforcement. in Pune, Delhi, and Kolkata.
• Focus on Quality Assurance: There should be a stringent focus • Pratyush and Mihir: India’s major supercomputers, installed
on improving Good Manufacturing Practices (GMP), ensuring for weather forecasting, housed at the Indian Institute of
that manufacturers adhere to the highest quality standards. Tropical Meteorology (Pune) and National Centre for Medium-
• Robust Post-Marketing Surveillance: A comprehensive post- Range Weather Forecasting (Noida).
marketing surveillance system needs to be established to • PARAM Yuva-II: Developed by the Centre for Development
continuously monitor the safety, efficacy, and quality of drugs of Advanced Computing (C-DAC), it was one of the fastest
after they are approved and released in the market. supercomputers in India, used for scientific research.
• Establishment of National Drug Authority: As recommended Top Supercomputers in the World:
by the Mashelkar committee to revamp the structure of drug • Frontier (USA): As of 2023, Frontier, developed by Oak Ridge
regulation. National Laboratory, is the fastest supercomputer in the
world, with a performance exceeding 1 exaFLOP (1 quintillion
operations per second).
PARAM RUDRA SUPERCOMPUTERS • Fugaku (Japan): Developed by Riken and Fujitsu, Fugaku was
Prime Minister Narendra Modi recently inaugurated three previously the fastest supercomputer and is still among the
PARAM Rudra Supercomputers worth ₹130 crore under the top performers, widely used for various applications like drug
National Supercomputing Mission (NSM). discovery and climate modeling.

About: NATIONAL SUPERCOMPUTING MISSION (NSM)


• These indigenously developed supercomputers, deployed About:
in Pune, Delhi, and Kolkata, will drive advanced research in • It is an important initiative by the Government of India to boost
physics, cosmology, earth sciences, and other scientific
indigenous efforts to be in the forefront of supercomputing
fields.
capability for socio-economic development of the nation.
Š The Giant Metre Radio Telescope (GMRT) in Pune, Inter-
• The mission was jointly steered by the Ministry of Electronics
University Accelerator Centre (IUAC) in Delhi, and S. N.
and IT and Department of Science & Technology.
Bose Centre in Kolkata will utilize these systems for cutting-
edge research, enhancing India's scientific capabilities. Key Features:
• Additionally, the Prime Minister launched a High-Performance • Indigenous Development: A core focus of NSM is on
Computing (HPC) system focused on weather and climate developing indigenous hardware and software for
research. supercomputing systems, including processors, networks,
Š They are located at the Indian Institute of Tropical and storage solutions.
Meteorology (IITM) in Pune and the National Center for • Collaborative Effort: The mission is jointly led by the Ministry
Medium Range Weather Forecast (NCMRWF) in Noida. of Electronics and Information Technology (MeitY) and
• These systems, named ‘Arka’ and ‘Arunika’, are tailored to the Department of Science and Technology (DST), with
provide more accurate predictions for tropical cyclones, implementation support from the Centre for Development
thunderstorms, heat waves, and other critical weather of Advanced Computing (C-DAC) and the Indian Institute
phenomena. of Science (IISc), Bengaluru.

117
Current Affairs In-Shorts | Society
Edition: October 2024

SOCIETY
MEASURES FOR THE LGBTQIA+ COMMUNITY SAHARIYA TRIBE
Recently, the Department of Social Justice and Recently, more than 172 cases of malnourished children
Empowerment (DoSJE) has requested feedback from have been reported among the Sahariya tribal community
stakeholders and the general public to improve inclusivity in Baran district of Rajasthan.
in policies concerning the LGBTQIA+ community.
About:
About: • The Sahariya tribe, one of India's Particularly Vulnerable
• Supreme Court's Directives on LGBTQIA+ Rights: In the 2023 Tribal Groups (PVTGs), is spread across the states of Madhya
Supriyo@Supriya vs. Union case, the Supreme Court's directives Pradesh, Rajasthan, and Chhattisgarh.
aimed to expand the entitlements and rights of LGBTQIA+ Š The tribe is known by various names, including Seher,
individuals, focusing on areas where they faced discrimination. Sair, Sawar, Saor, and Sahara, indicating their deep-rooted
• Same-Sex Marriage: The Supreme Court did not recognize historical presence in the region.
same-sex marriages but acknowledged the government's Š Historically, the Sahariyas trace their lineage back to the
plan to form a committee to examine entitlements for times of the Ramayana and even beyond, highlighting their
LGBTQIA+ individuals and Queer couples. ancient cultural origins.
• Government's Response: Following the Court's directives, the Š Despite this rich heritage, they are considered one of the
government established a committee in April 2024, chaired most disadvantaged and vulnerable population groups in
by the Cabinet Secretary, to address discrimination in social
the country, facing severe socio-economic challenges.
welfare, healthcare, public services, and policing.
• Sub-Committee: A sub-committee under the Home Secretary
was also formed to monitor and implement these measures ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
for the LGBTQIA+ community. • Tribal Population in India: Constitutes 8.6% of India’s total
population.
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION • Particularly Vulnerable Tribal Groups (PVTGs): PVTGs are a
• LGBTQIA+ stands for lesbian, gay, bisexual, transgender, subset of tribal groups identified as being more vulnerable
queer, intersex, and asexual. Each letter represents a compared to other tribal communities.
• Historical Background:
different sexual orientation or gender identity.
Š 1973: The Dhebar Commission created the category of
• The "+" symbol is included to acknowledge and encompass
Primitive Tribal Groups (PTGs) for less developed tribal
other identities that fall outside of these categories and are
groups.
still being recognized and understood.
Š 2006: The Government of India renamed PTGs to PVTGs.
Interim Actions by the Government: Š Identification of PVTGs:
• Department of Food and Public Distribution (D/oF&PD): Issued Œ 1975: The Government of India identified and
an advisory to States and UTs to treat queer partners as part declared 52 PVTGs.
of the same household for ration card purposes and ensure Œ 1993: An additional 23 groups were added, making a
no discrimination in issuance. total of 75 PVTGs out of 705 Scheduled Tribes.
• Supreme Court Decriminalizes Homosexuality: • Characteristics of PVTGs:
Š In the Navtej Singh Johar & Ors vs. Union of India case Š Homogeneity: PVTGs are generally homogeneous in
(2018), a five-judge bench of the Supreme Court partially terms of social and cultural practices.
struck down Section 377 of the Indian Penal Code. Š Isolation: They are relatively physically isolated.
Š This landmark ruling decriminalized same-sex relations Š Lack of Written Language: They often do not have a
between consenting adults, marking a significant victory written language.
for LGBTQIA+ rights in India. Š Slower Rate of Change: They experience a slower rate of
• Same-Sex Unions: In October 2023, the Supreme Court change in their lifestyle.
rejected the plea to legalize same-sex unions, leaving the • Geographic Distribution: The highest number of PVTGs are
found in the state of Odisha.
status of such unions unrecognized.

118
In-Shorts | Culture & History Current Affairs
Edition: October 2024

CULTURE & HISTORY


MUNICH AGREEMENT Š Hitler’s Betrayal:
Œ Just six months after the signing of the Munich
On September 1st, 1939, German forces invaded Poland, Agreement, Hitler violated its terms and occupied the
marking the onset of World War II. This event exposed the entirety of Czechoslovakia.
shortcomings of the Munich Agreement, signed less than a Œ This marked the failure of appeasement and
year earlier, and underscored its failure to maintain peace. foreshadowed the imminent outbreak of World War II.
Š Accelerated the Path to World War II
About: Œ The failure of the Munich Agreement emboldened
• The Munich Agreement was signed on September 29-30, Hitler, as he saw the Allies’ willingness to capitulate to
1938, by Germany, France, Italy, and Great Britain. his demands as a sign of weakness.
• It aimed to appease Nazi Germany and prevent the outbreak Œ This encouraged further aggression, culminating in
of war in Europe. Germany’s invasion of Poland in September 1939.
• Great Britain’s Prime Minister, Neville Chamberlain, was a Œ The invasion prompted Britain and France to declare
prominent supporter of this policy of appeasement, believing war on Germany, marking the beginning of World War II.
it would secure peace. Š Weakened Trust in Western Powers:
• Key Highlights of the Agreement: Œ The Munich Agreement led to deep disillusionment in
Š Annexation of Sudetenland: smaller European states.
Œ As part of the agreement, Germany was allowed to Œ Countries like Poland and the Baltic States felt that
annex the Sudetenland region, a part of Czechoslovakia Britain and France could not be trusted to protect them
with a significant ethnic German population. from Nazi aggression.
Œ This was perceived as a concession to maintain peace. Œ Czechoslovakia, which had not been consulted in the
Š Chamberlain’s “Peace with Honour”: decision to cede the Sudetenland, felt betrayed by the
Œ After the agreement, Neville Chamberlain famously Western powers.
declared that the Munich Agreement represented "peace Š Shift in Soviet Foreign Policy:
with honour" and that it would bring "peace for our time." Œ The Soviet Union, excluded from the Munich talks,
Œ He believed this concession would satisfy Hitler’s perceived the agreement as a sign that Britain and France
ambitions and stabilize Europe. were trying to direct German aggression eastward.
Š Czechoslovakia Excluded: Œ This distrust led the Soviet Union to seek its own
Œ Despite being the country most affected by the security arrangements, culminating in the Nazi-Soviet
agreement, Czechoslovakia was not represented Pact (Molotov-Ribbentrop Pact) of August 1939.
during the negotiations. Œ This non-aggression pact between Germany and the
Œ Pressured by its allies, Great Britain and France, the USSR shocked the world and cleared the way for the
Czechoslovak government reluctantly accepted the deal. invasion of Poland.
Œ Prime Minister Jan Syrový expressed deep regret,
lamenting that his country had been abandoned, while
Jan Masaryk (Foreign Minister of Czechoslovakia)
declared, "We are not ready to accept peace at all costs!"
• Outcomes:
Š Occupation of Sudetenland:
Œ The agreement allowed for the German occupation of
Sudetenland in stages between October 1-10, 1938.
Œ In some regions, plebiscites were to be held to
determine if people wished to join Germany.
Œ The Czechoslovak government had to release Sudeten
Germans from their military and police forces, as well
as any Sudeten German prisoners.

119
Current Affairs In-Shorts | Culture & History
Edition: October 2024

typically contains sacred relics of the Buddha or other


ROLE OF INDIANS IN THE WORLD WAR II
esteemed figures in the Buddhist tradition.
Indian Soldiers and Military Contributions: • Stupas play a crucial role in Buddhist practice, symbolizing
• Largest Volunteer Army: the path to enlightenment and the spiritual journey of the
Š Over 2.5 million Indian soldiers served in the British Indian Buddha.
Army, making it the largest volunteer force in history. • They serve as places for meditation, reflection, and pilgrimage,
Š These troops fought in various theaters of war, including embodying key teachings and philosophies of Buddhism.
Europe, North Africa, the Middle East, and Southeast
Asia.
• Key Campaigns:
Š North African Campaign: Indian soldiers played a
crucial role in battles against Axis forces, including
in the pivotal Battle of El Alamein (1942), against the
Germans and Italians.
Š Southeast Asia: Indian forces were heavily involved
in defending British colonies in Burma (Myanmar)
and Southeast Asia, notably fighting in the Battle of
Imphal and the Battle of Kohima in 1944, which were Historical Origins:
instrumental in halting Japan’s advance into India. • The stupa's origins can be traced back to ancient pre-
Š Italy: Indian soldiers also participated in the Italian Buddhist burial mounds found in India, where they were used
Campaign, fighting in battles such as Monte Cassino to mark sacred sites and memorialize the dead.
and contributing to the eventual defeat of German • Over time, stupas evolved to symbolize not just burial sites but
forces in the region. also the enlightenment of the Buddha, incorporating various
• Awards and Honors: Indian soldiers were highly decorated for architectural elements that reflect Buddhist cosmology and
their bravery. Several soldiers received the Victoria Cross, philosophy.
the highest military award for valor in the British Empire.
The Great Stupa of Sanchi:
Economic and Industrial Contribution:
• The Great Stupa at Sanchi, located in Madhya Pradesh, is
• Resources and Supplies:
one of the most significant examples of stupa architecture,
Š India was a major supplier of materials, food, and
commissioned in the 3rd century BCE by Emperor Ashoka.
resources to the Allied war effort.
• This stupa stands as the largest and oldest structure within
Š Indian industries were mobilized to produce textiles,
a complex that includes several other stupas, temples, and
steel, and other materials necessary for the war, and
monasteries, with construction and enhancements continuing
the country’s ports and railways were vital to moving
up to the 12th century CE.
troops and supplies.
• Believed to be one of the oldest stone structures still standing
• Financial Aid:
in India, the Great Stupa was constructed to house the relics
Š India also provided substantial financial support to the of the Buddha, signifying the importance of his teachings and
British war effort. the reverence in which he is held.
Š However, the economic strain of the war, combined with • Construction and Design:
wartime inflation and shortages, had a severe impact on Š The Great Stupa is characterized by its hemispherical
the Indian population, contributing to hardships like the mound, which represents the dome of heaven and
Bengal Famine of 1943, which claimed millions of lives. symbolizes the universe.
Š At its apex, it features a chhatra, a parasol symbolizing
GREAT STUPA OF SANCHI protection and enlightenment.
Š The stupa's design emphasizes simplicity and harmony,
Recently, the External Affairs Minister visited the replica of allowing the structure to blend with its surroundings while
the East Gate of Sanchi's Great Stupa located in front of the inviting contemplation and reverence from visitors.
Humboldt Forum museum in Berlin. • Gateways of the Great Stupa:
Š A notable feature of the Great Stupa is its ornamental
Definition: gateways or toranas, which are intricately designed
• A stupa is a distinctive architectural structure in Buddhism, entrances that enhance the stupa’s spiritual and aesthetic
primarily serving as a commemorative monument that significance.

120
In-Shorts | Culture & History Current Affairs
Edition: October 2024

Š Four toranas are oriented to align with the four cardinal the cyclical nature of existence and the concept of
directions (east, west, north, south), symbolizing the enlightenment.
universality of the Buddha's teachings. Š The middle architrave vividly illustrates the Great
Š Constructed in the 1st century BCE, they are representative Departure, capturing the moment when Prince Siddhartha
of the Satavahana dynasty's artistic achievements. leaves his life of luxury in Kapilavastu to pursue the path of
• Architectural Features of the Toranas: asceticism and enlightenment.
Š Each torana consists of two robust square pillars Š The lower architrave depicts Emperor Ashoka's visit to
supporting a superstructure made of three curved the Bodhi tree, a pivotal moment marking the Buddha's
architraves (horizontal beams). enlightenment.
Š The pillars and architraves are adorned with elaborate Š The gate’s decorations also include symbols such as the
bas-reliefs and sculptures that depict: shalabhanjika, representing fertility and prosperity, along
Œ Important scenes from the Buddha’s life, such as his with motifs of elephants, winged lions, and peacocks,
birth, enlightenment, and teachings. enhancing its visual splendor and cultural significance.
Œ Tales from the Jataka, which narrate the previous
lives of the Buddha, illustrating moral lessons and the
principles of compassion and selflessness. KARMA FESTIVAL
Œ Various symbols and motifs associated with Buddhism,
Recently, tribal populations in several states celebrated the
providing a rich tapestry of visual narratives that
harvest festival of Karma, also known as Karam Parv, on
educate and inspire visitors.
September 14-15.
• East Gate: Historical Context:
Š The East Gate of the Great Stupa is particularly famous
About:
and holds historical significance, especially in European
• Overview:
contexts.
Š The Karma Festival, also known as Karam Parv, is a
Š Its fame is linked to its discovery and subsequent
significant harvest celebration observed by various tribal
restoration efforts.
Š The Sanchi complex was largely forgotten and in ruins populations in Jharkhand, West Bengal, Bihar, Madhya
until Henry Taylor, a British officer, rediscovered it in 1818. Pradesh, Chhattisgarh, Assam, and Odisha.
Š This prompted further interest and investigation, leading to Š This festival highlights the deep-rooted cultural practices
Alexander Cunningham’s formal surveys and excavations of these communities and reflects their reverence for
in 1851. nature and agriculture.
Š Restoration efforts began in earnest in the 1910s, with • Significance of the Karam Tree:
funding from the begums of Bhopal, who recognized the Š Central to the Karma festival is the Karam tree, which
cultural and historical importance of the site. symbolizes Karam Devta (or Karamsani), the deity
Š Prior to its restoration, Sanchi faced challenges from representing strength, youth, and vitality.
treasure hunters and amateur archaeologists, many of Š The tree not only serves as the spiritual connection of
whom sought to transport its gates to Europe. the tribal communities with nature and their agricultural
Š Although these efforts were thwarted, plaster casts of practices.
the toranas were created, enabling wider access to their • Celebrated Communities:
artistic features. Š The festival holds particular importance among various
Š The East Gate was cast in plaster by Lieutenant Henry tribal groups, including the Munda, Ho, Oraon, Baiga,
Hardy Cole for the Victoria and Albert Museum in the late Kharia, and Santhal peoples.
1860s, leading to the creation of multiple copies that Š These communities engage in traditional rituals that are
circulated across Europe. integral to their cultural identity and agricultural calendar.
Š The Berlin replica of the East Gate, for instance, originates • Timing of the Festival: Karma is celebrated on the Ekadashi
from this initial cast and underwent modern restoration tithi (the eleventh day) of the lunar fortnight during the month
processes, including 3D scanning and the involvement of of Bhado/Bhadra, aligning with August-September in the
skilled craftsmen. Gregorian calendar.
• Architectural Significance of the East Gate: • Rituals and Preparations:
Š The upper architrave of the East Gate features Š The celebration begins about a week before the festival
representations of the seven Manushi Buddhas, preceding when young women collect clear sand from the river to
incarnations of the historical Buddha, emphasizing prepare for the rituals.

121
Current Affairs In-Shorts | Culture & History
Edition: October 2024

Š They sow seven types of grains in this sand, representing Role in Freedom Struggle:
fertility and abundance. • Education:
Š On the festival day, a branch of the Karam tree is Š In 1923, Bhagat Singh enrolled in the National College
ceremoniously planted in the courtyard or akhra (a in Lahore, founded by prominent leaders Lala Lajpat Rai
designated open area for celebrations), serving as the and Bhai Parmanand as a counter to colonial educational
focal point of the festivities. institutions.
• Worship and Offerings: Š This college was imbued with the principles of Swadeshi,
Š Devotees bring jawa (hibiscus) flowers as offerings to the promoting national pride and self-sufficiency.
Karam Raja (the deity), while the pahan (priest) conducts • Joining Revolutionary Groups:
rituals to honor the Karam tree and invoke blessings for Š In 1924, he became a member of the Hindustan
strength and prosperity. Republican Association (HRA), an organization dedicated
Š The worship includes dancing and singing traditional to overthrowing British rule through armed struggle.
Karam songs, creating a vibrant atmosphere filled with Š He developed a close relationship with Chandra Shekhar
cultural expressions. Azad, a key figure in the HRA.
Š The festival culminates with the immersion of the Karam Š It was through the HRA that Singh began to engage
branch into a river or pond, symbolizing the return of the deeply with the Philosophy of the Bomb, influenced by
energy to nature and the continuation of the cycle of life. revolutionary thinker Bhagwati Charan Vohra, who wrote
Š The jawa flowers are distributed among the devotees extensively on the subject.
as a blessing, reinforcing community bonds and shared • Militant Activities:
cultural identity. Š In 1925, Singh returned to Lahore and co-founded the
• Agricultural Significance: Naujawan Bharat Sabha, a militant youth organization
Š Towards the end of the festival, participants often plant aimed at mobilizing the youth for revolutionary activities.
branches from sal or bhelua trees in their fields, invoking Š By April 1926, he connected with Sohan Singh Josh, which
the Karam Raja/Devta for protection over their crops. led to the establishment of the Workers and Peasants Party,
Š This act demonstrates the community's deep respect for through which they published the monthly magazine Kirti
agricultural practices and their reliance on the deities for in Punjabi.
good harvests and prosperity. Š This magazine served as a platform for revolutionary
ideas and propaganda.
• Early Arrest and Ideological Developments:
BHAGAT SINGH Š In 1927, he was arrested for his alleged involvement in
the Kakori Case due to an article he had written under the
Shaheed Bhagat Singh's anniversary is observed every year pseudonym Vidrohi (Rebel).
on September 28. Š This marked the beginning of his repeated confrontations
with the colonial legal system.
About: Š In 1928, Singh played a crucial role in transforming the
• Background: HRA into the Hindustan Socialist Republican Association
Š Born on September 28, 1907, in Bhaganwala, Punjab and (HSRA), advocating for a more socialist and revolutionary
was raised in a progressive environment that emphasized approach to the struggle for independence.
the importance of political activism. • Revenge for Lala Lajpat Rai's Death:
Š His family, particularly his father Kishan Singh and uncle Š After the death of Lala Lajpat Rai in 1928 due to police
Ajit Singh, were actively involved in the freedom struggle brutality during a protest against the Simon Commission,
against British colonial rule. Singh and his associates plotted to assassinate James
Š Kishan Singh was imprisoned in 1910 for disseminating A. Scott, the Superintendent of Police responsible for the
seditious literature, while Ajit Singh was deported to lathi charge.
Mandalay for his anti-colonial speeches. Š However, they mistakenly killed J. P. Saunders, which
• Political Environment: became known as the Lahore Conspiracy Case.
Š Growing up in a politically charged atmosphere, Singh was • Protests and Trials:
inspired by the revolutionary ideas of his family members Š On April 8, 1929, Singh and B. K. Dutt threw non-lethal
and the broader context of the Indian independence bombs in the Central Legislative Assembly to protest two
movement. oppressive bills.
Š This early exposure instilled in him a sense of duty towards Š Their intent was to draw attention to the injustices of British
the country and its freedom. rule, not to cause harm.

122
In-Shorts | Culture & History Current Affairs
Edition: October 2024

Š After this act, they surrendered, seeking to use their trial


• Commemoration and Impact:
as a platform for their revolutionary message.
Š Bhagat Singh's legacy endures in India, symbolizing
Š Despite being awarded life imprisonment for this incident,
the spirit of resistance and the quest for justice.
Singh was re-arrested for his involvement in the Lahore
Š His writings and revolutionary acts continue to inspire
Conspiracy Case and subsequently sentenced to death.
generations, making him an enduring icon in the
• Execution:
narrative of India's struggle for independence.
Š On March 23,1931, Bhagat Singh, along with Sukhdev and
Rajguru, was hanged in Lahore.
Š Their execution sparked widespread protests and has JIVITPUTRIKA FESTIVAL
since been commemorated as Martyrs’ Day in India,
honoring their sacrifices for the country’s freedom. Recently, approximately 46 individuals, including 37
children, drowned while performing ritual baths in rivers
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION and ponds across various districts in Bihar during the
'Jivitputrika' festival.
• Scholar and Revolutionary:
Š Bhagat Singh was not just a revolutionary; he was also
a voracious reader and a prolific writer.
About:
• Jivitputrika Vrat (Jitiya Vrat), is a significant festival dedicated
Š He contributed to several newspapers and pamphlets,
to the well-being and prosperity of children, observed
criticizing colonial rule and advocating for independence.
primarily by mothers.
Š His writings included discussions on anarchism, socialism,
and Marxism, reflecting his ideological breadth. Š It involves women fasting and taking a holy dip.

Š He expressed his views through various pseudonyms, • Significance:


including Balwant, Ranjit, and Vidhrohi, making significant Š Devotion to Children: The vrat (fast) is performed by
contributions to the revolutionary literature of the time. mothers to pray for the long life and health of their children.
• Influence of Ideologies: Œ It reflects the deep maternal love and devotion that
Š Influenced by thinkers like Marx, Lenin, and Trotsky, mothers have for their offspring.
Singh articulated a vision of social reconstruction based Š Cultural Heritage: Jivitputrika is an integral part of the
on Marxist principles, while also critiquing orthodox cultural and religious practices of many Indian families,
Marxist positions on authoritarianism. symbolizing the bond between mothers and children.
Š In his writings, he defined anarchism as a path to • Celebration Date: Jivitputrika Vrat is celebrated annually on
complete independence, advocating for the elimination the Ashtami (eighth day) of the Shukla Paksha (waxing phase
of state control and private property, and promoting a of the moon) in the month of Ashwin (September-October),
society free from the chains of organized religion. coinciding with the festive season in India.
• Support from National Leaders: • Social Gathering: The festival fosters a sense of community, as
Š Despite the lack of support from leaders like Mahatma families often gather for prayers, share meals, and participate
Gandhi, who distanced himself from violent methods, in communal celebrations.
Singh received backing from influential figures like Md. • Cultural Events: Various cultural activities, including folk
Ali Jinnah and Jawaharlal Nehru during his trial. songs and dances, may also be organized during the festival,
Š Jinnah's eloquent defense of Singh highlighted the enhancing the sense of togetherness.
injustices of the British legal system, while Nehru later • Symbol of Protection: The vrat is believed to invoke divine
condemned the execution and acknowledged Singh’s protection for children, ensuring their health, safety, and
contributions to the freedom struggle. prosperity throughout their lives.

123
Current Affairs In-Shorts | Miscellaneous
Edition: October 2024

MISCELLANEOUS

NATIONAL FLORENCE NIGHTINGALE AWARDS • Inclusivity and Scope: The award honours individuals and
groups from all Asian nations, irrespective of race, creed,
2024
gender, or nationality.
The President of India has conferred the National Florence Š It highlights those who have achieved distinction and
Nightingale Awards 2024 to Nurses at Rashtrapati Bhavan, helped others generously across Asia.
New Delhi.
INDIANS WHO WON THE AWARDS
About: Vinoba Bhave in 1958; Mother Teresa in 1962; Kamaladevi
• The Award was instituted by the Ministry of Health and Family Chattopadhyay in 1966; Satyajit Ray in 1967; Mahasweta Devi
Welfare in the year 1973. in 1997; Arvind Kejriwal in 2006; Anshu Gupta of Goonj in
• This award is given as a mark of recognition for the meritorious 2015; Bezwada Wilson (human rights activist) in 2016; and
services rendered by the nurses and nursing professionals to
Ravish Kumar (journalist) in 2019.
society.
• Each award consists of a Certificate of Merit, Cash Award of
Rs. 1,00,000/- and a medal. EMMY AWARDS 2024
The 76th Primetime Emmy Awards were handed out at the
MAGSAYSAY AWARD 2024 Peacock Theater in Los Angeles.
Hayao Miyazaki, the acclaimed Japanese animator and
co-founder of Studio Ghibli, has been honoured with the About:
Ramon Magsaysay Award of 2024. • The Emmy Awards are the most renowned accolades given
to television and emerging media performances. Unlike Oscars
About: and Golden Globe awards, they aren’t given for films.
• The Ramon Magsaysay Award is considered Asia's premier • History: The Emmy Awards were conceived in 1948 and the
prize, recognizing individuals and organizations for their first ceremony took place in 1949.
outstanding contributions in various fields. • Types of awards: Apart from the International Emmy Awards
• It is often referred to as Asia’s Nobel Prize, symbolizing the and the Primetime Emmy Awards, the Emmys are also given in
highest honour for humanitarian service and leadership. the following categories like sports, news and documentary,
• This award is presented in formal ceremonies in Manila, technology and engineering, and regional.
Philippines on August 31st, the birth anniversary of the much- • Award Given by: These awards are given by three sister
esteemed Philippine President whose ideas inspired the organizations; First is the Television Academy, which
Award’s creation in 1957. Ramon Magsaysay was the Third administers the Primetime Emmy Awards. Second is the
President of the Philippines after World War II. National Academy of Television Arts & Sciences, which oversees
• Purpose and Spirit: The award celebrates greatness of spirit in daytime, sports, news and documentary categories. Third is
selfless service to the people of Asia. It acknowledges those the International Academy of Television Arts & Sciences, which
who have demonstrated generosity, integrity, and commitment is responsible for International Emmys.
to helping others without seeking public recognition. • Some of the Winners of Emmy Awards 2024:
• Ramon Magsaysay Award Foundation (RMAF): It is based in the Š Outstanding Drama Series: Shogun
Philippines, and is responsible for selecting the awardees. Š Outstanding Comedy Series: Hacks
The RMAF board of trustees annually selects the winners,
recognizing both individuals and organizations across the
continent. EXERCISE AIKYA
• Fields of Recognition: The award recognizes contributions in
The National Disaster Management Authority (NDMA) and
diverse fields such as Environmental protection, Peace and
the Southern Command of the Indian Army are set to host
conflict resolution, Public service, Community leadership, Exercise AIKYA in Chennai.
Journalism, Literature and Arts and culture.

124
In-Shorts | Miscellaneous Current Affairs
Edition: October 2024

About: About:
• Meaning: "Aikya, " meaning "Oneness" in Tamil, embodies • Launched by: Lowy Institute in 2018.
the exercise's goal of uniting India's Disaster Management • Scope: It is an annual measure that examines power dynamics
community. in the Asia-Pacific region.
Š It gathered key stakeholders from across Peninsular • Coverage: The Index evaluates 27 countries across the region,
India to strengthen disaster preparedness and improve analyzing their ability to shape and respond to their external
response capabilities. environment.
• Objective: To foster collaboration, enhance preparedness, • Objectives: A country's overall power score is derived from
and integrate various stakeholders involved in disaster a weighted average of 8 measures, which are divided
management across India. into resource-based and influence-based determinants,
• Participation: Representatives from six southern states/UTs encompassing 131 individual indicators.
(Tamil Nadu, Kerala, Karnataka, Andhra Pradesh, Telangana, Š The Asia Power Index provides valuable insights into
and Puducherry) participated. the geopolitical landscape of the Asia-Pacific region,
• Key agencies involved: NDMA, Indian Army, Navy, Air Force, highlighting the growing influence of countries like India.
NDRF, IMD, INCOIS, and various research institutions
including IIT Madras and NIOT.
• Disaster Scenarios: The exercise simulated emergency
situations such as tsunamis, landslides, floods, cyclones,
industrial incidents, and forest fires to test response strategies
and improve coordination among agencies.

INDIA’S HISTORIC DOUBLE GOLD IN CHESS


OLYMPIAD
India has bagged its first ever gold medal in both the
men's and the women's team categories at the 45th Chess
Olympiad in Budapest.

Chess Olympiad:
• It is the world's most prestigious team event for chess and
India has been participating in the biennial event since 1956
and has played in every Olympiad since 1980.
• Now with this win, India also became the third country to
win gold in both men’s and women's categories in the same
edition of Chess Olympiad after the Soviet Union and China.
ABHED
Origin of Chess:
The Defence Research & Development Organisation
• The history of chess in India can be traced back to 1600 years
(DRDO), in collaboration with researchers from IIT Delhi,
ago during the Gupta dynasty. It was called 'chaturanga' in
has developed the ABHED (Advanced Ballistics for High
earlier times.
Energy Defeat) bulletproof jacket.
• Chess, via India, reached many countries of the world and
became very popular.
About:
Š Today, chess is being used in schools as an education
• These are the lightweight bulletproof jackets.
tool for children.
• The jacket uses a combination of polymers and boron carbide
ceramic materials, known for their high strength-to-weight ratios.
ASIA POWER INDEX, 2024 • It is capable of withstanding high-velocity projectiles,
enhancing soldier safety during combat.
India has become the third most powerful nation in Asia,
• ABHED’s indigenous development strengthens India's
surpassing Japan in the Asia Power Index. USA and China
defence capabilities and positions the country as a potential
have been ranked at 1st and 2nd place, respectively.
competitor in the global defence market.

125
Current Affairs In-Shorts | Miscellaneous
Edition: October 2024

NAMING ARUNACHAL PEAK AFTER THE Š The Yangtse plateau within Tawang is crucial for both
Indian and Chinese militaries. Its peak altitude of over
SIXTH DALAI LAMA
5,700 metres provides visibility over much of the region.
Recently, a team of intrepid Indian mountaineers scaled Š India’s control of the ridgeline along the LAC allows it to
an unnamed and unclimbed peak in Arunachal Pradesh, prevent Chinese overwatch of roads leading to the Sela
decided to name this majestic summit ‘Tsangyang Gyatso Pass — a critical mountain pass that serves as the only
Peak’ after the 6th Dalai Lama. access in and out of Tawang.
• Territorial Claim of Arunachal Pradesh: China’s territorial claims
About: over Arunachal Pradesh have been a point of contention for
• China expressed its long standing claim over the region, years. Since 2017, China has been renaming places within
which it refers to as Zangnan, and considered any attempt by the region as part of its strategy to assert control.
India as ‘illegal and null and void’. Š India, on the other hand, firmly maintains that Arunachal
Pradesh is an integral part of its territory, dismissing
Historical Background: China’s renaming efforts as mere semantics.
• India shares a 3,488-kilometre-long border with China, which Š The naming of Tsangyang Gyatso Peak adds another layer
runs along several states: Jammu & Kashmir, Himachal Pradesh, to this complex geopolitical landscape.
Uttarakhand, Sikkim, and Arunachal Pradesh.
Š This border, known as the Line of Actual Control (LAC), has India’s Stance:
been a source of tension and occasional conflict between • Rejection of China's Claims: India has consistently rejected
the two nations. China's claims, emphasising that Arunachal Pradesh is an
• 1962 Sino-Indian War: The most significant conflict occurred in integral part of its sovereign territory. India contends that
1962 when China invaded India across the Himalayan border. assigning ‘invented’ names to geographical features does
Š India suffered a military defeat, and the war left scars on not alter the ground reality.
bilateral relations. • Cultural and Historical Integrity: For India, Arunachal Pradesh
• Post-War Diplomacy: After the war, diplomatic efforts aimed at remains a vibrant state with its own cultural heritage, history,
resolving the boundary issue began. and people, regardless of the nomenclature imposed by
Š However, progress was slow due to differing perceptions external forces.
of the border alignment. • Strengthening Border Infrastructure: India has reinforced its
position by bolstering infrastructure and defense capabilities
• Agreements and Disputes: Over the years, India and China
along the border in Arunachal Pradesh, showcasing its
signed several agreements to maintain peace along the
commitment to safeguarding its territorial integrity and
border.
ensuring the security of the region.
Š These included the Agreement on the Maintenance of
Peace and Tranquillity (1993) and the Agreement on Political India’s Approach and Mechanisms:
Parameters and Guiding Principles (2005). Despite these • Diplomatic Relations: India established diplomatic relations
agreements, disputes persisted. with the People’s Republic of China in 1950, becoming the
first non-socialist bloc country to do so.
Recent Developments:
Š Despite occasional tensions, both sides have engaged in
• Galwan Clash in Ladakh (2020): A violent clash between Indian
dialogue to manage border issues.
and Chinese troops resulted in casualties on both sides. This
• Mechanisms for Conflict Resolution: India has mechanisms in
incident significantly strained bilateral relations.
place to address ‘friction’ related to the international border
Š Since then, both countries have engaged in disengagement
with China in Arunachal Pradesh. Diplomatic channels and
talks to de-escalate tensions. These negotiations aimed to
bilateral agreements are used to resolve disputes.
withdraw troops from contentious areas along the LAC.
• Working Mechanism for Consultation & Coordination (WMCC):
Š The External Affairs Minister of India mentioned that It is an institutional framework established to facilitate
75% of the disengagement issues had been sorted out. communication, coordination, and management of border-
However, it’s essential to clarify that this progress pertains related issues between India and China. It emerged as a
specifically to troop disengagement. response to the need for improved institutionalised information
Š The broader boundary issue remains unresolved. exchange regarding border matters.
• Tawang Region in Arunachal Pradesh: Tawang, strategically Š The discussion was ‘in-depth, constructive and forward-
located between China and Bhutan, is a significant Indian looking’, and both sides agreed to maintain the momentum
territory. It lies within the unsettled India-China border. through established diplomatic and military channels.

126
Test Yourself Current Affairs
Edition: October 2024

DATA RECAP
Malnutrition in India: • This marks a significant increase from 17 million tonnes in
• According to the National Family Health Survey (NFHS5), 1951-52, reflecting substantial growth in the dairy sector over
35.5% of children under five are stunted, 19.3% are wasted, the decades.
32.1% are underweight, and 3% are overweight. Among • The per capita availability of milk in India is 459 grams per
women aged 15-49, malnutrition affects 18.7%. day, significantly higher than the global average of 323
• Anemia is prevalent in 25% of men, 57% of women, 31.1% grams per day.
of adolescent boys, 59.1% of adolescent girls, 52.2% of • Milk Sector's Contribution to Agricultural GDP: The milk sector
pregnant women, and 67.1% of children aged 6-59 months. plays a pivotal role in the country’s agricultural economy.
• The State of Food Security and Nutrition in the World (2023) Milk and related products, such as ghee, butter, and lassi,
reports that 74% of India's population cannot afford a healthy contribute almost 40% (Rs 11.16 lakh crore) to the total GDP
diet, with 39% lacking adequate nutrients. of agriculture and related sector
• India's 2023 Global Hunger Index score is 28.7, considered Plastic Waste Generation:
serious, with the country having the highest child wasting rate • India generates approximately 9.3 million tonnes of plastic
at 18.7%. waste annually.
Facts Related to Digital India Mission: • Out of this total, 5.8 million tonnes are incinerated, while 3.5
• Internet Connectivity: Expansion of broadband connectivity million tonnes are released into the environment as debris.
• This figure places India among the top contributors to global
to rural areas through the Bharat Net project, connecting
plastic pollution, significantly higher than other countries
over 1.5 lakh gram panchayats. Bharat Net has laid 6.83 lakh
such as Nigeria (3.5 million tonnes), Indonesia (3.4 million
kilometers of optical fiber network, enough to circle the Earth
tonnes), and China (2.8 million tonnes).
over 17 times.
• Pradhan Mantri Jan Dhan Yojana (PMJDY): Opened over 450 Jal Jeevan Mission:
million bank accounts, promoting financial inclusion and • As of February, 2023, around 11.10 Crore (57%) of the 19.36
access to banking services. Crore rural households in India have received tap water
• Urban literacy is 61%, compared to just 25% in rural areas. connections, a significant increase from 3.23 Crore (17%) at
• As per NCRB, cybercrime cases surged by 24.4% in 2022, the mission's launch.
with 65,893 cases reported, mostly cyber fraud (64.8%). PM JAY:
Global Edible Vegetable Oil Economy: • Achievements: As of September 9, 2024, over 35.4 crore
• The global edible vegetable oil sector has been experiencing Ayushman cards have been issued, improving healthcare
consistent growth over the years, and for 2024-25, it is accessibility for millions.
projected to see a 2% increase in production, reaching a total • The scheme operates in 33 States and Union Territories,
of 228 million tonnes (MT). excluding NCT Delhi, West Bengal, and Odisha.
• 49% of Ayushman cards have been issued to women. 30,529
• This growth is primarily driven by increased output in soybean,
hospitals are empanelled, including 17,063 public and
palm, and rapeseed oil, which are major contributors to the
13,466 private hospitals, offering beneficiaries a wide range
vegetable oil market.
of healthcare options.
• The modest growth in sunflower oil reflects its smaller share
• The Ayushman Bharat program has resulted in a 21%
of the global market but contributes to the overall positive
reduction in out-of-pocket healthcare expenses.
trend.
India-Singapore Relation:
Fisheries and Aquaculture Infrastructure Development Fund: • Bilateral trade between the two countries grew significantly from
• Launched in 2018-19, the FIDF aims to support infrastructure USD 6.7 billion in FY 2004-05 to USD 35.6 billion in FY 2023-24.
development in the fisheries sector with a total fund size of • Singapore ranks as India's 6th largest trade partner,
₹7,522.48 crores. accounting for 3.2% of India's total trade.
Status of Dairy Sector in India: Ramon Magsaysay Award of 2024:
• India holds the position as the world’s largest milk producer, • Hayao Miyazaki, the acclaimed Japanese animator and co-
with milk production reaching 230.58 million tonnes in 2022- founder of Studio Ghibli, has been honoured with the Ramon
23. Magsaysay Award of 2024.

127
Current Affairs
Test Yourself
Test Yourself
Edition: October 2024

Objective Questions
Visit: www.nextias.com for monthly compilation of Current based MCQs
Mains Questions
PAPER-I 11. Examine the role of the Law Commission of India in legal
reform, focusing on its function in proposing legislative
1. Examine the significance of the discovery of the Indus
changes and addressing contemporary legal challenges.
Valley Civilization in shaping our understanding of ancient
Indian history. (15 Marks, 250 Words) (10 Marks, 150 Words)

2. Discuss the historical and cultural significance of the Sanchi 12. Evaluate the objectives of the Pradhan Mantri Janjatiya
Stupa, focusing on its architectural features and religious Unnat Gram Abhiyan, focusing on its role in promoting
importance. (10 Marks, 150 Words) sustainable development and improving the living
standards of tribal communities. (10 Marks, 150 Words)
3. Evaluate the role of Shaheed Bhagat Singh in India's
freedom struggle. (10 Marks, 150 Words) 13. Examine the challenges and opportunities in India-
Singapore relations, particularly in light of global geopolitical
4. Analyze the impact of the Munich Agreement of 1938 shifts and their implications for ASEAN and South Asian
on European geopolitics, with emphasis on its role in cooperation. (10 Marks, 150 Words)
appeasement and territorial concessions.
14. Examine the challenges and opportunities presented by
(15 Marks, 250 Words)
civil nuclear cooperation between India and the UAE.
5. Analyze the increasing frequency of cyclones in the Arabian (15 Marks, 250 Words)
Sea, discussing the contributing factors, environmental
impacts, and implications for coastal regions in India.
PAPER-III
(15 Marks, 250 Words)
15. Discuss the significance of the Blue Revolution in enhancing
6. Discuss the heat dome effect, its mechanism, and the
India’s fish production, examining its role in food security,
consequences for climate patterns and human health.
export potential, and environmental sustainability.
(10 Marks, 150 Words)
(15 Marks, 250 Words)
7. Evaluate the factors contributing to the rising demand for
16. Evaluate the opportunities and obstacles in developing a
mental healthcare in India, and analyze the challenges in
robust semiconductor manufacturing ecosystem in India.
addressing mental health needs effectively.
(10 Marks, 150 Words)
(15 Marks, 250 Words)
17. Analyze how human activities contribute to man-animal
8. Evaluate the role of invisible barriers in reinforcing gender
conflict, considering factors such as habitat destruction,
disparities, highlighting their influence on decision-making,
climate change, and agricultural methods.
workplace dynamics, and social norms in contemporary
(15 Marks, 250 Words)
society. (10 Marks, 150 Words)
18. Discuss the challenges and opportunities in utilizing
PAPER-II nanotechnology for drug delivery. (10 Marks, 150 Words)

9. Analyze the evolution of the Supreme Court of India, 19. Analyze the challenges and advancements in electronic
emphasizing landmark judgments, judicial activism, and its warfare technology, considering its implications for national
influence on the Indian legal system. (10 Marks, 150 Words) security and defense strategies. (15 Marks, 250 Words)

10. Analyze the challenges faced by the National Human 20. Discuss the role of ethnic identity and local grievances
Rights Commission (NHRC) in India, exploring its capacity in fueling insurgency in Northeast India, and suggest
to address contemporary human rights issues and the need measures for effective governance and integration.
for institutional strengthening. (15 Marks, 250 Words) (15 Marks, 250 Words)

128

You might also like